December Deals: US Signs Bilateral Health Agreements with 14 African Countries – With Some Key Exceptions 09/01/2026 Kerry Cullinan Kenya’s President William Ruto applauds Kenyan Cabinet Secretary Musalia Mudavadi and US Secretary of State Marco Rubio. Over December, the United States signed bilateral health co-operation agreements with 14 African countries, setting out the parameters for aid in exchange for speedy information about new disease outbreaks – and, in some instances, clinched alongside trade deals profitable to US companies. The fourteen countries, in order of when the agreements were signed, are: Kenya, Rwanda, Liberia, Uganda, Lesotho, Eswatini, Mozambique, Cameroon, Nigeria, Madagascar, Sierra Leone, Botswana, Ethiopia and Cote d’Ivoire. Grant agreements still need to be crafted from the memorandums of understanding (MOU), which are characterised by vague disease targets and tight pathogen-sharing terms. Notable absences are South Africa, Tanzania and the Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC) – all with high disease burdens that previously received significant grants from the US President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR). As previously reported, a US State Department spokesperson told Health Policy Watch that the US government “is still deliberating future health assistance to South Africa pending broader bilateral discussions”. Several political spats between the US and South Africa – over Israel’s conduct in Palestine, the fate of white Afrikaans-speaking South Africans and the G20 – have put any bilateral agreements on the back burner. In early December, the US stated that it is “reconsidering ties” with Tanzania in light of the government’s “ongoing repression of religious freedom and free speech, the presence of persistent obstacles to US investment, and disturbing violence against civilians in the days leading up to and following Tanzania’s October 29 elections”. This follows the shooting of hundreds of people protesting the outcome of the Tanzanian elections. What’s happening with the DRC? It remains unclear why the DRC has not yet clinched a deal with the US, as Rwanda did on 5 December, the day after it signed a peace accord with the DRC in the presence of US President Donald Trump in Washington. Instead, the US and the DRC signed a “strategic partnership agreement” that will, amongst other things, “promote secure, reliable, and mutually beneficial critical mineral flows for commercial and defense purposes”. The DRC is one of the world’s most important sources of rare earth minerals, but China currently dominates the purchase and processing of the DRC’s minerals. The US may be holding out on health aid to the DRC as it seeks better access to the country’s minerals. A similar scenario unfolded in Zambia, where the US announced on 8 December that two countries had committed to a plan to unlock “a substantial grant package of US support in exchange for collaboration in the mining sector and clear business sector reforms that will drive economic growth and commercial investment that benefit both the United States and Zambia”. “We want to leverage US assistance to bring about reforms that will unleash business investment that enhances US access to critical supply chains and creates great jobs for the Zambian people,” said Caleb Orr, US Assistant Secretary of State for Economic, Energy, and Business Affairs. Until then, Zambia and the US had been set to sign their health MOU on 11 December, author Emily Bass reported. “Access to the region’s natural resources and markets is central to America’s geopolitical ambitions and strategy, and supercedes every other consideration that has historically motivated health foreign aid including winning hearts and minds, saving lives and shoring up global health security,” argues Bass. “The [State] Department’s public statement about the Zambia terms is a warning and an object lesson to anyone who thinks the way things were is the way they are going to be.” Kenya recognised as key ally By choosing Kenya as the first country to sign an MOU, the US was anointing it as its most-favoured state, and the official announcement reflects this. The US will provide up to $1.6 billion over the next five years for “HIV/AIDS, tuberculosis (TB), malaria, maternal and child health, polio eradication, disease surveillance, and infectious disease outbreak response and preparedness”. Kenya pledges to increase domestic health expenditures by $850 million. However, Kenya’s High Court has frozen implementation of the MOU after two separate court challenges by the Consumer Federation of Kenya (COFEK) and local Senator Okiya Omtatah over concerns about patients’ data privacy and the bypassing of Parliament. The government has until 16 January to file its response, and the case will return to court on 12 February. While Oluga Ouma, Principal Secretary of Medical Services, assured the media that the MOU contained no pathogen-sharing clauses, but clause 3 of the MOU commits the country to pathogen-sharing. Extract from the Kenya MOU dealing with pathogen access. Nigerian air strikes In early December, Nigeria’s relationship with the US was on shaky ground after the US announced it would take “decisive action” against the “mass killings and violence against Christians by radical Islamic terrorists, Fulani ethnic militias, and other violent actors in Nigeria and beyond”. However, on 20 December, the two countries signed an MOU committing the US to giving Africa’s most populous state nearly $2.1 billion, while Nigeria committed to increasing domestic health expenditures by almost $3 billion. “The MOU was negotiated in connection with reforms the Nigerian government has made to prioritize protecting Christian populations from violence and includes significant dedicated funding to support Christian health care facilities with a focus on expanding access to integrated HIV, TB, malaria, and maternal and child health services,” according to the US State Department announcement about the MOU. Five days later, the US launched air strikes against Islamic militants’ bases in northern Nigeria with the buy-in of the Nigerian government. Digitisation, disease surveillance Rwanda’s Health Minister Dr Sabin Nsanzimana met with Dr Mamadi Yilla, US Deputy Assistant Secretary for Global Health Policy and Diplomacy, to discuss the terms of the MOU before it was signed in Washington. The US will give Rwanda $158 million over the next five years, while its government will increase domestic health investment by $70 million. Liberia will get up to $125 million and will increase domestic health expenditures by almost $51 million. Almost $2.3 billion in US aid is heading to Uganda and the Ugandan government has “pledged to co-invest over $500 million” in health. “The agreement will further Uganda’s national health digitalization effort, as well as provide support for faith-based health care providers and for health care services to the Ugandan military, which is assisting with a number of key operations in the region,” according to the US State Department. Lesotho, the tiny southern African state that declared an emergency after its economy was shattered by Trump tariffs last year, will get up to $232 million and it has undertaken to invest $132 million in its HIV/AIDS response. Eswatini, which has the highest HIV rate in the world, will get $205 million to “improve public health data systems, modernize disease surveillance and outbreak response technology, provide access to HIV antiretroviral medications, and scale up access to highly effective HIV prevention interventions”, according to the US State Department. Eswatini will increase domestic health expenditures by $37 million. Mozambique stands to get $1.8 billion to “expand cutting-edge solutions such as the HIV/AIDS prevention drug lenacapavir and drive advancements in malaria prevention efforts”. Mozambique commits to increasing its domestic expenditure on healthcare by nearly 30% over the next five years to “improve maternal, newborn, and child health” including the elimination of mother-to-child HIV transmission of HIV. According to the MOU with Cameroon, the US will provide nearly $400 million in health assistance while Cameroon has committed to increase its own health expenditures by $450 million. The focus of the agreement is on “global health cooperation, including funding frontline health commodities and health care workers, strengthening laboratory networks, and modernizing data systems with secure, interoperable digital tools that enhance disease surveillance and outbreak preparedness”. Agreements with Madagascar, Sierra Leone, Botswana, and Ethiopia were signed over two days shortly before Christmas. In Ethiopia, the US will invest $1.016 billion and that country $450 million, for HIV/AIDS, tuberculosis, malaria, polio eradication, maternal and child health, and infectious disease preparedness and response, including ongoing support for the Marburg response. Ownership of HIV service delivery Botswana’s MOU focuses on that country taking more “ownership of HIV clinical and community service delivery”, with $106 million from the US and $380 million from Botswana. “The MOU will modernize electronic medical records and disease surveillance systems, including US supported networking infrastructure that may leverage American satellite-based technologies to strengthen outbreak preparedness while advancing U.S. technological leadership,” according to the US State Department. In Sierra Leone, the United States will “front-load more than $30 million in 2026 to rapidly strengthen disease surveillance, laboratory capacity, health workforce, and data systems”. “By 2030, Sierra Leone will assume responsibility for most commodity costs, workforce, and laboratory expenses, significantly reducing long-term US burden,” according to the US State Department. The US aid for Madagascar focused on “malaria, maternal and child health, and global health security, while transitioning the infectious disease-focused community health workforce to national ownership”. The US has committed more than $134 million in and Madagascar, $41 million. On 30 December, the last agreement for the year was signed between the US and Cote d’Ivoire. It involves up to $487 million from the US with a $450 million buy-in from the country. “This assistance is focused on stopping outbreaks early – before they spread across borders. It strengthens epidemic surveillance and laboratory systems, modernizes health supply chains and data systems, and reinforces frontline health systems so outbreaks are detected faster and contained sooner,” according to the State Department. All agreements are over five years and provide opportunities for US companies to provide logistics, data, and supply-chain support. They are also all geared towards ensuring that individual governments assume responsibility for the health service delivery to citizens with a rapid weaning off US funds from the second year of the five-year agreements. The MOUs have been concluded in haste as countries’ PEPFAR bridging finance runs out on 31 March, and the new MOUs are supposed to kick in on 1 April. However, MOUs still need to be reached with many countries previously part of PEPFAR, while the 14 signed MOUs need to be translated into concrete contracts. EXCLUSIVE: Germany to Halve Funding for Pandemic Hub Amid Global Health Pull-back 08/01/2026 Felix Sassmannshausen Then German Chancellor Angela Merkel and WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus open the WHO’s Pandemic Surveillance Hub in Berlin in 2021. The German government is set to halve its funding for the Berlin-based WHO Hub for Pandemic and Epidemic Intelligence this year as part of a broader retreat from global health and aid financing under Chancellor Friedrich Merz. Funding for the pandemic surveillance hub will be reduced from €30 million yearly to €15 million, with only one year of funds committed, according to research conducted by Health Policy Watch. The cuts represent a major setback for the global data ecosystem required to detect future health threats, as the pandemic surveillance hub is the world’s premier “radar system” for emerging pathogens. “The proposed cuts to the WHO Pandemic Surveillance Hub in Berlin send the wrong signal at the wrong time,” Ralph Achenbach, executive director at Amref Health Africa Deutschland, the German representative of Africa’s leading health NGO, told Health Policy Watch. “Viruses know no borders, and neither should our investments in global health security,” he emphasised. The WHO Pandemic Surveillance Hub was launched as a flagship project in the midst of the COVID-19 pandemic in 2021 by then-Chancellor Angela Merkel and WHO Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus. The mission of the Berlin-based hub is to provide decision-makers with real-time insights to stop outbreaks of infectious diseases before they escalate into pandemics. Cuts will hit Global South collaborations The budget cuts pose significant risks, according to Chikwe Ihekweazu, executive director of the WHO Health Emergencies Preparedness and Response Programme. The cuts’ initial effects are already becoming apparent. “While we don’t foresee cutting staff positions in the short term, we have cut back on certain activities,” said Dr Chikwe Ihekweazu, executive director of the WHO Health Emergencies Preparedness and Response Programme, in response to a query by Health Policy Watch. “With global health financing under pressure, sustaining our work is crucial,” added Ihekweazu, who led the hub at its inception. Among these cutbacks are projects with the Robert Koch Institute (RKI), Germany’s central federal institution for public health, and the Charité in Berlin, one of Europe’s largest university hospitals. They were intended to be the scientific pillars of the hub’s Berlin ecosystem, providing technical expertise for genomic surveillance and disease modelling. “Charité regrets the planned cuts to the WHO Hub for Pandemic and Epidemic Intelligence and does not rule out that these will affect joint research projects,” a spokesperson confirmed in a statement to Health Policy Watch. Research into the development and validation of rapid tests for pandemic pathogens and the modelling expertise of the Charité Centre for Global Health could be negatively impacted, the spokesperson pointed out. Project expansions have been halted, and the number of fellowships supported by the hub for researchers from lower and middle-income countries will be reduced, according to the WHO. “By weakening ties with experts from the Global South, Germany undermines exactly the kind of global collaboration that effective pandemic preparedness depends on,” Achenbach lamented. Future of global epidemic AI-monitoring tool uncertain German Health Minister Nina Warken (left) maintains that the Pandemic Hub remains a strategic priority, pictured here with WHO Director-General Dr Tedros. Germany remains one of the biggest donors to the WHO. The reduction comes at a critical juncture: only in October 2025, the pandemic surveillance hub celebrated the launch of an AI-powered upgrade to its Epidemic Intelligence from Open Sources system (EIOS) that now supports over 150 countries worldwide. EIOS 2.0 functions like a global digital radar system for health that constantly scans the internet, listening to “chatter” from social media, news, and even regional radio waves to detect the first signs of public health threats. Despite the cuts, WHO is confident that the project will continue to be rolled out as it is supported by “a number of financial and technical partners”, including the European Commission. However, “under the current funding constraints, EIOS can only operate at a minimal viable level in 2026”, WHO’s Ihekweazu said. The hub’s Health Security Partnership to support disease surveillance in Africa (HSPA) is not affected due to financing from Canada, supplemented by the United Kingdom. HSPA is part of a broader “collaborative intelligence” ecosystem and aims to provide African WHO Member States with data analytics and tools to identify the earliest signals of an outbreak. In a statement to Health Policy Watch, the German Federal Ministry of Health (BMG) maintains that the WHO pandemic surveillance hub in Berlin remains a strategic priority despite the cuts, and expressed confidence that the hub will remain “fully functional” and continue to serve as a centre for “co-creation” within the planned 2026 budget. According to the Ministry, the flagship project has been working to diversify its financial base by engaging other member states and philanthropic organisations. Pivot from international health to defence Germany is cutting its budget for international health, cooperation, and development amidst a broader shift in priorities. The financial overhaul at the pandemic surveillance hub is part of a broader shift in German priorities under Merz towards defence, as well as national innovation and infrastructure spending. “This reflects the prioritisation of military budgets over social programmes, which also include health programmes,” Felix Litschauer, Global Health Advocate at the NGO Medico International, said in an interview with Health Policy Watch. The Health Ministry’s overall budget for “International Health” (chapter 1505) is set to decrease from €132.35 million in 2025 to €114.89 million in 2026, a drop of 13.2%, continuing the downward trend since 2024 and falling below the pre-pandemic levels of 2020. Additionally, the Federal Ministry for Economic Cooperation and Development (BMZ) is pulling back: the budget for international cooperation and development (chapters 2301 and 2303) for 2026 will fall by 5% to around €6.42 billion, from €6.76 billion in 2025. Funding for the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis, and Malaria is set to be reduced by €82 million to €288 million. The cuts will most severely impact the economically precarious and marginalised groups in the Global South, Medico Health Advocate Litschauer argues. “By cutting these programs, the German government is evading its international responsibility,” he criticises, asserting that its economic model “profits from the poverty in the Global South.” ‘Weakening health security increases risks of future crises’ Ralph Achenbach, executive director at Amref Health Africa Deutschland, says that Germany’s cuts undermine global collaboration and pandemic preparedness. From a macroeconomic perspective, the planned cuts at the WHO hub in Berlin may seem marginal, as saving €15 million looks more like a rounding error in a multibillion-euro wallet. The entire “International Health” budget represents a mere 0.02% of the total German federal budget. Yet, the risks are exponential. It weakens the very system designed to protect society and the economy from a repeat of the COVID-19 shock. “Germany scores an own goal by saving relatively small amounts at the expense of global and national health security,” Amref Germany’s executive director Achenbach warns. “These investments are not charity; they are essential to global equity and stability.” Health financing worldwide under pressure Cutting funding in the global health sector jeopardises preparations for the next pandemic, warned Axel R. Pries, president of the World Health Summit. The timing of Germany’s retreat is particularly perilous. In a recent statement, WHO Director-General Dr Tedros warned that the world is facing “steep cuts in development assistance” that are causing “severe disruptions to health services.” The withdrawal of major donor countries like the United States initially left the WHO facing a $1.7 billion shortfall for the upcoming 2026-27 budget period. The deficit has recently been narrowed to approximately $1.05 billion following a significant reduction in the organisation’s global workforce. The German government’s cuts to the WHO pandemic surveillance hub reflect “a global trend towards cutting funding in the global health sector and, in particular, jeopardise preparations for the next pandemic, which will come sooner or later,” warns Axel R. Pries, president of the World Health Summit, a subsidiary of Charité. “Investments in pandemic prevention and preparedness pay off in the long term for Germany and the world, as they strengthen the resilience of society, the economy, and stability.” Is Germany relinquishing its leading global health efforts? Image of the WHO pandemic surveillance hub in Berlin. With its “whole-of-government investment” strategy, Germany ranked as the second-largest donor-country to the WHO by funnelling funds through various ministries and government agencies to global health initiatives. “Germany has been, and remains, a strong supporter of WHO and the WHO Hub for Pandemic and Epidemic Intelligence,” WHO’s Emergency Response Programme Director Ihekweazu emphasised. However, there is serious concern among global health experts that Germany might be relinquishing its leading role championing global health initiatives. “Such cuts weaken Germany’s position in important multilateral and UN organisations, including the WHO,” explained Pries. While Germany’s push to increase mandatory countries’ “assessed contributions” (membership fees) to the WHO, which remain stable at €37.1 million in this year’s Federal budget, is considered positive, these efforts don’t solve the WHO’s underlying dependency on voluntary contributions, critics argue. “The World Health Organization remains dependent upon donors who use their resources to push for their health priorities,” Medico Health Advocate Litschauer clarifies. Voluntary funds are often channelled into high-profile initiatives at the expense of strengthening general health systems, he criticises, calling for a fundamental reform of WHO financing to sustain flagship initiatives like the pandemic surveillance hub in Berlin. Image Credits: WHO/Christopher Black, WHO/Christopher Black, WHO/Christopher Black , Felix Sassmannshausen, Amref Health Africa Deutschland, World Health Summit, WHO/Marcio Schimming. US Pulls out of 66 Multilateral Bodies Including Key Climate Convention 08/01/2026 Kerry Cullinan The United Nations headquarters in New York. The Trump administration has withdrawn the United States from 66 multilateral organisations that it describes as “wasteful, ineffective, and harmful” – including the UN Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC), which coordinates the world’s response to climate change and has the buy-in of every other country in the world. The UN Population Fund (UNFPA), UN Women, UN Oceans, UN Water, UN Conference on Trade and Development and the Peacebuilding Commission are some of the 31 UN organisations that the US has withdrawn from. Included in the 35 non-UN bodies are a host of groups dealing with issues such as climate, peace and trade. These include the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), which is the global scientific body studying climate change; the International Renewable Energy Agency, the Global Counterterrorism Forum, and the International Institute for Democracy and Electoral Assistance. According to US Secretary of State Marco Rubio, who President Trump credited for identifying the 66 groups, the organisations are “redundant in their scope, mismanaged, unnecessary, wasteful, poorly run, captured by the interests of actors advancing their own agendas contrary to our own, or a threat to our nation’s sovereignty, freedoms, and general prosperity”. Second-largest emitter “The UNFCCC underpins global climate action. It brings countries together to support climate action, reduce emissions, adapt to climate change, and track progress. The decision by the world’s largest economy and second-largest emitter [of greenhouse gas] to retreat from it is regrettable and unfortunate,” said European Union (EU) Climate Commissioner Wopke Hoekstra Dr Rachel Cleetus of the Union of Concerned Scientists (UCS) described the US withdrawal from the “bedrock global treaty to tackle climate change” as “a new low and yet another sign that this authoritarian, anti-science administration is determined to sacrifice people’s well-being and destabilize global cooperation”. Her colleague, Dr Delta Merner, added: “Walking away doesn’t make the science disappear; it only leaves people across the United States, policymakers, and businesses flying in the dark at the very moment when credible climate information is most urgently needed”. Democratic leaders of the House Sustainable Energy and Environment Coalition (SEEC) said that Trump “is abandoning America’s international leadership and allowing competitors and adversaries to step into the void we leave behind”. They added: “At a time when climate change impacts are accelerating – whether it’s ever-worsening fire seasons, more intense hurricanes, or prolonged droughts – choosing withdrawal over leadership is shortsighted and profoundly irresponsible. Climate change does not respect borders, and we cannot address this crisis alone. The UN had not responded at the time of publication. Image Credits: Giorgia Galletoni , Wikimedia Commons. Controversial US-Backed Vaccination Study to Begin in Guinea-Bissau 07/01/2026 Kerry Cullinan US Health and Human Services Secretary Robert F Kennedy Jr. A US government-funded trial on the timing of hepatitis B vaccinations, which will delay vaccination for up to 7,000 newborns in Guinea-Bissau, is due to start this week. The US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) has awarded a controversial Danish research group a $1,6 million five-year grant to study the “optimal timing and delivery of monovalent hepatitis B vaccinations on newborns in Guinea-Bissau”, according to the US Health and Human Services’ (HHS) federal register. The trial aims to enrol 14,000 newborns in a “randomized controlled trial to assess the effects of neonatal Hepatitis B vaccination on early-life mortality, morbidity, and long-term developmental outcomes”, according to HHS register. Half of the babies will get vaccinated at birth, while the other half will get vaccinated six weeks later. However, the World Health Organisation (WHO) has recommended hepatitis B vaccinations since 1992, and universal birth vaccinations from 2009. The vaccination is usually given as a series of three or four injections, and several clinical trials have already established the best intervals for the vaccinations. “[Robert F Kennedy Jr], the Secretary of Health and Human Services, will soon conduct his own Tuskegee experiment,” US paediatrician Dr Paul Offit, co-inventor of a rotavirus vaccine, wrote this week on his Substack platform. “He has chosen the resource-poor nation of Guinea-Bissau, West Africa, to do it. Guinea-Bissau is currently overwhelmed by hepatitis B virus. About 18% of the population is infected. The World Health Organization (WHO) strongly recommends that all children in all countries receive a birth dose of hepatitis B vaccine to prevent mother-to-child transmission,” added Offit, director of the Vaccine Education Center and an attending physician at Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia and a professor of both Paediatrics and Vaccinology at the University of Pennsylvania. https://t.co/D7Ugn9a3J5 RFK Jr. is about to launch a dangerously unethical experiment in West Africa pic.twitter.com/BmW8JhcKCB — Paul Offit (@DrPaulOffit) January 6, 2026 Tuskegee refers to a 40-year US study that withheld syphilis treatment from 399 African Americans between 1932 and 1972 to observe the effects of the disease when untreated. Hepatitis B virus is an extremely contagious virus that infects the liver. It is transmitted through blood and bodily fluids and can be transmitted sexually, through contaminated needles, and – most commonly – to babies during birth from an infected mother. It is the leading cause of liver cancer worldwide. Controversial Danish researchers The CDC grant has been awarded to the Bandim Health Project at the University of Southern Denmark, which is led by controversial married couple Dr Christine Stabell Benn and Dr Peter Aaby. Stabell Benn is an adviser to the US Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP), which recently resolved to stop recommending hepatitis B vaccines to US newborns. ACIP has advised that it is up to parents to decide on the vaccination. US newborns have been vaccinated against hepatitis B since 1991, and this policy has reduced infections in children by 99%. Stabell Benn and Aaby’s research has focused on the “non-specific effects” (NSE) of vaccines. They have conducted trials involving thousands of children in Guinea-Bissau and Denmark, and assert that all vaccines should also be tested for NSEs. However, the journal Vaccine recently published a comprehensive review of 13 trials conducted by their research group, Bandim, which showed that their trials have been unable to show non-specific effects for measles, tuberculosis, diphtheria, tetanus, and whooping cough vaccines. “We were surprised to find several instances of questionable research practices, such as unpublished primary outcomes, outcome switching, reinterpretation of trials based on statistically fragile subgroup analyses, and frequent promotion of cherry-picked secondary findings as causal, even when primary outcomes yielded null results,” according to the review, which was headed by Dr Henrik Støvring of the Department of Biomedicine, at Aarhus University in Denmark. Enrolment before new policy rollout Currently, babies in Guinea-Bissau only receive the hepatitis B vaccination from six weeks’ old. But some 11% of children in the country are already infected with hepatitis B by the age of 18 months, so the government has resolved to introduce vaccination at birth from 2027, as recommended by the WHO. The hepatitis B vaccine is delivered in a series of three or four injections. When given within 24 hours of birth, the vaccine is up to 90% effective in preventing mother-to-child infection. Bandim says its trial will stop enrolling participants when the government rollout of the hepatitis B vaccine to newborns starts. They will follow their cohort for five years, primarily to compare “overall mortality and hospitalisations,” and “secondary outcomes”, looking at “atopic dermatitis and neurodevelopment”, according to a Bandim media release. “The hepatitis B vaccine at birth has never been tested on a large scale for its overall health effects, so it is unknown whether the vaccine has non-specific health effects,” added Bandim. But Professor Gavin Yamey, director of the Center for Policy Impact in Global Health at Duke University, argues that “it is unethical to do a randomized controlled trial in which you withhold a proven, life-saving vaccine from newborn babies”. Meanwhile, Offit contends that “RFK Jr. has manipulated the study to support his unsupportable, science-resistant beliefs about harms caused by the hepatitis B vaccine”. He also notes that the study is single-blinded, which means that researchers will know which children received a birth dose of the vaccine. “This allows for investigator bias, where the investigator might find vague neurodevelopmental problems in the birth-dose group but not the six-week group,” he added. Key Moments for Climate and Health Diplomacy in 2026 07/01/2026 Arthur Wyns Health workers demand a phase out of fossil fuel at COP30 in Belem, Brazil. The last 12 months have been an unpredictable rollercoaster for those of us working in global health, climate change and development: trade wars, real wars, job and finance cuts, cost of living pressures, attacks on science, the rise of far-right extremism, and the increasingly deadly impacts of climate change, to name but a few of the challenges we currently face. Only a fool would have the confidence to predict what happens next. This author will try, nevertheless. Here are some of the key moments in global health and climate change that we can expect in 2026. January: High Seas Treaty becomes international law Two-thirds of the world’s oceans are unregulated and subjected to overfishing and pollution. The High Seas Treaty offers leagl protection for marine biodiversity in international waters. The High Seas Treaty officially enters into force on 17 January. The treaty – formally known as the UN Agreement on Biodiversity Beyond National Jurisdiction (BBNJ) – was adopted by UN Member States in June 2023 after nearly two decades of negotiations. It has now been ratified by over 60 countries and will enter into force in January. The treaty offers new legal protections for marine biodiversity in international waters, which cover nearly half the planet’s surface. By enabling the establishment of marine protected areas and strengthening international rules, the treaty can help achieve the global biodiversity goals of protecting 30% of the planet’s land and ocean by 2030. Welcoming the development, UN Secretary-General António Guterres said “the ocean’s health is humanity’s health”. February: Negotiations on the global plastics treaty Protestors gather outside UN plastics treaty talks at the Palais des Nations in Geneva, Switzerland, in 2024. Global talks on a treaty to end plastic pollution collapsed in August 2025 after six rounds of negotiations. A coalition of over 100 countries wants the agreement to reduce plastic production, to ban the most dangerous chemicals used in plastic products and to protect human health. Oil-producing countries, on the other hand, have resisted a limit on plastic production in the treaty, arguing that it should only focus on demand-side measures like recycling. On 7 February, a short session of the Intergovernmental Negotiating Committee (INC) will appoint a new chair to facilitate the discussions between countries, with a series of negotiations likely to follow throughout 2026. April: International conference on fossil fuel transition Climate activists call for a transition away from fossil fuel at COP30 The governments of Colombia and the Netherlands will co-host the first-ever International Conference on the Just Transition Away from Fossil Fuels. This follows calls by over 80 countries at COP30 to develop a global roadmap to transition away from fossil fuels. The convening will take place on 28-29 April in the Colombian port city of Santa Marta, which is the country’s major port for coal exports. Pacific nations have also committed to convening a follow-up meeting to advance the outcomes. It remains to be seen how the Colombia conference and efforts to develop a global fossil fuel reduction roadmap can be introduced into the formal climate negotiations. The roadmap currently sits outside of the formal UN regime, with the Brazilian COP30 presidency holding the pen. Some creative diplomatic manoeuvring by the countries supporting the roadmap might be needed to anchor it to COP31 at the end of the year. May: World Health Assembly The 2025 World Health Assembly (WHA) adopted the pandemic agreement, and WHA 2026 is due to finalise the last portion of this agreement. The 79th World Health Assembly is scheduled for 18–23 May in the Swiss capital of Geneva. The gathering of the world’s health ministers is expected to finalise the Pathogen Access and Benefit-Sharing (PABS) system as part of the new WHO Pandemic Agreement. Discussions on wider global health reform will also gather pace. Following the adoption of WHO’s Global Action Plan on Climate and Health last year, we can expect continued pressure from countries to strengthen the global response to the health impacts of climate change. The health harms of fossil fuels will likely receive renewed attention at this year’s WHA. Even though WHO’s climate plans omitted a focus on fossil fuels, many countries and partners are pushing for stronger action to transition away from polluting energy sources. June: UN climate talks in Bonn Following a mixed outcome at the COP30 UN Climate Change Conference in Belém, Brazil, governments will have to pick up the pieces at the climate negotiations from 8 to 18 June in the German city of Bonn. Key areas of work will include the implementation of a set of indicators — including health indicators – to track global progress on climate adaptation. Following a push by Island Countries, negotiators will also discuss how to respond to the persistent gap in ambition to reduce temperatures to 1.5°. A first-of-its-kind dialogue on the role of trade and international cooperation in taking climate action will also take place. June: Elections in Ethiopia The Ethiopian delegation at COP30. The country hosts COP32. The country hosting the COP32 climate conference in 2028 will go to the polls mid-year. Elections in Africa’s second-most populous country may give local and international observers an initial sense of the political difficulties that Ethiopia will have to navigate while hosting the world’s most important climate conference in 2028. The ruling Prosperity Party, led by Prime Minister Abiy Ahmed, is expected to win following the jailing or expulsion of most opposition leaders. A new draft law prepared by Abiy’s government will grant authorities far-reaching powers to restrict civil society groups on “national security” grounds. August: Pacific Island Forum A WHO field staff member talks to a woman fetching water in Kiribati, one of the Pacific Island nations threatened by climate change and sea level rise. The Republic of Palau will host the 55th Pacific Islands Forum (PIF) in August. The forum will bring together the heads of state from the Pacific Islands, Australia and New Zealand, alongside regional organisations and civil society. The PIF plays an important role in developing a common position across Pacific Island countries. Among the key topics will be the role of oceans in securing health and climate goals, as well as a push for a just transition to a Fossil Fuel Free Pacific. This year’s forum might host follow-up discussions on a global roadmap to transition away from fossil fuels, and will function as a stepping stone to a Pacific pre-COP two months later. October: European mayors’ summit on climate and health The mayor of Cork has invited mayors from across Europe to attend a major summit on climate and health. During the summit, city leaders will explore city-led solutions that reduce emissions, strengthen resilience, and enhance the well-being of populations. This will come at a time when Ireland holds the Presidency of the Council of the European Union. October: Pre-COP in the Pacific About a month before the COP31 climate conference kicks off in Türkiye, ministers and lead climate negotiators will be invited to the Pacific for a pre-COP meeting. A pre-COP is a preparatory meeting for key decision makers, which provides a key forcing moment to align on priorities, build coalitions, and settle early disagreements before the formal climate negotiations commence. By hosting the pre-COP, Pacific island countries (the host island has yet to be decided) can ensure their priorities remain at the centre of the climate talks and raise the bar for success at COP. The Pacific has long prioritised climate and health, including with a special initiative to address the health impacts of climate change in Small Island Developing States at COP23 in 2019, which was presided over by Fiji. October: Global conference on tipping points Global mean temperatures are set to breach the Paris agreement target of 1.5°C, at least temporarily. Malaysia will host a Global Tipping Points Conference in October, following successful events in 2022 and 2025. The conference will provide the latest scientific updates on global climate tipping points and risks with a focus on Asia and the Pacific. It will also share opportunities and initiatives to drive accelerated climate action through positive tipping. The conference, hosted by the Sunway Centre for Planetary Health in Kuala Lumpur, will have a particular focus on tipping points at the climate-health-equity nexus in Asia-Pacific. November: COP31 UN climate conference COP31 will take place in the Turkish resort town of Antalya this year from 10-21 November. Türkiye will physically host the talks, be in charge of the action agenda, and appoint the COP31 president, while Australia will lead the formal negotiations. If Australia, Türkiye and the Pacific can combine their diplomatic assets, they might be able to meaningfully improve climate diplomacy and international collaboration between countries. However, the COP31 power-sharing between Türkiye and Australia is an unprecedented and potentially risky arrangement, given the current geopolitical environment. Despite not being formally on the agenda for COP31, fossil fuels will likely be one of the main areas of focus. The case for a rapid shift away from fossil fuels is getting stronger by the day. Expect the economic, energy security, and health arguments against fossil fuels to gather pace in 2026. However, whether the UN climate negotiations themselves can actually yield a more detailed commitment on fossil fuel phaseout before the end of the year remains to be seen. All we can say for certain is that 2026 promises to be an interesting year for climate and health diplomacy. Arthur Wyns is a former senior advisor to the United Arab Emirates COP28 Presidency and the secretariat lead for Friends of Climate and Health, an informal group of countries exploring opportunities to integrate health and well-being into UN climate negotiations. He is also a research fellow at the University of Melbourne, an editor of the Journal of Climate and Health and the governance co-lead of the climate-migration-health network. Image Credits: Mike Muzurakis IISD/ENB , Julia Goralski/ Unsplash, UNEP, Mike Muzurakis IISD/ENB , Mike Muzurakis/ IISD ENB , WHO / Yoshi Shimizu, WMO. US Shrinks Childhood Vaccine Schedule; Drops Six Common Vaccines from CDC Recommendations 06/01/2026 Sophia Samantaroy Among the core vaccines no longer recommended for all children are those that protect against rotavirus, RSV, influenza, meningococcal disease, hepatitis A, and hepatitis B. HHS Secretary Robert F Kennedy Jr makes good on promise to reduce the number of recommended vaccines. US health officials announced Monday an overhauled version of the vaccines recommended to infants and adolescents, shrinking the number of diseases for which vaccines should be administered from 17 to 11. The decision follows a December 5, 2025 directive from President Donald Trump to the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) to review the US childhood vaccine schedule in comparison to those of wealthy, peer-nations, citing Denmark, Germany and Japan in particular. The revisions now mean that the US will go from being one of the developed nations with the highest number of diseases covered – to one of the lowest – according to HHS’s own analysis. In fact, only Denmark recommends fewer jabs – for just 10 diseases in total. Greece and Ireland recommend immunization for 16 diseases and five countries recommend immunization against 15 diseases, including Australia, Canada, Denmark, Ireland, Spain and the United Kingdom. Japan recommends childhood immunization against 14 different diseases. A table from HHS’s assessment of the US vaccine schedule in comparison to other wealthy nations. The table shows the number of doses for each type of vaccine recommended. The “# Mandated” row uses the example of New York state. The “18-19” number in the bottom right reflects the number of shots a child could receive if they take a yearly COVID-19 and flu shot. Some vaccines are duplicated, such as the measles, mumps, rubella combined vaccine (MMR). “A” reflects the new CDC guidance that these shots be only for high-rish patients or at the bequest of caregivers. The US has no childhood federal vaccine mandate – these vary by state. Among the core vaccines CDC will no longer recommend for all children are those that protect against rotavirus, influenza, meningococcal disease, hepatitis A, and hepatitis B (HBV). The CDC also dropped a relatively new recommendation for newborns to be vaccinated against Respiratory Syncytial Virus (RSV) – if their mothers had not been previously vaccinated. RSV is the single largest cause of childhood hospitalizations in the US today, burdening the healthcare system with 80,000 hospitalizations a year. And the new CDC policy reduces the number of recommended doses against HPV – a key cause of cervical cancer – from two to one. This is contrary to the two-dose advice of most other developed nations and the World Health Organization. WHO’s cervical cancer elimination strategy calls for a dramatic reduction in cases by 2030, largely through mass immunization programs. Another key point of concern for US public health experts is the removal of any broad recommendation for vaccination against hepatitis B – a leading cause of liver disease and a vaccine that almost every other developed country includes for newborns or infants. Instead, the updated recommendation urges caregivers to consult with their physicians if their child falls into a “high risk” category. Already in December 2025, the CDC in recommended to delay administration of the hepatitis B (HBV) vaccine for infants by six months. The Department of Health and Human Services Secretary Robert F Kennedy Jr’s longtime skepticism about the HBV vaccine played a central part of his Senate confirmation hearing where Senator Bill Cassidy (R-LA), a medical doctor and liver specialist, credited the vaccine with saving some 90,000 children’s lives in the US since 1991. Despite the reassurances that Kennedy provided at that time to the Senate Confirmation Committee to follow well-established evidence on immunization’s benefits, the HHS Secretary, who built his career around vaccine hesitancy, has now made good on his previous record as a vaccine skeptic. Changes announced Monday following a brief review U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) Secretary Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. conducts the swearing-in ceremony of Jim O’Neill as the Department’s Deputy Secretary Monday, June 9, 2025 at the Hubert H. Humphrey Building in Washington, D.C. (Source: HHS by Amy Rossetti) The changes were announced abruptly Monday by acting Centers for Disease Control and Prevention Director Jim O’Neill. He directed the public health agency to move forward immediately on the new CDC recommendations. The Trump Administration’s health leadership has argued that the change will increase transparency and rebuild trust in health institutions. “After an exhaustive review of the evidence, we are aligning the U.S. childhood vaccine schedule with international consensus while strengthening transparency and informed consent. This decision protects children, respects families, and rebuilds trust in public health,” Kennedy said in the statement. But the overhaul also is an unprecedented departure from the evidence-based process the US previously used to decide its vaccine schedule. Normally an independent federal advisory panel of experts would review studies and data for each vaccine before publishing recommendations. In this instance, CDC director O’Neill issued the changes in a memorandum responding to a request by Trump for such a review only a month ago – and with the underlying analysis based on a comparison of schedules in other nations. The comparisons between the seemingly high number of actual shots, or jabs, US children previously received as compared to those of other nations is also somewhat misleading – insofar as annual flu and COVID-19 vaccines up until the age of 18 are included in the US count of previous recommendations – totaling about 35 or 36 more shots across 18 years. But in November, the CDC last year already stated that COVID vaccination for children, while recommended, should be a matter of “individual decision-making.” And WHO’s own recommendations for COVID-19 vaccination of children were already reversed post-pandemic, advising only one dose for never-vaccinated children with co-morbidities. In 2010, the CDC did adopt a universal recommendation for annual childhood sesasonal flu vaccination. That went further than the current WHO recommendation which recommends prioritizing seasonal flu vaccine for “health workers, individuals with comorbidities and underlying conditions, older adults and pregnant women,” adding only that “Depending on national disease goals, capacity and resources, epidemiology, national policies and priorities, and disease burden, countries may consider additional (sub)populations for vaccination, such as children.” Concerns that hospitalizations, deaths may increase View this post on Instagram A post shared by Jessica Malaty Rivera, MS | Making Science Make Sense (@jessicamalatyrivera) “Fewer vaccinations (specifically for rotavirus, COVID-19, influenza, RSV, meningococcal disease, hepatitis A and hepatitis B) will result in an increase in disease, disability, and death, wrote epidemiologist and infectious disease specialist Jessica Malaty Rivera in a post. “Please ignore this unscientific nonsense and follow the @ameracadpeds schedule alongside your pediatrician.” Prior to the vaccines and therapeutics that prevent RSV, for instance, the virus accounted for over one in four hospitalizations among young children in the US. Other physicians and health experts criticized the shift for causing confusion and for ignoring decades of vaccine studies demonstrating safety and efficacy. “Know this: Even as our government shifts its recommendation language, I would never forgo the RSV, hepatitis A & B, or meningitis vaccines for my own kids,” said Dr Scott Hadland, a pediatrician and chief of adolescent medicine at Harvard. “This is health policy malpractice at the highest level and must be reversed before children and families suffer,” said Dr George C Benjamin, executive director of the American Public Health Association. Attempt to bring US “in-line” with other wealthy countries The 33-page CDC policy document argues that in light of falling vaccination rates across the US and the lack of trust in public health institutions, the US should therefore cut back on the number of recommended vaccines. “Bringing the U.S. pediatric immunization schedule in line with the consensus of peer nations while keeping non-consensus vaccines available for high-risk groups and populations and/orthrough shared clinical decision-making is a balanced approach to reform and restore trust in public health,” the document says. Traditionally, the US has recommended slightly more vaccines, on average, than “peer” nations. However, the US also continues to face surges of measles, hepatitis A, RSV, and other infectious diseases. The other problem with policy decisions based on comparisons with other high income countries experts say, is that the US has a far larger, and more sickly, population that often lacks access to primary healthcare. “Many high-income countries have universal coverage and paid family leave that make it easier to get care and stay safe when kids get sick,” said Dr Uché Blackstock, a physician and health equity advocate in a social media post. “You cannot copy the [vaccine] list without copying the supports,” Blackstock said. Denmark and Japan’s healthier population, more robust healthcare systems, surveillance, testing, and social support mean there is less of a reliance on vaccines. “We have fragmented insurance, we’ve got millions uninsured, we don’t have a national health registry and we’ve got enormous gaps in the continuity of care,” said Dr. Jake Scott, an infectious disease specialist at Stanford University School of Medicine. “And we use broader vaccine recommendations because our system can’t reliably identify and follow up with every person at risk.” Assessment downplays risk of rotavirus, meningococcal disease, HPV A screen capture of the CDC website with the burden of rotavirus on the US Of the vaccines being cut from the list, RSV and rotavirus pose a significant burden to the healthcare system. Prior to the RSV maternal vaccine and monoclonal antibodies, up to 80,000 children were hospitalized with the virus. Nearly all children were infected with rotavirus prior to the vaccine. It caused 20-60 deaths each year, according to the CDC. “Reasonable people can reach different conclusions about recommending the rotavirus vaccine for all children,” says the assessment. The assessment also argued that low rates of meningococcal disease warranted an end of recommendations. “Considering the low incidence of meningococcal disease in the U.S., the meningococcal vaccine should not be part of the consensus recommended vaccine schedule.” These low rates are due in large part to vaccinations. Still covered by health insurers? The vaccines dropped from the CDC’s recommendations should still be covered by health insurance systems – the new CDC policy also states. But it is unclear whether health insurers in the US’s fragmented public health system will in fact guarantee continued access for all of those who would like to get a shot – once the actual CDC recommendation has been removed. The authors of the new CDC policy are Dr Tracy Beth Høeg, a Danish-American physician and Food and Drug Administration director of the Center for Drug Research and Evaluation, and Martin Kulldorff. They are self-described in the assessment as “one of the most pro-vaccine scientists in the country” – however, they garnered significant attention during the COVID pandemic for their anti-COVID-19 vaccine stances. Kulldorff’s bio continues in the assessment: “In early 2021, he was one of the first public health scientists to publicly oppose Covid vaccine mandates and it is hard to imagine a policy doing more harm to the trust in vaccines and public health.” Image Credits: European Union, Quinn Dombrowski, HHS , Amy Rossetti, CDC. UN Agencies, Aid Groups Protest Israel’s Move to Bar Many NGOs from Gaza as Winter Exacerbates Dire Conditions 06/01/2026 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Gaza tent camp surrounded by mud from unusually heavy winter storms; new Israeli restructions on NGO activities would further impede humanitarian efforts, UN and partner agencies charge. Senior United Nations officials and humanitarian leaders have urged Israel to reverse plans to withhold registration from more three-dozen international NGOs providing humanitarian relief in war-torn Gaza and the Israeli-occupied West Bank – warning that the move would severely undermine life-saving aid in a moment of acute humanitarian need. Israel said last Thursday that some 37 international NGOs operating in Palestinian areas it controls, including the internationally renowned Médecins Sans Frontières, had not complied with a deadline to meet “security and transparency standards” now required by Israel for re-licensing in 2026. The NGOs are contesting new Israeli rules requiring them to disclose personal information on local Palestinian staff. For those NGOs that don’t comply, Israel has said it “will enforce” a ban on their activities in 2026. The government approved the new registration rules in March 2025 – in the wake of Israeli government allegations that two former MSF staff members were involved with Hamas or other armed groups. MSF has denied knowingly hiring people with military ties. In a related move, Israel last week also cut off water and electricity to the now vacant Jerusalem facilities of UNRWA, the UN Palestinian Refugee Agency, under legislation approved by the Knesset, or Parliament to close down the UN agency’s operations in areas under Israeli control. On Monday, seven European countries, including Spain, Ireland and Norway, condemned the move calling it a violation of international law with “grave humanitarian consequences.” Joint UN Agency statement decries move In a joint statement 31 December, the Inter-Agency Standing Committee (IASC), which represents about 20 heads of UN agencies and major humanitarian organisations, said that international NGOs collectively deliver nearly $1 billion in assistance each year in the occupied Palestinian territory and are “central to humanitarian operations,” particularly in Gaza. “Humanitarian access is not optional, conditional or political,” the statement said. It warned that restricting NGO operations during winter, amid continued food insecurity and recent flood-related displacement, risks undoing fragile gains made since the October 2025 Israeli-Hamas ceasefire – and would have “devastating” consequences for Gaza’s civilian population. The signatories included the UN emergency relief coordinator Tom Fletcher, the World Health Organization’s Dr. Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, as well as the heads of the UN Refugee Agency (UNHCR); the UN Development Pogramme (UNDP); UNICEF, the UN Childrens Agency; the World Food Programme; and leaders of major civil society groups such as Oxfam, Save the Children, Mercy Corps and Caritas Internationalis. MSF condemns “cynical” attempt to block aid A pregnant Palestinian mother, Donia Alouf, and her 1 year-old son, Ahmed, who was diagnosed with malnutrition, receive treatment in an MSF-supported Gaza city clinic. COGAT, the Israeli Defense Ministry agency coordinating Gaza humanitarian aid, has said that the new registration process is designed to prevent the misuse of humanitarian aid by Hamas, which it claims has exploited aid frameworks for to divert funds and recruit local aid employees for its own military purposes. COGAT also contended that the revocation of the licenses to the 37 NGOs will not substantially affect aid delivery, claiming that the affected organizations had not provided substantial aid to Gaza since the ceasefire began on October 10. And before the ceasefire, their combined contribution amounted to only a small proportion of total aid, Israel said. Médecins Sans Frontières (MSF), one of the most prominent organisations affected by Israel’s registration decision, contested Israel’s claims. An MSF press statement noted that the organization currently supports one in five hospital beds in Gaza and assists one in three mothers during childbirth. “In the last year, MSF teams have treated hundreds of thousands of patients and delivered hundreds of millions of litres of water,” said Pascale Coissard, MSF emergency coordinator for Gaza, in a 22 December statement. “In 2025 alone, we carried out almost 800,000 outpatient consultations and handled more than 100 000 trauma cases, and if we obtain registration, we plan to continue strengthening our activities in 2026.” Describing the move as a “cynical and calculated attempt” at political control, MSF said that blocking its activities and those of other NGOs that refused to register their Palestinian staff would exact a “terrible cost” after Gaza’s health system has been decimated. Only about half of the enclave’s 36 hospitals are functioning, and those only partially. International organizations say new Israel’s rules potentially endanger staff A toddler plays with dolls in MSF’s burn unit in Nasser hospital, Gaza, in May 2025. She was severely burned in an Israeli airstrike that struck her family’s tent in the Al-Mawasi humanitarian zone, which also killed her mother and two siblings. The healing process was hindered by a lack of proper nutrition and protein for the child, unavailable due to the Israeli halt to most humanitarian aid between March and late May. MSF said Israel’s core demand, that the NGO’s share personal information about Palestinians employees, is especially dangerous in Gaza where humanitarian workers have been intimidated, detained, attacked and killed. Some 15 MSF colleagues have reportedly been killed by Israeli forces. “Demanding staff lists as a condition for access to territory is an outrageous overreach,” MSF said, adding that there is no clarity on how such sensitive data would be used or shared. The organization said Israeli authorities had ignored repeated requests for meetings and instead accused MSF in the media of harbouring alleged militants – an allegation MSF rejects. “MSF would never knowingly employ anyone involved in military activities, which contradicts our core values and ethics,” the organization said. “Denying medical assistance to civilians is unacceptable under any circumstances, and it is appalling to use humanitarian aid as a tool of policy or collective punishment.” Israel’s moves on UNRWA follow in the wake of allegations that surfaced in 2024, charging that some 19 UNRWA employees participated in the 7 October Hamas attacks on Israeli communities, and UNRWA facilities were also used for Hamas weapons storage and other military activities. UNRWA has denied most of the claims, while acknowledging that an internal UN investigation led to the termination of nine UNRWA employees where “evidence obtained … – if authenticated and corroborated – might indicate that the staff members may have been involved.” Meanwhile, Palestinian nationalists who are also critics of Hamas note that the pressures on local aid workers to filter food, funds or other forms of aid can be intense – particularly as the militant group has now regained control over the roughly 50% of Gaza that lies within the “yellow line” to which Israel withdrew in October. A chilling update from the ground in Gaza: Two of my friends, who have been running independent food drives via international crowdfunding, were stopped and interrogated by Hamas militants. After proving their transparency and showing that all funds are used for food and aid for… pic.twitter.com/d55tKopGHM — Hamza (@HowidyHamza) January 5, 2026 Shelter crisis deepens amid winter storms Tents and ruined buildings in Gaza surrounded by mud. The curbs on the activities of the NGOs comes as housing and sanitary conditions in Gaza continue to deteriorate amidst a series of heavy winter storms, particularly for hundreds of thousands of displaced people living in makeshift shelters, according to the end December update of the UN Office for the Coordination of Humanitarian Affairs (OCHA). The unusually heavy rainfall has flooded tents and caused already unstable buildings to collapse – forcing displaced families to move yet again in search of safer ground. Seawater inundation has rendered shelters uninhabitable in coastal areas such as Al Mawasi in Khan Younis, while heavy winds have destroyed or severely damaged many tents. As of 30 December, humanitarian partners have provided emergency shelter assistance to more than 80,000 Gazan households, distributing tens of thousands of tents, tarpaulins and bedding items. Despite these efforts, more than one million Gazans out of a population of 2.1 million still need urgent shelter support, OCHA said. According to Gaza’s Hamas-controlled Ministry of Health, at least 17 people died in December due to the collapse of storm- and flood-damaged buildings, while three children died of hypothermia. WHO, MSF and other partners have reported consistently high rates of respiratory infections, warning that winter conditions are driving further illness, particularly among young children. Sewage, waste and public health risks A Palestinian boy walks past tents during a break in the rain in Jabalya, North Gaza. Waste mixed with floodwaters increases exposures to infectious diseases. Flooding has also intensified Gaza’s long-running sewage and solid waste crisis – and along with that infectious disease risks related to sewage exposure. The UN Water, Sanitation and Hygiene (WASH) Cluster reports that damaged infrastructure, fuel shortages and restrictions on the entry of equipment are limiting the ability to manage wastewater and storm runoff. Recent rains raised water levels in inland lagoons such as Wadi Gaza and Sheikh Radwan, heightening the risk of overflow and sewage contamination on land, as well as into the sea. The Palestinian Water Authority says it has been forced to rely on short-term measures because critical equipment such as pumps, pipes and electromechanical components has been denied entry by Israel. Solid waste management remains severely constrained. Since 7 October 2023, Hamas miiltants first invaded Israeli communities on the Gaza periphery in the opening salvo of the war, an estimated $66 million in damage has been recorded to waste management systems, including the destruction of more than 200 collection trucks and widespread damage to facilities. Gaza’s two main landfills remain inaccessible, forcing municipalities to rely on overcrowded temporary dumping sites. Waste generation far exceeds collection capacity in northern Gaza, where only about 60 per cent of daily waste is collected. This has resulted in continued accumulation of solid waste in densely populated areas, exacerbating public health and environmental risks. While a recent analysis found that famine conditions in Gaza have been pushed back, acute food insecurity and malnutrition remain critically high, and aid officials warn that progress remains fragile. “Needs are growing faster than aid can get in,” UN Secretary-General António Guterres declared in a late December press briefing, stressing that predictable and unimpeded access for humanitarian actors is essential to address the immense challenges faced. “We need more crossings, the lifting of restrictions on critical items, the removal of red tape, safe routes inside Gaza, sustained funding, and unimpeded access – including for NGOs,” Guterres said. “And we cannot lose sight of the rapidly deteriorating situation in the West Bank,” he added referring to escalating Israeli settler violence, land seizures, demolitions and displacement as well as intensified restrictions on movement – affecting Palestinian access to vital health and social services as well as livelihoods. Against that landscape, the prospect of new Israeli bans on international NGOs threatens to further erode an already strained response. “Allowing humanitarian aid is not a favour,” MSF said. “It is an obligation under international law.” Image Credits: MSF , Palestinian Water Authority , Nour Alsaqqa/MSF, Palestinian Water Authority , OCHA . US EPA dismisses WHO Cancer Agency Determination that Widely Used Herbicide is ‘Probably Carcinogenic’ 05/01/2026 Sophia Samantaroy Over 70 million tons of atrazine is applied to US soil each year. The chemical is now deemed a ‘probable’ carcinogen to humans. The US Environmental Protection Agency has dismissed a recent finding that atrazine, the second most widely-used herbicide in the United States, is “probably carcinogenic to humans” by the World Health Organization’s cancer review agency. Atrazine is used extensively in the US on crops like corn, sorghum, and sugarcane. However, over 60 countries have banned the chemical due to its endocrine-disrupting properties and tendency to contaminate groundwater. In a new classification, published in the January, 2026 issue of The Lancet Oncology, the International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) ranked atrazine as probably carcinogenic to humans based on what it described as “limited evidence” for cancer in humans and “sufficient evidence for cancer in experimental animals.” The agency’s findings are independent assessments that guide national regulatory authorities worldwide in the promulgation of rules around chemicals used in agriculture, food systems and occupational settings. The IARC assessment was the first in nearly three decades. In 1998 the organization said the compound was not classifiable as to its carcinogenicity to humans. Since the IARC findings were initially released in late November, the US Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), as well as chemical producers in China and elsewhere, have pushed back against the new classification. Both used almost identical terms in describing the determination as “flawed” and “inconsistent with scientific consensus.” Hormone disruptor, cancer risk of atrazine Atrazine has been linked to non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma Atrazine’s cancer links include evidence of oxidative stress, hormone disruption, immune suppression, and actual tumor growth, IARC found in its abbreviated evaluation of atrazine and two other compounds. In particular, IARC pointed to animal studies that showed tumor growth in the mammary glands and uterus of female rats, reduced estrogen and testosterone in both male and female rats, and induced cell death and division. The most recent study IARC cites, from 2024, also concluded that male rats also experience oxidative stress and severe hormone disruption. In humans, only a handful of studies have been published so far. However, IARC noted that two case-control studies that reported “strong positive associations between exposure to atrazine…and translocation-positive NHL [non-Hodgkin’s Lymphoma]” among exposed farm workers. Links to other human cancers did not show “consistent positive findings.” Beyond its cancer inks, atrazine exposure is also associated with birth defects, reproductive harm, and hormone disruption, in papers not cited by IARC – an agency that focuses almost exclusively on cancer risks. US regulators and manufacturers push back The US EPA said IARC’s findings used a “deeply flawed approach to its cancer assessments” In a 21 November statement, Syngenta, the agrochemical company that produces most of the US’s atrazine, said: “[c]urrent scientific evidence clearly demonstrate[s] that atrazine is safe when applied in accordance with registered label instructions.” Syngenta is owned by the Chinese state-operated company Sinochem. Speaking to Health Policy Watch just a few days after the Syngenta statement, EPA used identical terms, arguing that IARC’s findings “stir up fear” by also including “very hot beverages, red meat, working the night shift and hairdressing in the same classification.” “This announcement on atrazine is just another example of the World Health Organization International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) using a deeply flawed approach to its cancer assessments on multiple levels,” the EPA added. The EPA spokesperson complained, in particular, that the two-page article published so far is just a brief summary of the full review, which is only due to be published later this year, according to IARC. “[F]or IARC to roll out these “findings” and unnecessarily stir up fear when IARC has said it will not be publishing any of its detailed science until late 2026 or 2027 is irresponsible and lacks transparency. Currently, there is no opportunity for anyone to meaningfully review how IARC has reached its conclusions,” said the EPA’s press office. “In contrast, atrazine has been extensively studied by EPA across multiple administrations, including having five meetings of independent Scientific Advisory Panels peer review the cancer potential of atrazine between 2009-2011,” EPA said. “As a reminder, IARC also has a long history of being severely misguided in its findings,” the EPA spokesperson said, citing past IARC findings on red meat and night shift work, among other factors, as possible or probable causes of cancer. In 2015 IARC concluded that red meat was a possible cause of cancer and processed meat is a probable cause. Those findings have since been echoed by the American Institute for Cancer Research, which in 2021 concluded “there is strong evidence that eating high amounts of red meat increases the risk of colorectal cancer.” The US Department of Agriculture’s most recent dietary guidelines also suggest reducing red meat consumption. The US CDC concluded in a 2021 report that there is “high confidence” that persistent night shift work that results in circadian disruption can cause human cancer. Environmental groups welcome IARC re-evaluation Latest estimates of atrazine use from the US Geological Survey, 2019 Separate EPA reviews in 2003 and 2018 concluded that available evidence does not support a relationship between atrazine exposure and human cancers. IARC cites one new animal study from 2024, while re-evaluating older data in a new light. For pesticide experts like Dr Jennifer Sass, a senior scientist at the Natural Resources Defense Council (NRDC), IARC’s re-evaluation was welcome – correcting industry bias in previous evaluations. . “With atrazine, there’s hormone disruption, there’s oxidative stress, there is indication of tumors in human and animal studies,” said Sass. “IARC gathered a solid expert array of people from different disciplines, including industry people. They didn’t second-guess or overinterpret the data. “The EPA needs to take another look at their assessment to account for the carcinogenicity,” said Sass. Canada, Australia and Brazil also use atrazine extensively Atrazine, also known under brand names such as Aatrex®, Aatram®, Atratol®, and Gesaprim® is the second most widely-used pesticide in the US after glyphosate – also known as Roundup®. Glyphosate also was designated as a probable carcinogen in humans by IARC in 2015, in a ruling that continues to trigger controversy between the US and trading partners that have banned the chemical. Across the US’s corn belt, up to 60 million pounds of atrazine is applied to treat US crops each year. Atrazine also is flushed from soil into streams or groundwater aquifers where it can contaminate drinking water supplies, according to the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. A 2017 analysis of EPA tap water data found that nearly 30 million Americans across 28 states have tap water that contains atrazine. Drinking water in these areas had atrazine levels three to seven times higher than the federal limit of three parts per billion during spikes due to run-off in spring and summer, according to another major research and advocacy non-profit, Environmental Working Group. “Because the EPA has been sweeping the evidence on cancer under the rug for the time it has been on the market for 50 years, they’re not monitoring for atrazine in the water. The drinking water standard should be zero, because it’s a carcinogen,” said Sass. But the US is not alone in its reliance on the chemical, which is typically applied to unplanted fields so as to kill any other weeds or plants before crops are planted. Canada, Australia, Brazil and China also use atrazine to increase crop yields. In the decades prior to IARC’s classification, 60 countries banned the use of atrazine. These include 27 European Union countries, most Middle Eastern countries, and even many African countries. However, in many lower-and-middle income countries where atrazine is banned, the chemical is often smuggled in illegally. The European Union banned atrazine in 2004 and most EU countries have since banned glyphosate as well. Mexico, which exports tens of billions of dollars of agricultural products to the US, had attempted to ban glyphosate. But in 2024 it postponed the ban indefinitely following pressure from industry and the US, citing the lack of an effective alternative. As international assessments increasingly flag risks associated with such chemicals, the US remains an outlier among high-income countries in continued widespread use. “We were all told for a long time that weed killers aren’t harmful to people because their mechanism of toxicity targets photosynthesis. We all believed them,” said Sass. “Because of that, we didn’t have proper food monitoring. We didn’t have proper drinking water monitoring. The people exposed to atrazine occupationally, whether by mixing it, loading it, applying it, manufacturing it, need to take the proper precautions because of how toxic it is. EPA stance contrasts sharply with MAHA rhetoric about healthier foods EPA’s pro-pesticide stance under the new US administration of President Donald Trump contrasts sharply with the healthy foods rhetoric of the “Make America Healthy Again” (MAHA) movement, critics also said. “Despite the rhetoric of MAHA, there will be no robust review of the dangers of pesticides by the Trump Administration,” said Sylvia Wu, of the Washington DC-based Center for Food Safety. “Instead, a toxic poison like atrazine will continue to contaminate our lands and waters, making our children sick for decades to come,” said Wu. Wu was responding, in particular, to another recent US Fish and Wildlife’s (FWS) statement that atrazine does not pose an extinction risk to any US endangered species. The Center for Food Safety sued the EPA in 2020 when the agency moved to reapprove atrazine, along with a host of other pesticides and herbicides, as part of a routine evaluation. “The public trust has been steamrolled by agrochemical interests,” said Sass of the Natural Resources Defence Council. “The EPA has fast-tracked the approval of their poisons, which is not only a violation of the public’s trust, but also of the mission of the EPA.” “Using modern farming methods, we do not need weed killers like atrazine. We simply don’t have to kill every weed to grow our crops. It. We don’t have to be so scorched earth in our farm practices,” Sass argued. “I look forward to the day that the US catches up to other countries in keeping American families safe from chemicals.” Image Credits: Akshat Jhingran , Waldemar Brandt , AP/Sierra Club, USGS. Near-Zero Change in Delhi’s Peak Air Pollution Levels Over Past Decade – But Big Change in Public Outrage 05/01/2026 Chetan Bhattacharji Delhi air pollution during peak days in mid-November 2025 – an annual public health crisis that remains unresolved. The latest ten-year data shows almost no change. Can the momentum of outrage finally push officials to take high-impact measures to lower pollution this year? It’s Delhi 2026. Since 2016, there’s been near-zero improvement in the city’s air pollution during the annual peak pollution period of October to December, a new analysis by the Center for Research on Energy and Clean Air (CREA) reveals. This period also usually sees peak coverage and public outrage about the crisis. In 2025, average levels for those peak months even inched up a notch over the year before to 177 micrograms/cubic meter (µg/m³) of PM2.5 – despite a slight decline in the annual average levels in 2025 as compared to 2024 (96 µg/m³ in 2025 versus 105 in 2024). This means average levels in the peak pollution months were over 35 times the WHO’s annual average guideline of 5 µg/m³ and 11 times the peak 24 guideline limit of 15 µg/m³. And that’s if questions over the robustness of the latest government monitoring data are ignored for the moment. For nine of these last 10 years, opposition-led the Aam Aadmi Party was in power in Delhi, while Narendra Modi’s BJP party has been in power at the national level during the entire time. Near-zero improvement in Delhi’s peak pollution months since 2016. In 2025, Delhi also elected a BJP-led state government, which means the BJP is now in power at the national, state and municipality level – a ‘triple engine sarkar’, as the Hindustan Times framed it, referring to the Hindi term for “government.” Indeed, the BJP not only controls Delhi, but also the governments of two key bordering states, Haryana and Uttar Pradesh – which generate smoke from crop waste burning that contributes to the capital’s autumn smog crisis. That’s also why the new Delhi government, led by Chief Minister Ms Rekha Gupta, was expected to be uniquely placed to reduce pollution when she assumed office. Yet, as the peak season began, there was little indication of a significant shift in strategy. Unprecedented outrage against air pollution Public outrage against air pollution in Delhi and northern India has escalated to a level not seen in many years. It’s been characterised by a mix of anger and cutting humour – reels, memes and so on – against the government and the crisis. There were other aspects. Multiple protests, including the one on 9th November where police detained several demonstrators, including parents, among others, demanding clean air for their children. Multiple groups have been created on various social media and messaging apps. Some TV anchors and journalists, seen to be close to the ruling establishment since 2014, took many by surprise by pivoting and questioning official inaction and apathy. View this post on Instagram A post shared by Newslaundry (@newslaundry) India’s air pollution is “a metaphor for the challenges facing the nation more broadly.… if India cannot solve a problem that manifestly and acutely affects its elite, the prospects for solving the larger challenges confronting the country remain slim,” observed Arvind Subramanian and Devesh Kapur, in their book, A Sixth of Humanity, published last October. India’s environment minister Bhupender Yadav held a series of meetings on Delhi’s pollution, including one where he directed officials to “ensure visible improvement” in the air quality across Delhi and its neighbourhood “within one week.” That was mid-December. By the end of the month, there was no improvement. In fact, this December saw the worst pollution since 2018. Delhi’s environment minister and chief minister held several meetings, extensively posted policy action and photo ops on social media. There have been some positive steps, like distributing electric heaters to gatekeepers at various residential areas, curbs on categories of polluting vehicles, and stricter enforcement of OCEMS, online continuous emissions monitoring systems, at thousands of factories. Gaps in pollution control Along with the global “embarrassment” mentioned in A Sixth of Humanity, critical technical gaps remain. Firstly, misplaced focus on PM10: The government’s focus remains on spraying water to control dust because it continues to prioritise controlling PM10 particulate matter pollutants rather than the finer PM2.5 ones. PM2.5 is dangerous because it is small enough to enter the bloodstream and, so, is more lethal, whereas the body’s defenses can often stop the larger PM10 particles. In theory, watering down dust may help, but in practice, there hasn’t been much improvement. As this clip shows there’s simply too much pollution. And this water mist barely tackles PM2.5. ⚪️ Installs anti smog guns on top of 13 high rise buildings in Delhi to tackle pollution.pic.twitter.com/CJQWH18SYt — Mediterranean Voice (@mediterranvoice) December 26, 2025 Secondly, lack of political will: At a national level, there’s a lack of political will to stop the practice of farmers burning the residue of the paddy harvest in the three states north of Delhi and upwind of the city – Punjab, Haryana and Uttar Pradesh. This contributes almost 10% of the pollution in October and November in Delhi and the neighbourhood, according to a government (IITM) study, but on certain days and hours, it can be much higher. Thirdly, pseudo-science over evidence: There has been a reluctance among decision-makers to fully embrace scientifically evidence-based action. So a lot of time, taxpayers’ money, and effort over the years have gone into what may be described as pseudo-science, like smog towers, or action taken against scientific advice, like cloud-seeding trials. Fourthly, flawed monitoring of vehicular pollution: The Delhi government has, in a well-intentioned move, made pollution-under-control (PUC) certificates mandatory for all vehicles. However, the old PUC regime is flawed, and it needs to be replaced as it doesn’t check for key pollutants like PM2.5 and nitrogen oxides, which are major contributors to Delhi’s pollution. But to give credit where credit is due: a new panel has been formed by the national government with external experts on curbing vehicular pollution, which contributes more than a third of the capital’s air pollution levels. Many vehicles in Delhi are highly polluting, contributing more than a third to ambient air pollution levels. Battle against air pollution, 2026 There have been political missteps, too. One example: In early July, after public protests pressured the Delhi government to quickly roll back stricter enforcement of limits on old, polluting vehicles, the same government also successfully petitioned the Supreme Court to reverse a previous ban on firecrackers during the annual Diwali festival of lights, arguing that certain brands of so-called “green firecrackers” would not pollute. They were wrong. And the ensuing smoke was a factor in 2025’s post-Diwali pollution being the worst in years; and the chief minister repeatedly came in for criticism for comments she made on pollution. In 2026, can the public’s pressure, and even the government’s momentum, for clean air action be sustained or will it, as in the past, fizzle out when Delhi’s peak pollution season tapers off? Republished, with slight adaptation, from the original ‘What Am I Breathing’ Substack by Chetan Bhattacharji, a senior correspondent for Health Policy Watch from Delhi. Image Credits: Chetan Bhattacharji, Centre for Research on Energy and Clean Air. 2025: A Brutal Year for Global Health 28/12/2025 Editorial team This has been a brutal year for global health, with shock cuts in development aid to countries most in need; a knock-on budget crisis for United Nations (UN) agencies; widespread humanitarian crises, extensive disease outbreaks, and mounting climate-related health challenges. Health Policy Watch (HPW) has provided daily coverage of developments, and our reporters were often the first to break news on a range of issues despite our small and under-resourced newsroom. Development aid plunge Chaos followed the immediate “pause” of all development aid from the United States as soon as Donald Trump became president in January. The “pause” included the US President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR), which funded three-quarters of HIV and tuberculosis programmes worldwide, including lifesaving antiretroviral medicine to 20.6 million people in 2024. Within weeks, clinics across Africa closed, and patients were turned away as there was no money for staff or medicine. Although US Secretary of State Marco Rubio later issued a limited waiver for “lifesaving” programmes, this was narrowly focused and ideological. Influenced by the Heritage Foundation’s view that HIV is a “lifestyle disease”, the Trump administration stopped funding HIV measures aimed at “key populations” most vulnerable to infection – including sex workers and men who have sex with men. DOGE’s Elon Musk brandishing a chainsaw given to him by Argentinian President Javier Milei (right) after cutting US government programmes and global development aid, resulting in deaths and chaos. Within two weeks of Trump assuming the presidency, his appointee, Elon Musk and a new Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE) had also dismantled the US Agency for International Development (USAID). Musk declared that “USAID is a criminal organisation. It’s time for it to die.” USAID was hugely influential, and its closure affected almost every country in the world – from Albania to Zambia. As USAID had administered 60% of PEPFAR funds, in many instances, there was no one left to provide goods and services for those projects covered by Rubio’s waiver. Reporting on this issue was led by HPW Deputy Editor Kerry Cullinan. WHO slashes staff The WHO headquarters in Geneva has been in upheaval all year over how to rearrange the organisation’s budget to make up the 25% cut. The US withdrawal from the World Health Organization (WHO) on Trump’s first day in office, and its reduced support for other UN agencies. unleashed mass layoffs and restructuring. The WHO is slashing its staff by around a quarter – aiming to shed about 2,371 staff by mid-2026 – many at the end of this year – with ripples across Geneva. This has affected WHO’s ability to respond to health emergencies across the world. HPW Editor-in-Chief Elaine Fletcher was often the first to report on the various developments, with an inside track to staff reactions, including the WHO Staff Association decision to challenge the fairness and legitimacy of the restructuring process and the mounting rage of lower-level staff as HPW highlighted data suggesting that low- and mid-level personnel will bear the brunt of cuts, while high-ranking executives, whose real costs far exceed their published salaries, remain largely protected. UNAIDS has also been forced to retrench 55% of its head office staff and cut its country offices by almost half after the US ceased to fund it, a move that affected 40% of its budget. The agency warned that the brupt funding cuts have resulted in “perilous risks” for the global HIV response that threaten the health and well-being of millions of people throughout the world. “It feels like the ground has been ripped out from under our feet,” a Mozambican woman with HIV told UNAIDS, which reported at the year’s end that over two million women and girls have been “deprived of essential health services”, and millions of people at high risk of acquiring HIV have lost access to “the most effective prevention tools available” – pre-exposure prophylaxis (PrEP). Gavi, the vaccine alliance, has pared down its staff by a third, which will also affect global vaccination efforts. Disease outbreaks surge – so does anti-vax activities Mosquitoes, which can carry dengue virus, thrive at warmer temperatures. Climate change is fueling dengue cases globally. Amid the chaos in global health funding, diseases have surged. Africa has experienced large outbreaks of cholera, measles, Lassa fever and mpox, while deadly Ebola and Marburg have also affected several countries. By 10 December, Africa CDC had recorded over 300,000 cholera cases, over 140,00 measles cases and almost 134,000 mpox cases this year. Over the past year, both Latin America and the Caribbean saw record-breaking cases of the mosquito-borne dengue fever, with almost one-fifth of cases (about 45 million infections a year) attributable to climate change, Sophia Samantaroy covered issues from the Americas. Measles has also surged in the US and Canada amid the rise of anti-vaccine misinformation. This has been fueled by the appointment of vaccine sceptic Robert F. Kennedy Jr. as US Health and Human Services Secretary. So far, Kennedy and his appointees have cancelled mRNA research, restricted access to COVID-19 vaccines and made Hepatitis B vaccines non-mandatory for infants. In an exclusive article for HPW, Dr Demetre Daskalakis, former Director of the US CDC’s National Center for Immunizations and Respiratory Diseases, describes how the “wall protecting science from political interference in the US has fallen”. Humanitarian crises multiply Some 42,000 Gazans will need prolonged rehabilitation care and support due to war-related trauma injuries and amputations. Conflict and humanitarian crises – particularly in Gaza, Sudan and Ukraine – inflicted heavy casualties on citizens and health workers, with ongoing and unprecedented attacks on health facilities. HPW coverage of the conflict in Gaza included Israel’s blockade of Gaza, the resulting famine, Israeli attacks on WHO’s warehouse and efforts by Israel to secure the release of hostages being held by Hamas. This coverage was also led by Editor-in-Chief Elaine Fletcher. HPW has also consistently reported on the humanitarian crisis in Sudan, including the attack on a maternity hospital in El Fasher in which more than 460 people died. Climate change is ‘needlessly killing millions’ Climate change is claiming millions of lives annually through extreme heat, air pollution, wildfires and the spread of deadly infectious diseases, according to the ninth annual Lancet Countdown report, the most comprehensive assessment to date of the links between climate change and health, published in October. “We’re seeing millions of deaths that are occurring needlessly every year because of our persistent fossil fuel dependence, because of our delay in mitigating climate change, and our delays in adaptation to the climate change that cannot be avoided,” said Marina Romanello, executive director of the Lancet Countdown at University College London, describing this year’s report as “a bleak and undeniable picture of the devastating health harms reaching all corners of the world.” Breaching the 2015 Paris Agreement, a legally binding global treaty adopted in 2015 to combat climate change by limiting global warming to well below 2°C (ideally 1.5°C) above pre-industrial levels, is now unavoidable, according to scientists. The world is heading for 2.8°C of warming by century’s end under current policies, according to a UN assessment. Climate change protest Global greenhouse gas emissions rose 2.3% to a record 57.7 gigatons of CO2 equivalent in 2024, the largest annual increase since the 2000s. Land use change and deforestation account for 53% of the overall increase, while fossil fuel production continues to expand in direct contradiction of climate pledges. The US is the worst emitter, yet Trump withdrew the US from the Paris Agreement on Day One of his presidency. Domestically, the US Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has committed to rolling back 31 climate, air and water pollution, and emissions regulations that will negatively affected citizens’ health. The EPA has also announced that it will no longer require most polluters to report their emissions of carbon dioxide, methane and other greenhouse gases that cause climate change. Stefan Anderson led HPW reporting on climate change. The impact of air pollution Disease burden from air pollution. Meanwhile, 90% of people on the planet breathe dangerously unhealthy levels of air pollution every day, and millions fall ill every year with a range of respiratory and cardiovascular diseases as well as cancers, leading to at least seven million deaths each year. Air pollution is the number one killer across South Asia, accounting for 2.7 million deaths, of which 2.1 million are in India alone. There is growing evidence of the impact of air pollution on a range of medical conditions including strokes, diabetes, heart disease and lung cancer. Significant sources of the deadly fine particulate matter (PM 2.5) come from fossil fuels in vehicles, power plants and other industrial facilities, and burning coal, wood, dung and agricultural residues for cooking. India-based Chetan Bhattacharji, led reporting on air pollution. Women’s rights The ‘Green Tide’: Argentinians demanding the legalisation of abortion. HPW has covered the backlash against sexual and reproductive rights, and women’s rights through stories on US anti-rights groups mobilising in Africa, the rollback of abortion rights in Argentina, the impact of intimate partner violence on children, efforts to enable access to menstrual products for girls and women, female genital mutilation, and several articles on women under Taliban rule in Afghanistan. Disha Shetty and Munija Mirzaie contributed several articles on this topic. New world order? In the final few months of the year, the Trump administration sought to turn the chaos its funding cuts caused into opportunities for the US by signing bilateral health agreements with several African countries that promote American business opportunities – and also enable US access to African minerals. This approach is detailed in the America First Global Health Strategy published in September, that “uses global health diplomacy and foreign assistance to make America safer, stronger, and more prosperous”. Driven by former DOGE official Brad Smith, these bilateral Memorandums of Understanding (MOUs) compel countries that receive US aid to fight HIV, tuberculosis and malaria to immediately share all information about “pathogens with epidemic potential” and give the US the right to share this information with other entities, including US pharmaceutical companies. The MOUs directly undermine the WHO negotiations on a pathogen access and benefit-sharing (PABS) system underway in Geneva, placing African countries in a particularly difficult position. Unlike past PEPFAR agreements, the MOUs cut out the involvement of community groups, except faith-based service providers, some of which are known to be against contraception and any recognition of LGBTQ people. Civil society groups have described the MOUs as “extractive” and over 50 organisations issued a letter calling on African heads of state and government to demand “equity and sovereignty” in the new bilateral agreements. However, in a positive reaction to plummeting aid, several African countries have allocated more money to health while several continental efforts are building Africa’s independence. At the Africa Health Sovereignty Summit, Ghana’s President John Mahama announced the formation of the Presidential High-Level Task Force on Global Health Governance in response to the 40% reduction in development aid in the past two years. “The world has changed, but global health governance has not kept pace with the changing world. At this moment, we’re called to redesign the architecture that has, for far too long, excluded Africa’s voices, excluded Africa’s needs and innovations,” said Mahama. Dr Muhammad Ali Pate, Nigeria’s Coordinating Minister of Health and Social Welfare. Writing for HPW, Nigerian Health Minister Muhammad Ali Pate Africa argues that Africa “can redefine its role in global health – emerging as a producer, innovator, and equal partner in shaping both the health of its people and the well-being of the world”. Pate argues that this can be achieved by countries investing in health “with the same urgency it devotes to infrastructure, defence, or governance”; enhancing South–South cooperation and collaboration; and forging a continental alliance that harnesses shared expertise, resources, and innovation for collective health security. HPW was proud to be a media partner at the Conference of Public Health in Africa 2025, where African researchers discussed how best to build solidarity between countries on the continent. Other Health Policy Watch team members and contributors include Maayan Hoffman (who also coordinates our social media), Arsalan Bukhari, Felix Sassmannshausen, Rahul Basharat Rajput, Kate Okorie, Abdullahi Jimoh, Edith Magak and Roisa Kerry. We are deeply grateful to our donors and media collaborations that have supported HPW to remain afloat during this difficult year and provide an important platform of engagement for the Global South and North that is free of charge. But most of all, we are grateful to all our readers for your engagement and interest. Please consider donating to HPW to ensure our ongoing survival. May 2026 be a more positive one for global health! Image Credits: Guilhem Vellut, WHO/EMRO , Markus Spiske/ Unsplash, Health Ministry of Nigeria. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
EXCLUSIVE: Germany to Halve Funding for Pandemic Hub Amid Global Health Pull-back 08/01/2026 Felix Sassmannshausen Then German Chancellor Angela Merkel and WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus open the WHO’s Pandemic Surveillance Hub in Berlin in 2021. The German government is set to halve its funding for the Berlin-based WHO Hub for Pandemic and Epidemic Intelligence this year as part of a broader retreat from global health and aid financing under Chancellor Friedrich Merz. Funding for the pandemic surveillance hub will be reduced from €30 million yearly to €15 million, with only one year of funds committed, according to research conducted by Health Policy Watch. The cuts represent a major setback for the global data ecosystem required to detect future health threats, as the pandemic surveillance hub is the world’s premier “radar system” for emerging pathogens. “The proposed cuts to the WHO Pandemic Surveillance Hub in Berlin send the wrong signal at the wrong time,” Ralph Achenbach, executive director at Amref Health Africa Deutschland, the German representative of Africa’s leading health NGO, told Health Policy Watch. “Viruses know no borders, and neither should our investments in global health security,” he emphasised. The WHO Pandemic Surveillance Hub was launched as a flagship project in the midst of the COVID-19 pandemic in 2021 by then-Chancellor Angela Merkel and WHO Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus. The mission of the Berlin-based hub is to provide decision-makers with real-time insights to stop outbreaks of infectious diseases before they escalate into pandemics. Cuts will hit Global South collaborations The budget cuts pose significant risks, according to Chikwe Ihekweazu, executive director of the WHO Health Emergencies Preparedness and Response Programme. The cuts’ initial effects are already becoming apparent. “While we don’t foresee cutting staff positions in the short term, we have cut back on certain activities,” said Dr Chikwe Ihekweazu, executive director of the WHO Health Emergencies Preparedness and Response Programme, in response to a query by Health Policy Watch. “With global health financing under pressure, sustaining our work is crucial,” added Ihekweazu, who led the hub at its inception. Among these cutbacks are projects with the Robert Koch Institute (RKI), Germany’s central federal institution for public health, and the Charité in Berlin, one of Europe’s largest university hospitals. They were intended to be the scientific pillars of the hub’s Berlin ecosystem, providing technical expertise for genomic surveillance and disease modelling. “Charité regrets the planned cuts to the WHO Hub for Pandemic and Epidemic Intelligence and does not rule out that these will affect joint research projects,” a spokesperson confirmed in a statement to Health Policy Watch. Research into the development and validation of rapid tests for pandemic pathogens and the modelling expertise of the Charité Centre for Global Health could be negatively impacted, the spokesperson pointed out. Project expansions have been halted, and the number of fellowships supported by the hub for researchers from lower and middle-income countries will be reduced, according to the WHO. “By weakening ties with experts from the Global South, Germany undermines exactly the kind of global collaboration that effective pandemic preparedness depends on,” Achenbach lamented. Future of global epidemic AI-monitoring tool uncertain German Health Minister Nina Warken (left) maintains that the Pandemic Hub remains a strategic priority, pictured here with WHO Director-General Dr Tedros. Germany remains one of the biggest donors to the WHO. The reduction comes at a critical juncture: only in October 2025, the pandemic surveillance hub celebrated the launch of an AI-powered upgrade to its Epidemic Intelligence from Open Sources system (EIOS) that now supports over 150 countries worldwide. EIOS 2.0 functions like a global digital radar system for health that constantly scans the internet, listening to “chatter” from social media, news, and even regional radio waves to detect the first signs of public health threats. Despite the cuts, WHO is confident that the project will continue to be rolled out as it is supported by “a number of financial and technical partners”, including the European Commission. However, “under the current funding constraints, EIOS can only operate at a minimal viable level in 2026”, WHO’s Ihekweazu said. The hub’s Health Security Partnership to support disease surveillance in Africa (HSPA) is not affected due to financing from Canada, supplemented by the United Kingdom. HSPA is part of a broader “collaborative intelligence” ecosystem and aims to provide African WHO Member States with data analytics and tools to identify the earliest signals of an outbreak. In a statement to Health Policy Watch, the German Federal Ministry of Health (BMG) maintains that the WHO pandemic surveillance hub in Berlin remains a strategic priority despite the cuts, and expressed confidence that the hub will remain “fully functional” and continue to serve as a centre for “co-creation” within the planned 2026 budget. According to the Ministry, the flagship project has been working to diversify its financial base by engaging other member states and philanthropic organisations. Pivot from international health to defence Germany is cutting its budget for international health, cooperation, and development amidst a broader shift in priorities. The financial overhaul at the pandemic surveillance hub is part of a broader shift in German priorities under Merz towards defence, as well as national innovation and infrastructure spending. “This reflects the prioritisation of military budgets over social programmes, which also include health programmes,” Felix Litschauer, Global Health Advocate at the NGO Medico International, said in an interview with Health Policy Watch. The Health Ministry’s overall budget for “International Health” (chapter 1505) is set to decrease from €132.35 million in 2025 to €114.89 million in 2026, a drop of 13.2%, continuing the downward trend since 2024 and falling below the pre-pandemic levels of 2020. Additionally, the Federal Ministry for Economic Cooperation and Development (BMZ) is pulling back: the budget for international cooperation and development (chapters 2301 and 2303) for 2026 will fall by 5% to around €6.42 billion, from €6.76 billion in 2025. Funding for the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis, and Malaria is set to be reduced by €82 million to €288 million. The cuts will most severely impact the economically precarious and marginalised groups in the Global South, Medico Health Advocate Litschauer argues. “By cutting these programs, the German government is evading its international responsibility,” he criticises, asserting that its economic model “profits from the poverty in the Global South.” ‘Weakening health security increases risks of future crises’ Ralph Achenbach, executive director at Amref Health Africa Deutschland, says that Germany’s cuts undermine global collaboration and pandemic preparedness. From a macroeconomic perspective, the planned cuts at the WHO hub in Berlin may seem marginal, as saving €15 million looks more like a rounding error in a multibillion-euro wallet. The entire “International Health” budget represents a mere 0.02% of the total German federal budget. Yet, the risks are exponential. It weakens the very system designed to protect society and the economy from a repeat of the COVID-19 shock. “Germany scores an own goal by saving relatively small amounts at the expense of global and national health security,” Amref Germany’s executive director Achenbach warns. “These investments are not charity; they are essential to global equity and stability.” Health financing worldwide under pressure Cutting funding in the global health sector jeopardises preparations for the next pandemic, warned Axel R. Pries, president of the World Health Summit. The timing of Germany’s retreat is particularly perilous. In a recent statement, WHO Director-General Dr Tedros warned that the world is facing “steep cuts in development assistance” that are causing “severe disruptions to health services.” The withdrawal of major donor countries like the United States initially left the WHO facing a $1.7 billion shortfall for the upcoming 2026-27 budget period. The deficit has recently been narrowed to approximately $1.05 billion following a significant reduction in the organisation’s global workforce. The German government’s cuts to the WHO pandemic surveillance hub reflect “a global trend towards cutting funding in the global health sector and, in particular, jeopardise preparations for the next pandemic, which will come sooner or later,” warns Axel R. Pries, president of the World Health Summit, a subsidiary of Charité. “Investments in pandemic prevention and preparedness pay off in the long term for Germany and the world, as they strengthen the resilience of society, the economy, and stability.” Is Germany relinquishing its leading global health efforts? Image of the WHO pandemic surveillance hub in Berlin. With its “whole-of-government investment” strategy, Germany ranked as the second-largest donor-country to the WHO by funnelling funds through various ministries and government agencies to global health initiatives. “Germany has been, and remains, a strong supporter of WHO and the WHO Hub for Pandemic and Epidemic Intelligence,” WHO’s Emergency Response Programme Director Ihekweazu emphasised. However, there is serious concern among global health experts that Germany might be relinquishing its leading role championing global health initiatives. “Such cuts weaken Germany’s position in important multilateral and UN organisations, including the WHO,” explained Pries. While Germany’s push to increase mandatory countries’ “assessed contributions” (membership fees) to the WHO, which remain stable at €37.1 million in this year’s Federal budget, is considered positive, these efforts don’t solve the WHO’s underlying dependency on voluntary contributions, critics argue. “The World Health Organization remains dependent upon donors who use their resources to push for their health priorities,” Medico Health Advocate Litschauer clarifies. Voluntary funds are often channelled into high-profile initiatives at the expense of strengthening general health systems, he criticises, calling for a fundamental reform of WHO financing to sustain flagship initiatives like the pandemic surveillance hub in Berlin. Image Credits: WHO/Christopher Black, WHO/Christopher Black, WHO/Christopher Black , Felix Sassmannshausen, Amref Health Africa Deutschland, World Health Summit, WHO/Marcio Schimming. US Pulls out of 66 Multilateral Bodies Including Key Climate Convention 08/01/2026 Kerry Cullinan The United Nations headquarters in New York. The Trump administration has withdrawn the United States from 66 multilateral organisations that it describes as “wasteful, ineffective, and harmful” – including the UN Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC), which coordinates the world’s response to climate change and has the buy-in of every other country in the world. The UN Population Fund (UNFPA), UN Women, UN Oceans, UN Water, UN Conference on Trade and Development and the Peacebuilding Commission are some of the 31 UN organisations that the US has withdrawn from. Included in the 35 non-UN bodies are a host of groups dealing with issues such as climate, peace and trade. These include the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), which is the global scientific body studying climate change; the International Renewable Energy Agency, the Global Counterterrorism Forum, and the International Institute for Democracy and Electoral Assistance. According to US Secretary of State Marco Rubio, who President Trump credited for identifying the 66 groups, the organisations are “redundant in their scope, mismanaged, unnecessary, wasteful, poorly run, captured by the interests of actors advancing their own agendas contrary to our own, or a threat to our nation’s sovereignty, freedoms, and general prosperity”. Second-largest emitter “The UNFCCC underpins global climate action. It brings countries together to support climate action, reduce emissions, adapt to climate change, and track progress. The decision by the world’s largest economy and second-largest emitter [of greenhouse gas] to retreat from it is regrettable and unfortunate,” said European Union (EU) Climate Commissioner Wopke Hoekstra Dr Rachel Cleetus of the Union of Concerned Scientists (UCS) described the US withdrawal from the “bedrock global treaty to tackle climate change” as “a new low and yet another sign that this authoritarian, anti-science administration is determined to sacrifice people’s well-being and destabilize global cooperation”. Her colleague, Dr Delta Merner, added: “Walking away doesn’t make the science disappear; it only leaves people across the United States, policymakers, and businesses flying in the dark at the very moment when credible climate information is most urgently needed”. Democratic leaders of the House Sustainable Energy and Environment Coalition (SEEC) said that Trump “is abandoning America’s international leadership and allowing competitors and adversaries to step into the void we leave behind”. They added: “At a time when climate change impacts are accelerating – whether it’s ever-worsening fire seasons, more intense hurricanes, or prolonged droughts – choosing withdrawal over leadership is shortsighted and profoundly irresponsible. Climate change does not respect borders, and we cannot address this crisis alone. The UN had not responded at the time of publication. Image Credits: Giorgia Galletoni , Wikimedia Commons. Controversial US-Backed Vaccination Study to Begin in Guinea-Bissau 07/01/2026 Kerry Cullinan US Health and Human Services Secretary Robert F Kennedy Jr. A US government-funded trial on the timing of hepatitis B vaccinations, which will delay vaccination for up to 7,000 newborns in Guinea-Bissau, is due to start this week. The US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) has awarded a controversial Danish research group a $1,6 million five-year grant to study the “optimal timing and delivery of monovalent hepatitis B vaccinations on newborns in Guinea-Bissau”, according to the US Health and Human Services’ (HHS) federal register. The trial aims to enrol 14,000 newborns in a “randomized controlled trial to assess the effects of neonatal Hepatitis B vaccination on early-life mortality, morbidity, and long-term developmental outcomes”, according to HHS register. Half of the babies will get vaccinated at birth, while the other half will get vaccinated six weeks later. However, the World Health Organisation (WHO) has recommended hepatitis B vaccinations since 1992, and universal birth vaccinations from 2009. The vaccination is usually given as a series of three or four injections, and several clinical trials have already established the best intervals for the vaccinations. “[Robert F Kennedy Jr], the Secretary of Health and Human Services, will soon conduct his own Tuskegee experiment,” US paediatrician Dr Paul Offit, co-inventor of a rotavirus vaccine, wrote this week on his Substack platform. “He has chosen the resource-poor nation of Guinea-Bissau, West Africa, to do it. Guinea-Bissau is currently overwhelmed by hepatitis B virus. About 18% of the population is infected. The World Health Organization (WHO) strongly recommends that all children in all countries receive a birth dose of hepatitis B vaccine to prevent mother-to-child transmission,” added Offit, director of the Vaccine Education Center and an attending physician at Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia and a professor of both Paediatrics and Vaccinology at the University of Pennsylvania. https://t.co/D7Ugn9a3J5 RFK Jr. is about to launch a dangerously unethical experiment in West Africa pic.twitter.com/BmW8JhcKCB — Paul Offit (@DrPaulOffit) January 6, 2026 Tuskegee refers to a 40-year US study that withheld syphilis treatment from 399 African Americans between 1932 and 1972 to observe the effects of the disease when untreated. Hepatitis B virus is an extremely contagious virus that infects the liver. It is transmitted through blood and bodily fluids and can be transmitted sexually, through contaminated needles, and – most commonly – to babies during birth from an infected mother. It is the leading cause of liver cancer worldwide. Controversial Danish researchers The CDC grant has been awarded to the Bandim Health Project at the University of Southern Denmark, which is led by controversial married couple Dr Christine Stabell Benn and Dr Peter Aaby. Stabell Benn is an adviser to the US Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP), which recently resolved to stop recommending hepatitis B vaccines to US newborns. ACIP has advised that it is up to parents to decide on the vaccination. US newborns have been vaccinated against hepatitis B since 1991, and this policy has reduced infections in children by 99%. Stabell Benn and Aaby’s research has focused on the “non-specific effects” (NSE) of vaccines. They have conducted trials involving thousands of children in Guinea-Bissau and Denmark, and assert that all vaccines should also be tested for NSEs. However, the journal Vaccine recently published a comprehensive review of 13 trials conducted by their research group, Bandim, which showed that their trials have been unable to show non-specific effects for measles, tuberculosis, diphtheria, tetanus, and whooping cough vaccines. “We were surprised to find several instances of questionable research practices, such as unpublished primary outcomes, outcome switching, reinterpretation of trials based on statistically fragile subgroup analyses, and frequent promotion of cherry-picked secondary findings as causal, even when primary outcomes yielded null results,” according to the review, which was headed by Dr Henrik Støvring of the Department of Biomedicine, at Aarhus University in Denmark. Enrolment before new policy rollout Currently, babies in Guinea-Bissau only receive the hepatitis B vaccination from six weeks’ old. But some 11% of children in the country are already infected with hepatitis B by the age of 18 months, so the government has resolved to introduce vaccination at birth from 2027, as recommended by the WHO. The hepatitis B vaccine is delivered in a series of three or four injections. When given within 24 hours of birth, the vaccine is up to 90% effective in preventing mother-to-child infection. Bandim says its trial will stop enrolling participants when the government rollout of the hepatitis B vaccine to newborns starts. They will follow their cohort for five years, primarily to compare “overall mortality and hospitalisations,” and “secondary outcomes”, looking at “atopic dermatitis and neurodevelopment”, according to a Bandim media release. “The hepatitis B vaccine at birth has never been tested on a large scale for its overall health effects, so it is unknown whether the vaccine has non-specific health effects,” added Bandim. But Professor Gavin Yamey, director of the Center for Policy Impact in Global Health at Duke University, argues that “it is unethical to do a randomized controlled trial in which you withhold a proven, life-saving vaccine from newborn babies”. Meanwhile, Offit contends that “RFK Jr. has manipulated the study to support his unsupportable, science-resistant beliefs about harms caused by the hepatitis B vaccine”. He also notes that the study is single-blinded, which means that researchers will know which children received a birth dose of the vaccine. “This allows for investigator bias, where the investigator might find vague neurodevelopmental problems in the birth-dose group but not the six-week group,” he added. Key Moments for Climate and Health Diplomacy in 2026 07/01/2026 Arthur Wyns Health workers demand a phase out of fossil fuel at COP30 in Belem, Brazil. The last 12 months have been an unpredictable rollercoaster for those of us working in global health, climate change and development: trade wars, real wars, job and finance cuts, cost of living pressures, attacks on science, the rise of far-right extremism, and the increasingly deadly impacts of climate change, to name but a few of the challenges we currently face. Only a fool would have the confidence to predict what happens next. This author will try, nevertheless. Here are some of the key moments in global health and climate change that we can expect in 2026. January: High Seas Treaty becomes international law Two-thirds of the world’s oceans are unregulated and subjected to overfishing and pollution. The High Seas Treaty offers leagl protection for marine biodiversity in international waters. The High Seas Treaty officially enters into force on 17 January. The treaty – formally known as the UN Agreement on Biodiversity Beyond National Jurisdiction (BBNJ) – was adopted by UN Member States in June 2023 after nearly two decades of negotiations. It has now been ratified by over 60 countries and will enter into force in January. The treaty offers new legal protections for marine biodiversity in international waters, which cover nearly half the planet’s surface. By enabling the establishment of marine protected areas and strengthening international rules, the treaty can help achieve the global biodiversity goals of protecting 30% of the planet’s land and ocean by 2030. Welcoming the development, UN Secretary-General António Guterres said “the ocean’s health is humanity’s health”. February: Negotiations on the global plastics treaty Protestors gather outside UN plastics treaty talks at the Palais des Nations in Geneva, Switzerland, in 2024. Global talks on a treaty to end plastic pollution collapsed in August 2025 after six rounds of negotiations. A coalition of over 100 countries wants the agreement to reduce plastic production, to ban the most dangerous chemicals used in plastic products and to protect human health. Oil-producing countries, on the other hand, have resisted a limit on plastic production in the treaty, arguing that it should only focus on demand-side measures like recycling. On 7 February, a short session of the Intergovernmental Negotiating Committee (INC) will appoint a new chair to facilitate the discussions between countries, with a series of negotiations likely to follow throughout 2026. April: International conference on fossil fuel transition Climate activists call for a transition away from fossil fuel at COP30 The governments of Colombia and the Netherlands will co-host the first-ever International Conference on the Just Transition Away from Fossil Fuels. This follows calls by over 80 countries at COP30 to develop a global roadmap to transition away from fossil fuels. The convening will take place on 28-29 April in the Colombian port city of Santa Marta, which is the country’s major port for coal exports. Pacific nations have also committed to convening a follow-up meeting to advance the outcomes. It remains to be seen how the Colombia conference and efforts to develop a global fossil fuel reduction roadmap can be introduced into the formal climate negotiations. The roadmap currently sits outside of the formal UN regime, with the Brazilian COP30 presidency holding the pen. Some creative diplomatic manoeuvring by the countries supporting the roadmap might be needed to anchor it to COP31 at the end of the year. May: World Health Assembly The 2025 World Health Assembly (WHA) adopted the pandemic agreement, and WHA 2026 is due to finalise the last portion of this agreement. The 79th World Health Assembly is scheduled for 18–23 May in the Swiss capital of Geneva. The gathering of the world’s health ministers is expected to finalise the Pathogen Access and Benefit-Sharing (PABS) system as part of the new WHO Pandemic Agreement. Discussions on wider global health reform will also gather pace. Following the adoption of WHO’s Global Action Plan on Climate and Health last year, we can expect continued pressure from countries to strengthen the global response to the health impacts of climate change. The health harms of fossil fuels will likely receive renewed attention at this year’s WHA. Even though WHO’s climate plans omitted a focus on fossil fuels, many countries and partners are pushing for stronger action to transition away from polluting energy sources. June: UN climate talks in Bonn Following a mixed outcome at the COP30 UN Climate Change Conference in Belém, Brazil, governments will have to pick up the pieces at the climate negotiations from 8 to 18 June in the German city of Bonn. Key areas of work will include the implementation of a set of indicators — including health indicators – to track global progress on climate adaptation. Following a push by Island Countries, negotiators will also discuss how to respond to the persistent gap in ambition to reduce temperatures to 1.5°. A first-of-its-kind dialogue on the role of trade and international cooperation in taking climate action will also take place. June: Elections in Ethiopia The Ethiopian delegation at COP30. The country hosts COP32. The country hosting the COP32 climate conference in 2028 will go to the polls mid-year. Elections in Africa’s second-most populous country may give local and international observers an initial sense of the political difficulties that Ethiopia will have to navigate while hosting the world’s most important climate conference in 2028. The ruling Prosperity Party, led by Prime Minister Abiy Ahmed, is expected to win following the jailing or expulsion of most opposition leaders. A new draft law prepared by Abiy’s government will grant authorities far-reaching powers to restrict civil society groups on “national security” grounds. August: Pacific Island Forum A WHO field staff member talks to a woman fetching water in Kiribati, one of the Pacific Island nations threatened by climate change and sea level rise. The Republic of Palau will host the 55th Pacific Islands Forum (PIF) in August. The forum will bring together the heads of state from the Pacific Islands, Australia and New Zealand, alongside regional organisations and civil society. The PIF plays an important role in developing a common position across Pacific Island countries. Among the key topics will be the role of oceans in securing health and climate goals, as well as a push for a just transition to a Fossil Fuel Free Pacific. This year’s forum might host follow-up discussions on a global roadmap to transition away from fossil fuels, and will function as a stepping stone to a Pacific pre-COP two months later. October: European mayors’ summit on climate and health The mayor of Cork has invited mayors from across Europe to attend a major summit on climate and health. During the summit, city leaders will explore city-led solutions that reduce emissions, strengthen resilience, and enhance the well-being of populations. This will come at a time when Ireland holds the Presidency of the Council of the European Union. October: Pre-COP in the Pacific About a month before the COP31 climate conference kicks off in Türkiye, ministers and lead climate negotiators will be invited to the Pacific for a pre-COP meeting. A pre-COP is a preparatory meeting for key decision makers, which provides a key forcing moment to align on priorities, build coalitions, and settle early disagreements before the formal climate negotiations commence. By hosting the pre-COP, Pacific island countries (the host island has yet to be decided) can ensure their priorities remain at the centre of the climate talks and raise the bar for success at COP. The Pacific has long prioritised climate and health, including with a special initiative to address the health impacts of climate change in Small Island Developing States at COP23 in 2019, which was presided over by Fiji. October: Global conference on tipping points Global mean temperatures are set to breach the Paris agreement target of 1.5°C, at least temporarily. Malaysia will host a Global Tipping Points Conference in October, following successful events in 2022 and 2025. The conference will provide the latest scientific updates on global climate tipping points and risks with a focus on Asia and the Pacific. It will also share opportunities and initiatives to drive accelerated climate action through positive tipping. The conference, hosted by the Sunway Centre for Planetary Health in Kuala Lumpur, will have a particular focus on tipping points at the climate-health-equity nexus in Asia-Pacific. November: COP31 UN climate conference COP31 will take place in the Turkish resort town of Antalya this year from 10-21 November. Türkiye will physically host the talks, be in charge of the action agenda, and appoint the COP31 president, while Australia will lead the formal negotiations. If Australia, Türkiye and the Pacific can combine their diplomatic assets, they might be able to meaningfully improve climate diplomacy and international collaboration between countries. However, the COP31 power-sharing between Türkiye and Australia is an unprecedented and potentially risky arrangement, given the current geopolitical environment. Despite not being formally on the agenda for COP31, fossil fuels will likely be one of the main areas of focus. The case for a rapid shift away from fossil fuels is getting stronger by the day. Expect the economic, energy security, and health arguments against fossil fuels to gather pace in 2026. However, whether the UN climate negotiations themselves can actually yield a more detailed commitment on fossil fuel phaseout before the end of the year remains to be seen. All we can say for certain is that 2026 promises to be an interesting year for climate and health diplomacy. Arthur Wyns is a former senior advisor to the United Arab Emirates COP28 Presidency and the secretariat lead for Friends of Climate and Health, an informal group of countries exploring opportunities to integrate health and well-being into UN climate negotiations. He is also a research fellow at the University of Melbourne, an editor of the Journal of Climate and Health and the governance co-lead of the climate-migration-health network. Image Credits: Mike Muzurakis IISD/ENB , Julia Goralski/ Unsplash, UNEP, Mike Muzurakis IISD/ENB , Mike Muzurakis/ IISD ENB , WHO / Yoshi Shimizu, WMO. US Shrinks Childhood Vaccine Schedule; Drops Six Common Vaccines from CDC Recommendations 06/01/2026 Sophia Samantaroy Among the core vaccines no longer recommended for all children are those that protect against rotavirus, RSV, influenza, meningococcal disease, hepatitis A, and hepatitis B. HHS Secretary Robert F Kennedy Jr makes good on promise to reduce the number of recommended vaccines. US health officials announced Monday an overhauled version of the vaccines recommended to infants and adolescents, shrinking the number of diseases for which vaccines should be administered from 17 to 11. The decision follows a December 5, 2025 directive from President Donald Trump to the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) to review the US childhood vaccine schedule in comparison to those of wealthy, peer-nations, citing Denmark, Germany and Japan in particular. The revisions now mean that the US will go from being one of the developed nations with the highest number of diseases covered – to one of the lowest – according to HHS’s own analysis. In fact, only Denmark recommends fewer jabs – for just 10 diseases in total. Greece and Ireland recommend immunization for 16 diseases and five countries recommend immunization against 15 diseases, including Australia, Canada, Denmark, Ireland, Spain and the United Kingdom. Japan recommends childhood immunization against 14 different diseases. A table from HHS’s assessment of the US vaccine schedule in comparison to other wealthy nations. The table shows the number of doses for each type of vaccine recommended. The “# Mandated” row uses the example of New York state. The “18-19” number in the bottom right reflects the number of shots a child could receive if they take a yearly COVID-19 and flu shot. Some vaccines are duplicated, such as the measles, mumps, rubella combined vaccine (MMR). “A” reflects the new CDC guidance that these shots be only for high-rish patients or at the bequest of caregivers. The US has no childhood federal vaccine mandate – these vary by state. Among the core vaccines CDC will no longer recommend for all children are those that protect against rotavirus, influenza, meningococcal disease, hepatitis A, and hepatitis B (HBV). The CDC also dropped a relatively new recommendation for newborns to be vaccinated against Respiratory Syncytial Virus (RSV) – if their mothers had not been previously vaccinated. RSV is the single largest cause of childhood hospitalizations in the US today, burdening the healthcare system with 80,000 hospitalizations a year. And the new CDC policy reduces the number of recommended doses against HPV – a key cause of cervical cancer – from two to one. This is contrary to the two-dose advice of most other developed nations and the World Health Organization. WHO’s cervical cancer elimination strategy calls for a dramatic reduction in cases by 2030, largely through mass immunization programs. Another key point of concern for US public health experts is the removal of any broad recommendation for vaccination against hepatitis B – a leading cause of liver disease and a vaccine that almost every other developed country includes for newborns or infants. Instead, the updated recommendation urges caregivers to consult with their physicians if their child falls into a “high risk” category. Already in December 2025, the CDC in recommended to delay administration of the hepatitis B (HBV) vaccine for infants by six months. The Department of Health and Human Services Secretary Robert F Kennedy Jr’s longtime skepticism about the HBV vaccine played a central part of his Senate confirmation hearing where Senator Bill Cassidy (R-LA), a medical doctor and liver specialist, credited the vaccine with saving some 90,000 children’s lives in the US since 1991. Despite the reassurances that Kennedy provided at that time to the Senate Confirmation Committee to follow well-established evidence on immunization’s benefits, the HHS Secretary, who built his career around vaccine hesitancy, has now made good on his previous record as a vaccine skeptic. Changes announced Monday following a brief review U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) Secretary Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. conducts the swearing-in ceremony of Jim O’Neill as the Department’s Deputy Secretary Monday, June 9, 2025 at the Hubert H. Humphrey Building in Washington, D.C. (Source: HHS by Amy Rossetti) The changes were announced abruptly Monday by acting Centers for Disease Control and Prevention Director Jim O’Neill. He directed the public health agency to move forward immediately on the new CDC recommendations. The Trump Administration’s health leadership has argued that the change will increase transparency and rebuild trust in health institutions. “After an exhaustive review of the evidence, we are aligning the U.S. childhood vaccine schedule with international consensus while strengthening transparency and informed consent. This decision protects children, respects families, and rebuilds trust in public health,” Kennedy said in the statement. But the overhaul also is an unprecedented departure from the evidence-based process the US previously used to decide its vaccine schedule. Normally an independent federal advisory panel of experts would review studies and data for each vaccine before publishing recommendations. In this instance, CDC director O’Neill issued the changes in a memorandum responding to a request by Trump for such a review only a month ago – and with the underlying analysis based on a comparison of schedules in other nations. The comparisons between the seemingly high number of actual shots, or jabs, US children previously received as compared to those of other nations is also somewhat misleading – insofar as annual flu and COVID-19 vaccines up until the age of 18 are included in the US count of previous recommendations – totaling about 35 or 36 more shots across 18 years. But in November, the CDC last year already stated that COVID vaccination for children, while recommended, should be a matter of “individual decision-making.” And WHO’s own recommendations for COVID-19 vaccination of children were already reversed post-pandemic, advising only one dose for never-vaccinated children with co-morbidities. In 2010, the CDC did adopt a universal recommendation for annual childhood sesasonal flu vaccination. That went further than the current WHO recommendation which recommends prioritizing seasonal flu vaccine for “health workers, individuals with comorbidities and underlying conditions, older adults and pregnant women,” adding only that “Depending on national disease goals, capacity and resources, epidemiology, national policies and priorities, and disease burden, countries may consider additional (sub)populations for vaccination, such as children.” Concerns that hospitalizations, deaths may increase View this post on Instagram A post shared by Jessica Malaty Rivera, MS | Making Science Make Sense (@jessicamalatyrivera) “Fewer vaccinations (specifically for rotavirus, COVID-19, influenza, RSV, meningococcal disease, hepatitis A and hepatitis B) will result in an increase in disease, disability, and death, wrote epidemiologist and infectious disease specialist Jessica Malaty Rivera in a post. “Please ignore this unscientific nonsense and follow the @ameracadpeds schedule alongside your pediatrician.” Prior to the vaccines and therapeutics that prevent RSV, for instance, the virus accounted for over one in four hospitalizations among young children in the US. Other physicians and health experts criticized the shift for causing confusion and for ignoring decades of vaccine studies demonstrating safety and efficacy. “Know this: Even as our government shifts its recommendation language, I would never forgo the RSV, hepatitis A & B, or meningitis vaccines for my own kids,” said Dr Scott Hadland, a pediatrician and chief of adolescent medicine at Harvard. “This is health policy malpractice at the highest level and must be reversed before children and families suffer,” said Dr George C Benjamin, executive director of the American Public Health Association. Attempt to bring US “in-line” with other wealthy countries The 33-page CDC policy document argues that in light of falling vaccination rates across the US and the lack of trust in public health institutions, the US should therefore cut back on the number of recommended vaccines. “Bringing the U.S. pediatric immunization schedule in line with the consensus of peer nations while keeping non-consensus vaccines available for high-risk groups and populations and/orthrough shared clinical decision-making is a balanced approach to reform and restore trust in public health,” the document says. Traditionally, the US has recommended slightly more vaccines, on average, than “peer” nations. However, the US also continues to face surges of measles, hepatitis A, RSV, and other infectious diseases. The other problem with policy decisions based on comparisons with other high income countries experts say, is that the US has a far larger, and more sickly, population that often lacks access to primary healthcare. “Many high-income countries have universal coverage and paid family leave that make it easier to get care and stay safe when kids get sick,” said Dr Uché Blackstock, a physician and health equity advocate in a social media post. “You cannot copy the [vaccine] list without copying the supports,” Blackstock said. Denmark and Japan’s healthier population, more robust healthcare systems, surveillance, testing, and social support mean there is less of a reliance on vaccines. “We have fragmented insurance, we’ve got millions uninsured, we don’t have a national health registry and we’ve got enormous gaps in the continuity of care,” said Dr. Jake Scott, an infectious disease specialist at Stanford University School of Medicine. “And we use broader vaccine recommendations because our system can’t reliably identify and follow up with every person at risk.” Assessment downplays risk of rotavirus, meningococcal disease, HPV A screen capture of the CDC website with the burden of rotavirus on the US Of the vaccines being cut from the list, RSV and rotavirus pose a significant burden to the healthcare system. Prior to the RSV maternal vaccine and monoclonal antibodies, up to 80,000 children were hospitalized with the virus. Nearly all children were infected with rotavirus prior to the vaccine. It caused 20-60 deaths each year, according to the CDC. “Reasonable people can reach different conclusions about recommending the rotavirus vaccine for all children,” says the assessment. The assessment also argued that low rates of meningococcal disease warranted an end of recommendations. “Considering the low incidence of meningococcal disease in the U.S., the meningococcal vaccine should not be part of the consensus recommended vaccine schedule.” These low rates are due in large part to vaccinations. Still covered by health insurers? The vaccines dropped from the CDC’s recommendations should still be covered by health insurance systems – the new CDC policy also states. But it is unclear whether health insurers in the US’s fragmented public health system will in fact guarantee continued access for all of those who would like to get a shot – once the actual CDC recommendation has been removed. The authors of the new CDC policy are Dr Tracy Beth Høeg, a Danish-American physician and Food and Drug Administration director of the Center for Drug Research and Evaluation, and Martin Kulldorff. They are self-described in the assessment as “one of the most pro-vaccine scientists in the country” – however, they garnered significant attention during the COVID pandemic for their anti-COVID-19 vaccine stances. Kulldorff’s bio continues in the assessment: “In early 2021, he was one of the first public health scientists to publicly oppose Covid vaccine mandates and it is hard to imagine a policy doing more harm to the trust in vaccines and public health.” Image Credits: European Union, Quinn Dombrowski, HHS , Amy Rossetti, CDC. UN Agencies, Aid Groups Protest Israel’s Move to Bar Many NGOs from Gaza as Winter Exacerbates Dire Conditions 06/01/2026 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Gaza tent camp surrounded by mud from unusually heavy winter storms; new Israeli restructions on NGO activities would further impede humanitarian efforts, UN and partner agencies charge. Senior United Nations officials and humanitarian leaders have urged Israel to reverse plans to withhold registration from more three-dozen international NGOs providing humanitarian relief in war-torn Gaza and the Israeli-occupied West Bank – warning that the move would severely undermine life-saving aid in a moment of acute humanitarian need. Israel said last Thursday that some 37 international NGOs operating in Palestinian areas it controls, including the internationally renowned Médecins Sans Frontières, had not complied with a deadline to meet “security and transparency standards” now required by Israel for re-licensing in 2026. The NGOs are contesting new Israeli rules requiring them to disclose personal information on local Palestinian staff. For those NGOs that don’t comply, Israel has said it “will enforce” a ban on their activities in 2026. The government approved the new registration rules in March 2025 – in the wake of Israeli government allegations that two former MSF staff members were involved with Hamas or other armed groups. MSF has denied knowingly hiring people with military ties. In a related move, Israel last week also cut off water and electricity to the now vacant Jerusalem facilities of UNRWA, the UN Palestinian Refugee Agency, under legislation approved by the Knesset, or Parliament to close down the UN agency’s operations in areas under Israeli control. On Monday, seven European countries, including Spain, Ireland and Norway, condemned the move calling it a violation of international law with “grave humanitarian consequences.” Joint UN Agency statement decries move In a joint statement 31 December, the Inter-Agency Standing Committee (IASC), which represents about 20 heads of UN agencies and major humanitarian organisations, said that international NGOs collectively deliver nearly $1 billion in assistance each year in the occupied Palestinian territory and are “central to humanitarian operations,” particularly in Gaza. “Humanitarian access is not optional, conditional or political,” the statement said. It warned that restricting NGO operations during winter, amid continued food insecurity and recent flood-related displacement, risks undoing fragile gains made since the October 2025 Israeli-Hamas ceasefire – and would have “devastating” consequences for Gaza’s civilian population. The signatories included the UN emergency relief coordinator Tom Fletcher, the World Health Organization’s Dr. Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, as well as the heads of the UN Refugee Agency (UNHCR); the UN Development Pogramme (UNDP); UNICEF, the UN Childrens Agency; the World Food Programme; and leaders of major civil society groups such as Oxfam, Save the Children, Mercy Corps and Caritas Internationalis. MSF condemns “cynical” attempt to block aid A pregnant Palestinian mother, Donia Alouf, and her 1 year-old son, Ahmed, who was diagnosed with malnutrition, receive treatment in an MSF-supported Gaza city clinic. COGAT, the Israeli Defense Ministry agency coordinating Gaza humanitarian aid, has said that the new registration process is designed to prevent the misuse of humanitarian aid by Hamas, which it claims has exploited aid frameworks for to divert funds and recruit local aid employees for its own military purposes. COGAT also contended that the revocation of the licenses to the 37 NGOs will not substantially affect aid delivery, claiming that the affected organizations had not provided substantial aid to Gaza since the ceasefire began on October 10. And before the ceasefire, their combined contribution amounted to only a small proportion of total aid, Israel said. Médecins Sans Frontières (MSF), one of the most prominent organisations affected by Israel’s registration decision, contested Israel’s claims. An MSF press statement noted that the organization currently supports one in five hospital beds in Gaza and assists one in three mothers during childbirth. “In the last year, MSF teams have treated hundreds of thousands of patients and delivered hundreds of millions of litres of water,” said Pascale Coissard, MSF emergency coordinator for Gaza, in a 22 December statement. “In 2025 alone, we carried out almost 800,000 outpatient consultations and handled more than 100 000 trauma cases, and if we obtain registration, we plan to continue strengthening our activities in 2026.” Describing the move as a “cynical and calculated attempt” at political control, MSF said that blocking its activities and those of other NGOs that refused to register their Palestinian staff would exact a “terrible cost” after Gaza’s health system has been decimated. Only about half of the enclave’s 36 hospitals are functioning, and those only partially. International organizations say new Israel’s rules potentially endanger staff A toddler plays with dolls in MSF’s burn unit in Nasser hospital, Gaza, in May 2025. She was severely burned in an Israeli airstrike that struck her family’s tent in the Al-Mawasi humanitarian zone, which also killed her mother and two siblings. The healing process was hindered by a lack of proper nutrition and protein for the child, unavailable due to the Israeli halt to most humanitarian aid between March and late May. MSF said Israel’s core demand, that the NGO’s share personal information about Palestinians employees, is especially dangerous in Gaza where humanitarian workers have been intimidated, detained, attacked and killed. Some 15 MSF colleagues have reportedly been killed by Israeli forces. “Demanding staff lists as a condition for access to territory is an outrageous overreach,” MSF said, adding that there is no clarity on how such sensitive data would be used or shared. The organization said Israeli authorities had ignored repeated requests for meetings and instead accused MSF in the media of harbouring alleged militants – an allegation MSF rejects. “MSF would never knowingly employ anyone involved in military activities, which contradicts our core values and ethics,” the organization said. “Denying medical assistance to civilians is unacceptable under any circumstances, and it is appalling to use humanitarian aid as a tool of policy or collective punishment.” Israel’s moves on UNRWA follow in the wake of allegations that surfaced in 2024, charging that some 19 UNRWA employees participated in the 7 October Hamas attacks on Israeli communities, and UNRWA facilities were also used for Hamas weapons storage and other military activities. UNRWA has denied most of the claims, while acknowledging that an internal UN investigation led to the termination of nine UNRWA employees where “evidence obtained … – if authenticated and corroborated – might indicate that the staff members may have been involved.” Meanwhile, Palestinian nationalists who are also critics of Hamas note that the pressures on local aid workers to filter food, funds or other forms of aid can be intense – particularly as the militant group has now regained control over the roughly 50% of Gaza that lies within the “yellow line” to which Israel withdrew in October. A chilling update from the ground in Gaza: Two of my friends, who have been running independent food drives via international crowdfunding, were stopped and interrogated by Hamas militants. After proving their transparency and showing that all funds are used for food and aid for… pic.twitter.com/d55tKopGHM — Hamza (@HowidyHamza) January 5, 2026 Shelter crisis deepens amid winter storms Tents and ruined buildings in Gaza surrounded by mud. The curbs on the activities of the NGOs comes as housing and sanitary conditions in Gaza continue to deteriorate amidst a series of heavy winter storms, particularly for hundreds of thousands of displaced people living in makeshift shelters, according to the end December update of the UN Office for the Coordination of Humanitarian Affairs (OCHA). The unusually heavy rainfall has flooded tents and caused already unstable buildings to collapse – forcing displaced families to move yet again in search of safer ground. Seawater inundation has rendered shelters uninhabitable in coastal areas such as Al Mawasi in Khan Younis, while heavy winds have destroyed or severely damaged many tents. As of 30 December, humanitarian partners have provided emergency shelter assistance to more than 80,000 Gazan households, distributing tens of thousands of tents, tarpaulins and bedding items. Despite these efforts, more than one million Gazans out of a population of 2.1 million still need urgent shelter support, OCHA said. According to Gaza’s Hamas-controlled Ministry of Health, at least 17 people died in December due to the collapse of storm- and flood-damaged buildings, while three children died of hypothermia. WHO, MSF and other partners have reported consistently high rates of respiratory infections, warning that winter conditions are driving further illness, particularly among young children. Sewage, waste and public health risks A Palestinian boy walks past tents during a break in the rain in Jabalya, North Gaza. Waste mixed with floodwaters increases exposures to infectious diseases. Flooding has also intensified Gaza’s long-running sewage and solid waste crisis – and along with that infectious disease risks related to sewage exposure. The UN Water, Sanitation and Hygiene (WASH) Cluster reports that damaged infrastructure, fuel shortages and restrictions on the entry of equipment are limiting the ability to manage wastewater and storm runoff. Recent rains raised water levels in inland lagoons such as Wadi Gaza and Sheikh Radwan, heightening the risk of overflow and sewage contamination on land, as well as into the sea. The Palestinian Water Authority says it has been forced to rely on short-term measures because critical equipment such as pumps, pipes and electromechanical components has been denied entry by Israel. Solid waste management remains severely constrained. Since 7 October 2023, Hamas miiltants first invaded Israeli communities on the Gaza periphery in the opening salvo of the war, an estimated $66 million in damage has been recorded to waste management systems, including the destruction of more than 200 collection trucks and widespread damage to facilities. Gaza’s two main landfills remain inaccessible, forcing municipalities to rely on overcrowded temporary dumping sites. Waste generation far exceeds collection capacity in northern Gaza, where only about 60 per cent of daily waste is collected. This has resulted in continued accumulation of solid waste in densely populated areas, exacerbating public health and environmental risks. While a recent analysis found that famine conditions in Gaza have been pushed back, acute food insecurity and malnutrition remain critically high, and aid officials warn that progress remains fragile. “Needs are growing faster than aid can get in,” UN Secretary-General António Guterres declared in a late December press briefing, stressing that predictable and unimpeded access for humanitarian actors is essential to address the immense challenges faced. “We need more crossings, the lifting of restrictions on critical items, the removal of red tape, safe routes inside Gaza, sustained funding, and unimpeded access – including for NGOs,” Guterres said. “And we cannot lose sight of the rapidly deteriorating situation in the West Bank,” he added referring to escalating Israeli settler violence, land seizures, demolitions and displacement as well as intensified restrictions on movement – affecting Palestinian access to vital health and social services as well as livelihoods. Against that landscape, the prospect of new Israeli bans on international NGOs threatens to further erode an already strained response. “Allowing humanitarian aid is not a favour,” MSF said. “It is an obligation under international law.” Image Credits: MSF , Palestinian Water Authority , Nour Alsaqqa/MSF, Palestinian Water Authority , OCHA . US EPA dismisses WHO Cancer Agency Determination that Widely Used Herbicide is ‘Probably Carcinogenic’ 05/01/2026 Sophia Samantaroy Over 70 million tons of atrazine is applied to US soil each year. The chemical is now deemed a ‘probable’ carcinogen to humans. The US Environmental Protection Agency has dismissed a recent finding that atrazine, the second most widely-used herbicide in the United States, is “probably carcinogenic to humans” by the World Health Organization’s cancer review agency. Atrazine is used extensively in the US on crops like corn, sorghum, and sugarcane. However, over 60 countries have banned the chemical due to its endocrine-disrupting properties and tendency to contaminate groundwater. In a new classification, published in the January, 2026 issue of The Lancet Oncology, the International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) ranked atrazine as probably carcinogenic to humans based on what it described as “limited evidence” for cancer in humans and “sufficient evidence for cancer in experimental animals.” The agency’s findings are independent assessments that guide national regulatory authorities worldwide in the promulgation of rules around chemicals used in agriculture, food systems and occupational settings. The IARC assessment was the first in nearly three decades. In 1998 the organization said the compound was not classifiable as to its carcinogenicity to humans. Since the IARC findings were initially released in late November, the US Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), as well as chemical producers in China and elsewhere, have pushed back against the new classification. Both used almost identical terms in describing the determination as “flawed” and “inconsistent with scientific consensus.” Hormone disruptor, cancer risk of atrazine Atrazine has been linked to non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma Atrazine’s cancer links include evidence of oxidative stress, hormone disruption, immune suppression, and actual tumor growth, IARC found in its abbreviated evaluation of atrazine and two other compounds. In particular, IARC pointed to animal studies that showed tumor growth in the mammary glands and uterus of female rats, reduced estrogen and testosterone in both male and female rats, and induced cell death and division. The most recent study IARC cites, from 2024, also concluded that male rats also experience oxidative stress and severe hormone disruption. In humans, only a handful of studies have been published so far. However, IARC noted that two case-control studies that reported “strong positive associations between exposure to atrazine…and translocation-positive NHL [non-Hodgkin’s Lymphoma]” among exposed farm workers. Links to other human cancers did not show “consistent positive findings.” Beyond its cancer inks, atrazine exposure is also associated with birth defects, reproductive harm, and hormone disruption, in papers not cited by IARC – an agency that focuses almost exclusively on cancer risks. US regulators and manufacturers push back The US EPA said IARC’s findings used a “deeply flawed approach to its cancer assessments” In a 21 November statement, Syngenta, the agrochemical company that produces most of the US’s atrazine, said: “[c]urrent scientific evidence clearly demonstrate[s] that atrazine is safe when applied in accordance with registered label instructions.” Syngenta is owned by the Chinese state-operated company Sinochem. Speaking to Health Policy Watch just a few days after the Syngenta statement, EPA used identical terms, arguing that IARC’s findings “stir up fear” by also including “very hot beverages, red meat, working the night shift and hairdressing in the same classification.” “This announcement on atrazine is just another example of the World Health Organization International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) using a deeply flawed approach to its cancer assessments on multiple levels,” the EPA added. The EPA spokesperson complained, in particular, that the two-page article published so far is just a brief summary of the full review, which is only due to be published later this year, according to IARC. “[F]or IARC to roll out these “findings” and unnecessarily stir up fear when IARC has said it will not be publishing any of its detailed science until late 2026 or 2027 is irresponsible and lacks transparency. Currently, there is no opportunity for anyone to meaningfully review how IARC has reached its conclusions,” said the EPA’s press office. “In contrast, atrazine has been extensively studied by EPA across multiple administrations, including having five meetings of independent Scientific Advisory Panels peer review the cancer potential of atrazine between 2009-2011,” EPA said. “As a reminder, IARC also has a long history of being severely misguided in its findings,” the EPA spokesperson said, citing past IARC findings on red meat and night shift work, among other factors, as possible or probable causes of cancer. In 2015 IARC concluded that red meat was a possible cause of cancer and processed meat is a probable cause. Those findings have since been echoed by the American Institute for Cancer Research, which in 2021 concluded “there is strong evidence that eating high amounts of red meat increases the risk of colorectal cancer.” The US Department of Agriculture’s most recent dietary guidelines also suggest reducing red meat consumption. The US CDC concluded in a 2021 report that there is “high confidence” that persistent night shift work that results in circadian disruption can cause human cancer. Environmental groups welcome IARC re-evaluation Latest estimates of atrazine use from the US Geological Survey, 2019 Separate EPA reviews in 2003 and 2018 concluded that available evidence does not support a relationship between atrazine exposure and human cancers. IARC cites one new animal study from 2024, while re-evaluating older data in a new light. For pesticide experts like Dr Jennifer Sass, a senior scientist at the Natural Resources Defense Council (NRDC), IARC’s re-evaluation was welcome – correcting industry bias in previous evaluations. . “With atrazine, there’s hormone disruption, there’s oxidative stress, there is indication of tumors in human and animal studies,” said Sass. “IARC gathered a solid expert array of people from different disciplines, including industry people. They didn’t second-guess or overinterpret the data. “The EPA needs to take another look at their assessment to account for the carcinogenicity,” said Sass. Canada, Australia and Brazil also use atrazine extensively Atrazine, also known under brand names such as Aatrex®, Aatram®, Atratol®, and Gesaprim® is the second most widely-used pesticide in the US after glyphosate – also known as Roundup®. Glyphosate also was designated as a probable carcinogen in humans by IARC in 2015, in a ruling that continues to trigger controversy between the US and trading partners that have banned the chemical. Across the US’s corn belt, up to 60 million pounds of atrazine is applied to treat US crops each year. Atrazine also is flushed from soil into streams or groundwater aquifers where it can contaminate drinking water supplies, according to the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. A 2017 analysis of EPA tap water data found that nearly 30 million Americans across 28 states have tap water that contains atrazine. Drinking water in these areas had atrazine levels three to seven times higher than the federal limit of three parts per billion during spikes due to run-off in spring and summer, according to another major research and advocacy non-profit, Environmental Working Group. “Because the EPA has been sweeping the evidence on cancer under the rug for the time it has been on the market for 50 years, they’re not monitoring for atrazine in the water. The drinking water standard should be zero, because it’s a carcinogen,” said Sass. But the US is not alone in its reliance on the chemical, which is typically applied to unplanted fields so as to kill any other weeds or plants before crops are planted. Canada, Australia, Brazil and China also use atrazine to increase crop yields. In the decades prior to IARC’s classification, 60 countries banned the use of atrazine. These include 27 European Union countries, most Middle Eastern countries, and even many African countries. However, in many lower-and-middle income countries where atrazine is banned, the chemical is often smuggled in illegally. The European Union banned atrazine in 2004 and most EU countries have since banned glyphosate as well. Mexico, which exports tens of billions of dollars of agricultural products to the US, had attempted to ban glyphosate. But in 2024 it postponed the ban indefinitely following pressure from industry and the US, citing the lack of an effective alternative. As international assessments increasingly flag risks associated with such chemicals, the US remains an outlier among high-income countries in continued widespread use. “We were all told for a long time that weed killers aren’t harmful to people because their mechanism of toxicity targets photosynthesis. We all believed them,” said Sass. “Because of that, we didn’t have proper food monitoring. We didn’t have proper drinking water monitoring. The people exposed to atrazine occupationally, whether by mixing it, loading it, applying it, manufacturing it, need to take the proper precautions because of how toxic it is. EPA stance contrasts sharply with MAHA rhetoric about healthier foods EPA’s pro-pesticide stance under the new US administration of President Donald Trump contrasts sharply with the healthy foods rhetoric of the “Make America Healthy Again” (MAHA) movement, critics also said. “Despite the rhetoric of MAHA, there will be no robust review of the dangers of pesticides by the Trump Administration,” said Sylvia Wu, of the Washington DC-based Center for Food Safety. “Instead, a toxic poison like atrazine will continue to contaminate our lands and waters, making our children sick for decades to come,” said Wu. Wu was responding, in particular, to another recent US Fish and Wildlife’s (FWS) statement that atrazine does not pose an extinction risk to any US endangered species. The Center for Food Safety sued the EPA in 2020 when the agency moved to reapprove atrazine, along with a host of other pesticides and herbicides, as part of a routine evaluation. “The public trust has been steamrolled by agrochemical interests,” said Sass of the Natural Resources Defence Council. “The EPA has fast-tracked the approval of their poisons, which is not only a violation of the public’s trust, but also of the mission of the EPA.” “Using modern farming methods, we do not need weed killers like atrazine. We simply don’t have to kill every weed to grow our crops. It. We don’t have to be so scorched earth in our farm practices,” Sass argued. “I look forward to the day that the US catches up to other countries in keeping American families safe from chemicals.” Image Credits: Akshat Jhingran , Waldemar Brandt , AP/Sierra Club, USGS. Near-Zero Change in Delhi’s Peak Air Pollution Levels Over Past Decade – But Big Change in Public Outrage 05/01/2026 Chetan Bhattacharji Delhi air pollution during peak days in mid-November 2025 – an annual public health crisis that remains unresolved. The latest ten-year data shows almost no change. Can the momentum of outrage finally push officials to take high-impact measures to lower pollution this year? It’s Delhi 2026. Since 2016, there’s been near-zero improvement in the city’s air pollution during the annual peak pollution period of October to December, a new analysis by the Center for Research on Energy and Clean Air (CREA) reveals. This period also usually sees peak coverage and public outrage about the crisis. In 2025, average levels for those peak months even inched up a notch over the year before to 177 micrograms/cubic meter (µg/m³) of PM2.5 – despite a slight decline in the annual average levels in 2025 as compared to 2024 (96 µg/m³ in 2025 versus 105 in 2024). This means average levels in the peak pollution months were over 35 times the WHO’s annual average guideline of 5 µg/m³ and 11 times the peak 24 guideline limit of 15 µg/m³. And that’s if questions over the robustness of the latest government monitoring data are ignored for the moment. For nine of these last 10 years, opposition-led the Aam Aadmi Party was in power in Delhi, while Narendra Modi’s BJP party has been in power at the national level during the entire time. Near-zero improvement in Delhi’s peak pollution months since 2016. In 2025, Delhi also elected a BJP-led state government, which means the BJP is now in power at the national, state and municipality level – a ‘triple engine sarkar’, as the Hindustan Times framed it, referring to the Hindi term for “government.” Indeed, the BJP not only controls Delhi, but also the governments of two key bordering states, Haryana and Uttar Pradesh – which generate smoke from crop waste burning that contributes to the capital’s autumn smog crisis. That’s also why the new Delhi government, led by Chief Minister Ms Rekha Gupta, was expected to be uniquely placed to reduce pollution when she assumed office. Yet, as the peak season began, there was little indication of a significant shift in strategy. Unprecedented outrage against air pollution Public outrage against air pollution in Delhi and northern India has escalated to a level not seen in many years. It’s been characterised by a mix of anger and cutting humour – reels, memes and so on – against the government and the crisis. There were other aspects. Multiple protests, including the one on 9th November where police detained several demonstrators, including parents, among others, demanding clean air for their children. Multiple groups have been created on various social media and messaging apps. Some TV anchors and journalists, seen to be close to the ruling establishment since 2014, took many by surprise by pivoting and questioning official inaction and apathy. View this post on Instagram A post shared by Newslaundry (@newslaundry) India’s air pollution is “a metaphor for the challenges facing the nation more broadly.… if India cannot solve a problem that manifestly and acutely affects its elite, the prospects for solving the larger challenges confronting the country remain slim,” observed Arvind Subramanian and Devesh Kapur, in their book, A Sixth of Humanity, published last October. India’s environment minister Bhupender Yadav held a series of meetings on Delhi’s pollution, including one where he directed officials to “ensure visible improvement” in the air quality across Delhi and its neighbourhood “within one week.” That was mid-December. By the end of the month, there was no improvement. In fact, this December saw the worst pollution since 2018. Delhi’s environment minister and chief minister held several meetings, extensively posted policy action and photo ops on social media. There have been some positive steps, like distributing electric heaters to gatekeepers at various residential areas, curbs on categories of polluting vehicles, and stricter enforcement of OCEMS, online continuous emissions monitoring systems, at thousands of factories. Gaps in pollution control Along with the global “embarrassment” mentioned in A Sixth of Humanity, critical technical gaps remain. Firstly, misplaced focus on PM10: The government’s focus remains on spraying water to control dust because it continues to prioritise controlling PM10 particulate matter pollutants rather than the finer PM2.5 ones. PM2.5 is dangerous because it is small enough to enter the bloodstream and, so, is more lethal, whereas the body’s defenses can often stop the larger PM10 particles. In theory, watering down dust may help, but in practice, there hasn’t been much improvement. As this clip shows there’s simply too much pollution. And this water mist barely tackles PM2.5. ⚪️ Installs anti smog guns on top of 13 high rise buildings in Delhi to tackle pollution.pic.twitter.com/CJQWH18SYt — Mediterranean Voice (@mediterranvoice) December 26, 2025 Secondly, lack of political will: At a national level, there’s a lack of political will to stop the practice of farmers burning the residue of the paddy harvest in the three states north of Delhi and upwind of the city – Punjab, Haryana and Uttar Pradesh. This contributes almost 10% of the pollution in October and November in Delhi and the neighbourhood, according to a government (IITM) study, but on certain days and hours, it can be much higher. Thirdly, pseudo-science over evidence: There has been a reluctance among decision-makers to fully embrace scientifically evidence-based action. So a lot of time, taxpayers’ money, and effort over the years have gone into what may be described as pseudo-science, like smog towers, or action taken against scientific advice, like cloud-seeding trials. Fourthly, flawed monitoring of vehicular pollution: The Delhi government has, in a well-intentioned move, made pollution-under-control (PUC) certificates mandatory for all vehicles. However, the old PUC regime is flawed, and it needs to be replaced as it doesn’t check for key pollutants like PM2.5 and nitrogen oxides, which are major contributors to Delhi’s pollution. But to give credit where credit is due: a new panel has been formed by the national government with external experts on curbing vehicular pollution, which contributes more than a third of the capital’s air pollution levels. Many vehicles in Delhi are highly polluting, contributing more than a third to ambient air pollution levels. Battle against air pollution, 2026 There have been political missteps, too. One example: In early July, after public protests pressured the Delhi government to quickly roll back stricter enforcement of limits on old, polluting vehicles, the same government also successfully petitioned the Supreme Court to reverse a previous ban on firecrackers during the annual Diwali festival of lights, arguing that certain brands of so-called “green firecrackers” would not pollute. They were wrong. And the ensuing smoke was a factor in 2025’s post-Diwali pollution being the worst in years; and the chief minister repeatedly came in for criticism for comments she made on pollution. In 2026, can the public’s pressure, and even the government’s momentum, for clean air action be sustained or will it, as in the past, fizzle out when Delhi’s peak pollution season tapers off? Republished, with slight adaptation, from the original ‘What Am I Breathing’ Substack by Chetan Bhattacharji, a senior correspondent for Health Policy Watch from Delhi. Image Credits: Chetan Bhattacharji, Centre for Research on Energy and Clean Air. 2025: A Brutal Year for Global Health 28/12/2025 Editorial team This has been a brutal year for global health, with shock cuts in development aid to countries most in need; a knock-on budget crisis for United Nations (UN) agencies; widespread humanitarian crises, extensive disease outbreaks, and mounting climate-related health challenges. Health Policy Watch (HPW) has provided daily coverage of developments, and our reporters were often the first to break news on a range of issues despite our small and under-resourced newsroom. Development aid plunge Chaos followed the immediate “pause” of all development aid from the United States as soon as Donald Trump became president in January. The “pause” included the US President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR), which funded three-quarters of HIV and tuberculosis programmes worldwide, including lifesaving antiretroviral medicine to 20.6 million people in 2024. Within weeks, clinics across Africa closed, and patients were turned away as there was no money for staff or medicine. Although US Secretary of State Marco Rubio later issued a limited waiver for “lifesaving” programmes, this was narrowly focused and ideological. Influenced by the Heritage Foundation’s view that HIV is a “lifestyle disease”, the Trump administration stopped funding HIV measures aimed at “key populations” most vulnerable to infection – including sex workers and men who have sex with men. DOGE’s Elon Musk brandishing a chainsaw given to him by Argentinian President Javier Milei (right) after cutting US government programmes and global development aid, resulting in deaths and chaos. Within two weeks of Trump assuming the presidency, his appointee, Elon Musk and a new Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE) had also dismantled the US Agency for International Development (USAID). Musk declared that “USAID is a criminal organisation. It’s time for it to die.” USAID was hugely influential, and its closure affected almost every country in the world – from Albania to Zambia. As USAID had administered 60% of PEPFAR funds, in many instances, there was no one left to provide goods and services for those projects covered by Rubio’s waiver. Reporting on this issue was led by HPW Deputy Editor Kerry Cullinan. WHO slashes staff The WHO headquarters in Geneva has been in upheaval all year over how to rearrange the organisation’s budget to make up the 25% cut. The US withdrawal from the World Health Organization (WHO) on Trump’s first day in office, and its reduced support for other UN agencies. unleashed mass layoffs and restructuring. The WHO is slashing its staff by around a quarter – aiming to shed about 2,371 staff by mid-2026 – many at the end of this year – with ripples across Geneva. This has affected WHO’s ability to respond to health emergencies across the world. HPW Editor-in-Chief Elaine Fletcher was often the first to report on the various developments, with an inside track to staff reactions, including the WHO Staff Association decision to challenge the fairness and legitimacy of the restructuring process and the mounting rage of lower-level staff as HPW highlighted data suggesting that low- and mid-level personnel will bear the brunt of cuts, while high-ranking executives, whose real costs far exceed their published salaries, remain largely protected. UNAIDS has also been forced to retrench 55% of its head office staff and cut its country offices by almost half after the US ceased to fund it, a move that affected 40% of its budget. The agency warned that the brupt funding cuts have resulted in “perilous risks” for the global HIV response that threaten the health and well-being of millions of people throughout the world. “It feels like the ground has been ripped out from under our feet,” a Mozambican woman with HIV told UNAIDS, which reported at the year’s end that over two million women and girls have been “deprived of essential health services”, and millions of people at high risk of acquiring HIV have lost access to “the most effective prevention tools available” – pre-exposure prophylaxis (PrEP). Gavi, the vaccine alliance, has pared down its staff by a third, which will also affect global vaccination efforts. Disease outbreaks surge – so does anti-vax activities Mosquitoes, which can carry dengue virus, thrive at warmer temperatures. Climate change is fueling dengue cases globally. Amid the chaos in global health funding, diseases have surged. Africa has experienced large outbreaks of cholera, measles, Lassa fever and mpox, while deadly Ebola and Marburg have also affected several countries. By 10 December, Africa CDC had recorded over 300,000 cholera cases, over 140,00 measles cases and almost 134,000 mpox cases this year. Over the past year, both Latin America and the Caribbean saw record-breaking cases of the mosquito-borne dengue fever, with almost one-fifth of cases (about 45 million infections a year) attributable to climate change, Sophia Samantaroy covered issues from the Americas. Measles has also surged in the US and Canada amid the rise of anti-vaccine misinformation. This has been fueled by the appointment of vaccine sceptic Robert F. Kennedy Jr. as US Health and Human Services Secretary. So far, Kennedy and his appointees have cancelled mRNA research, restricted access to COVID-19 vaccines and made Hepatitis B vaccines non-mandatory for infants. In an exclusive article for HPW, Dr Demetre Daskalakis, former Director of the US CDC’s National Center for Immunizations and Respiratory Diseases, describes how the “wall protecting science from political interference in the US has fallen”. Humanitarian crises multiply Some 42,000 Gazans will need prolonged rehabilitation care and support due to war-related trauma injuries and amputations. Conflict and humanitarian crises – particularly in Gaza, Sudan and Ukraine – inflicted heavy casualties on citizens and health workers, with ongoing and unprecedented attacks on health facilities. HPW coverage of the conflict in Gaza included Israel’s blockade of Gaza, the resulting famine, Israeli attacks on WHO’s warehouse and efforts by Israel to secure the release of hostages being held by Hamas. This coverage was also led by Editor-in-Chief Elaine Fletcher. HPW has also consistently reported on the humanitarian crisis in Sudan, including the attack on a maternity hospital in El Fasher in which more than 460 people died. Climate change is ‘needlessly killing millions’ Climate change is claiming millions of lives annually through extreme heat, air pollution, wildfires and the spread of deadly infectious diseases, according to the ninth annual Lancet Countdown report, the most comprehensive assessment to date of the links between climate change and health, published in October. “We’re seeing millions of deaths that are occurring needlessly every year because of our persistent fossil fuel dependence, because of our delay in mitigating climate change, and our delays in adaptation to the climate change that cannot be avoided,” said Marina Romanello, executive director of the Lancet Countdown at University College London, describing this year’s report as “a bleak and undeniable picture of the devastating health harms reaching all corners of the world.” Breaching the 2015 Paris Agreement, a legally binding global treaty adopted in 2015 to combat climate change by limiting global warming to well below 2°C (ideally 1.5°C) above pre-industrial levels, is now unavoidable, according to scientists. The world is heading for 2.8°C of warming by century’s end under current policies, according to a UN assessment. Climate change protest Global greenhouse gas emissions rose 2.3% to a record 57.7 gigatons of CO2 equivalent in 2024, the largest annual increase since the 2000s. Land use change and deforestation account for 53% of the overall increase, while fossil fuel production continues to expand in direct contradiction of climate pledges. The US is the worst emitter, yet Trump withdrew the US from the Paris Agreement on Day One of his presidency. Domestically, the US Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has committed to rolling back 31 climate, air and water pollution, and emissions regulations that will negatively affected citizens’ health. The EPA has also announced that it will no longer require most polluters to report their emissions of carbon dioxide, methane and other greenhouse gases that cause climate change. Stefan Anderson led HPW reporting on climate change. The impact of air pollution Disease burden from air pollution. Meanwhile, 90% of people on the planet breathe dangerously unhealthy levels of air pollution every day, and millions fall ill every year with a range of respiratory and cardiovascular diseases as well as cancers, leading to at least seven million deaths each year. Air pollution is the number one killer across South Asia, accounting for 2.7 million deaths, of which 2.1 million are in India alone. There is growing evidence of the impact of air pollution on a range of medical conditions including strokes, diabetes, heart disease and lung cancer. Significant sources of the deadly fine particulate matter (PM 2.5) come from fossil fuels in vehicles, power plants and other industrial facilities, and burning coal, wood, dung and agricultural residues for cooking. India-based Chetan Bhattacharji, led reporting on air pollution. Women’s rights The ‘Green Tide’: Argentinians demanding the legalisation of abortion. HPW has covered the backlash against sexual and reproductive rights, and women’s rights through stories on US anti-rights groups mobilising in Africa, the rollback of abortion rights in Argentina, the impact of intimate partner violence on children, efforts to enable access to menstrual products for girls and women, female genital mutilation, and several articles on women under Taliban rule in Afghanistan. Disha Shetty and Munija Mirzaie contributed several articles on this topic. New world order? In the final few months of the year, the Trump administration sought to turn the chaos its funding cuts caused into opportunities for the US by signing bilateral health agreements with several African countries that promote American business opportunities – and also enable US access to African minerals. This approach is detailed in the America First Global Health Strategy published in September, that “uses global health diplomacy and foreign assistance to make America safer, stronger, and more prosperous”. Driven by former DOGE official Brad Smith, these bilateral Memorandums of Understanding (MOUs) compel countries that receive US aid to fight HIV, tuberculosis and malaria to immediately share all information about “pathogens with epidemic potential” and give the US the right to share this information with other entities, including US pharmaceutical companies. The MOUs directly undermine the WHO negotiations on a pathogen access and benefit-sharing (PABS) system underway in Geneva, placing African countries in a particularly difficult position. Unlike past PEPFAR agreements, the MOUs cut out the involvement of community groups, except faith-based service providers, some of which are known to be against contraception and any recognition of LGBTQ people. Civil society groups have described the MOUs as “extractive” and over 50 organisations issued a letter calling on African heads of state and government to demand “equity and sovereignty” in the new bilateral agreements. However, in a positive reaction to plummeting aid, several African countries have allocated more money to health while several continental efforts are building Africa’s independence. At the Africa Health Sovereignty Summit, Ghana’s President John Mahama announced the formation of the Presidential High-Level Task Force on Global Health Governance in response to the 40% reduction in development aid in the past two years. “The world has changed, but global health governance has not kept pace with the changing world. At this moment, we’re called to redesign the architecture that has, for far too long, excluded Africa’s voices, excluded Africa’s needs and innovations,” said Mahama. Dr Muhammad Ali Pate, Nigeria’s Coordinating Minister of Health and Social Welfare. Writing for HPW, Nigerian Health Minister Muhammad Ali Pate Africa argues that Africa “can redefine its role in global health – emerging as a producer, innovator, and equal partner in shaping both the health of its people and the well-being of the world”. Pate argues that this can be achieved by countries investing in health “with the same urgency it devotes to infrastructure, defence, or governance”; enhancing South–South cooperation and collaboration; and forging a continental alliance that harnesses shared expertise, resources, and innovation for collective health security. HPW was proud to be a media partner at the Conference of Public Health in Africa 2025, where African researchers discussed how best to build solidarity between countries on the continent. Other Health Policy Watch team members and contributors include Maayan Hoffman (who also coordinates our social media), Arsalan Bukhari, Felix Sassmannshausen, Rahul Basharat Rajput, Kate Okorie, Abdullahi Jimoh, Edith Magak and Roisa Kerry. We are deeply grateful to our donors and media collaborations that have supported HPW to remain afloat during this difficult year and provide an important platform of engagement for the Global South and North that is free of charge. But most of all, we are grateful to all our readers for your engagement and interest. Please consider donating to HPW to ensure our ongoing survival. May 2026 be a more positive one for global health! Image Credits: Guilhem Vellut, WHO/EMRO , Markus Spiske/ Unsplash, Health Ministry of Nigeria. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
US Pulls out of 66 Multilateral Bodies Including Key Climate Convention 08/01/2026 Kerry Cullinan The United Nations headquarters in New York. The Trump administration has withdrawn the United States from 66 multilateral organisations that it describes as “wasteful, ineffective, and harmful” – including the UN Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC), which coordinates the world’s response to climate change and has the buy-in of every other country in the world. The UN Population Fund (UNFPA), UN Women, UN Oceans, UN Water, UN Conference on Trade and Development and the Peacebuilding Commission are some of the 31 UN organisations that the US has withdrawn from. Included in the 35 non-UN bodies are a host of groups dealing with issues such as climate, peace and trade. These include the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), which is the global scientific body studying climate change; the International Renewable Energy Agency, the Global Counterterrorism Forum, and the International Institute for Democracy and Electoral Assistance. According to US Secretary of State Marco Rubio, who President Trump credited for identifying the 66 groups, the organisations are “redundant in their scope, mismanaged, unnecessary, wasteful, poorly run, captured by the interests of actors advancing their own agendas contrary to our own, or a threat to our nation’s sovereignty, freedoms, and general prosperity”. Second-largest emitter “The UNFCCC underpins global climate action. It brings countries together to support climate action, reduce emissions, adapt to climate change, and track progress. The decision by the world’s largest economy and second-largest emitter [of greenhouse gas] to retreat from it is regrettable and unfortunate,” said European Union (EU) Climate Commissioner Wopke Hoekstra Dr Rachel Cleetus of the Union of Concerned Scientists (UCS) described the US withdrawal from the “bedrock global treaty to tackle climate change” as “a new low and yet another sign that this authoritarian, anti-science administration is determined to sacrifice people’s well-being and destabilize global cooperation”. Her colleague, Dr Delta Merner, added: “Walking away doesn’t make the science disappear; it only leaves people across the United States, policymakers, and businesses flying in the dark at the very moment when credible climate information is most urgently needed”. Democratic leaders of the House Sustainable Energy and Environment Coalition (SEEC) said that Trump “is abandoning America’s international leadership and allowing competitors and adversaries to step into the void we leave behind”. They added: “At a time when climate change impacts are accelerating – whether it’s ever-worsening fire seasons, more intense hurricanes, or prolonged droughts – choosing withdrawal over leadership is shortsighted and profoundly irresponsible. Climate change does not respect borders, and we cannot address this crisis alone. The UN had not responded at the time of publication. Image Credits: Giorgia Galletoni , Wikimedia Commons. Controversial US-Backed Vaccination Study to Begin in Guinea-Bissau 07/01/2026 Kerry Cullinan US Health and Human Services Secretary Robert F Kennedy Jr. A US government-funded trial on the timing of hepatitis B vaccinations, which will delay vaccination for up to 7,000 newborns in Guinea-Bissau, is due to start this week. The US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) has awarded a controversial Danish research group a $1,6 million five-year grant to study the “optimal timing and delivery of monovalent hepatitis B vaccinations on newborns in Guinea-Bissau”, according to the US Health and Human Services’ (HHS) federal register. The trial aims to enrol 14,000 newborns in a “randomized controlled trial to assess the effects of neonatal Hepatitis B vaccination on early-life mortality, morbidity, and long-term developmental outcomes”, according to HHS register. Half of the babies will get vaccinated at birth, while the other half will get vaccinated six weeks later. However, the World Health Organisation (WHO) has recommended hepatitis B vaccinations since 1992, and universal birth vaccinations from 2009. The vaccination is usually given as a series of three or four injections, and several clinical trials have already established the best intervals for the vaccinations. “[Robert F Kennedy Jr], the Secretary of Health and Human Services, will soon conduct his own Tuskegee experiment,” US paediatrician Dr Paul Offit, co-inventor of a rotavirus vaccine, wrote this week on his Substack platform. “He has chosen the resource-poor nation of Guinea-Bissau, West Africa, to do it. Guinea-Bissau is currently overwhelmed by hepatitis B virus. About 18% of the population is infected. The World Health Organization (WHO) strongly recommends that all children in all countries receive a birth dose of hepatitis B vaccine to prevent mother-to-child transmission,” added Offit, director of the Vaccine Education Center and an attending physician at Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia and a professor of both Paediatrics and Vaccinology at the University of Pennsylvania. https://t.co/D7Ugn9a3J5 RFK Jr. is about to launch a dangerously unethical experiment in West Africa pic.twitter.com/BmW8JhcKCB — Paul Offit (@DrPaulOffit) January 6, 2026 Tuskegee refers to a 40-year US study that withheld syphilis treatment from 399 African Americans between 1932 and 1972 to observe the effects of the disease when untreated. Hepatitis B virus is an extremely contagious virus that infects the liver. It is transmitted through blood and bodily fluids and can be transmitted sexually, through contaminated needles, and – most commonly – to babies during birth from an infected mother. It is the leading cause of liver cancer worldwide. Controversial Danish researchers The CDC grant has been awarded to the Bandim Health Project at the University of Southern Denmark, which is led by controversial married couple Dr Christine Stabell Benn and Dr Peter Aaby. Stabell Benn is an adviser to the US Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP), which recently resolved to stop recommending hepatitis B vaccines to US newborns. ACIP has advised that it is up to parents to decide on the vaccination. US newborns have been vaccinated against hepatitis B since 1991, and this policy has reduced infections in children by 99%. Stabell Benn and Aaby’s research has focused on the “non-specific effects” (NSE) of vaccines. They have conducted trials involving thousands of children in Guinea-Bissau and Denmark, and assert that all vaccines should also be tested for NSEs. However, the journal Vaccine recently published a comprehensive review of 13 trials conducted by their research group, Bandim, which showed that their trials have been unable to show non-specific effects for measles, tuberculosis, diphtheria, tetanus, and whooping cough vaccines. “We were surprised to find several instances of questionable research practices, such as unpublished primary outcomes, outcome switching, reinterpretation of trials based on statistically fragile subgroup analyses, and frequent promotion of cherry-picked secondary findings as causal, even when primary outcomes yielded null results,” according to the review, which was headed by Dr Henrik Støvring of the Department of Biomedicine, at Aarhus University in Denmark. Enrolment before new policy rollout Currently, babies in Guinea-Bissau only receive the hepatitis B vaccination from six weeks’ old. But some 11% of children in the country are already infected with hepatitis B by the age of 18 months, so the government has resolved to introduce vaccination at birth from 2027, as recommended by the WHO. The hepatitis B vaccine is delivered in a series of three or four injections. When given within 24 hours of birth, the vaccine is up to 90% effective in preventing mother-to-child infection. Bandim says its trial will stop enrolling participants when the government rollout of the hepatitis B vaccine to newborns starts. They will follow their cohort for five years, primarily to compare “overall mortality and hospitalisations,” and “secondary outcomes”, looking at “atopic dermatitis and neurodevelopment”, according to a Bandim media release. “The hepatitis B vaccine at birth has never been tested on a large scale for its overall health effects, so it is unknown whether the vaccine has non-specific health effects,” added Bandim. But Professor Gavin Yamey, director of the Center for Policy Impact in Global Health at Duke University, argues that “it is unethical to do a randomized controlled trial in which you withhold a proven, life-saving vaccine from newborn babies”. Meanwhile, Offit contends that “RFK Jr. has manipulated the study to support his unsupportable, science-resistant beliefs about harms caused by the hepatitis B vaccine”. He also notes that the study is single-blinded, which means that researchers will know which children received a birth dose of the vaccine. “This allows for investigator bias, where the investigator might find vague neurodevelopmental problems in the birth-dose group but not the six-week group,” he added. Key Moments for Climate and Health Diplomacy in 2026 07/01/2026 Arthur Wyns Health workers demand a phase out of fossil fuel at COP30 in Belem, Brazil. The last 12 months have been an unpredictable rollercoaster for those of us working in global health, climate change and development: trade wars, real wars, job and finance cuts, cost of living pressures, attacks on science, the rise of far-right extremism, and the increasingly deadly impacts of climate change, to name but a few of the challenges we currently face. Only a fool would have the confidence to predict what happens next. This author will try, nevertheless. Here are some of the key moments in global health and climate change that we can expect in 2026. January: High Seas Treaty becomes international law Two-thirds of the world’s oceans are unregulated and subjected to overfishing and pollution. The High Seas Treaty offers leagl protection for marine biodiversity in international waters. The High Seas Treaty officially enters into force on 17 January. The treaty – formally known as the UN Agreement on Biodiversity Beyond National Jurisdiction (BBNJ) – was adopted by UN Member States in June 2023 after nearly two decades of negotiations. It has now been ratified by over 60 countries and will enter into force in January. The treaty offers new legal protections for marine biodiversity in international waters, which cover nearly half the planet’s surface. By enabling the establishment of marine protected areas and strengthening international rules, the treaty can help achieve the global biodiversity goals of protecting 30% of the planet’s land and ocean by 2030. Welcoming the development, UN Secretary-General António Guterres said “the ocean’s health is humanity’s health”. February: Negotiations on the global plastics treaty Protestors gather outside UN plastics treaty talks at the Palais des Nations in Geneva, Switzerland, in 2024. Global talks on a treaty to end plastic pollution collapsed in August 2025 after six rounds of negotiations. A coalition of over 100 countries wants the agreement to reduce plastic production, to ban the most dangerous chemicals used in plastic products and to protect human health. Oil-producing countries, on the other hand, have resisted a limit on plastic production in the treaty, arguing that it should only focus on demand-side measures like recycling. On 7 February, a short session of the Intergovernmental Negotiating Committee (INC) will appoint a new chair to facilitate the discussions between countries, with a series of negotiations likely to follow throughout 2026. April: International conference on fossil fuel transition Climate activists call for a transition away from fossil fuel at COP30 The governments of Colombia and the Netherlands will co-host the first-ever International Conference on the Just Transition Away from Fossil Fuels. This follows calls by over 80 countries at COP30 to develop a global roadmap to transition away from fossil fuels. The convening will take place on 28-29 April in the Colombian port city of Santa Marta, which is the country’s major port for coal exports. Pacific nations have also committed to convening a follow-up meeting to advance the outcomes. It remains to be seen how the Colombia conference and efforts to develop a global fossil fuel reduction roadmap can be introduced into the formal climate negotiations. The roadmap currently sits outside of the formal UN regime, with the Brazilian COP30 presidency holding the pen. Some creative diplomatic manoeuvring by the countries supporting the roadmap might be needed to anchor it to COP31 at the end of the year. May: World Health Assembly The 2025 World Health Assembly (WHA) adopted the pandemic agreement, and WHA 2026 is due to finalise the last portion of this agreement. The 79th World Health Assembly is scheduled for 18–23 May in the Swiss capital of Geneva. The gathering of the world’s health ministers is expected to finalise the Pathogen Access and Benefit-Sharing (PABS) system as part of the new WHO Pandemic Agreement. Discussions on wider global health reform will also gather pace. Following the adoption of WHO’s Global Action Plan on Climate and Health last year, we can expect continued pressure from countries to strengthen the global response to the health impacts of climate change. The health harms of fossil fuels will likely receive renewed attention at this year’s WHA. Even though WHO’s climate plans omitted a focus on fossil fuels, many countries and partners are pushing for stronger action to transition away from polluting energy sources. June: UN climate talks in Bonn Following a mixed outcome at the COP30 UN Climate Change Conference in Belém, Brazil, governments will have to pick up the pieces at the climate negotiations from 8 to 18 June in the German city of Bonn. Key areas of work will include the implementation of a set of indicators — including health indicators – to track global progress on climate adaptation. Following a push by Island Countries, negotiators will also discuss how to respond to the persistent gap in ambition to reduce temperatures to 1.5°. A first-of-its-kind dialogue on the role of trade and international cooperation in taking climate action will also take place. June: Elections in Ethiopia The Ethiopian delegation at COP30. The country hosts COP32. The country hosting the COP32 climate conference in 2028 will go to the polls mid-year. Elections in Africa’s second-most populous country may give local and international observers an initial sense of the political difficulties that Ethiopia will have to navigate while hosting the world’s most important climate conference in 2028. The ruling Prosperity Party, led by Prime Minister Abiy Ahmed, is expected to win following the jailing or expulsion of most opposition leaders. A new draft law prepared by Abiy’s government will grant authorities far-reaching powers to restrict civil society groups on “national security” grounds. August: Pacific Island Forum A WHO field staff member talks to a woman fetching water in Kiribati, one of the Pacific Island nations threatened by climate change and sea level rise. The Republic of Palau will host the 55th Pacific Islands Forum (PIF) in August. The forum will bring together the heads of state from the Pacific Islands, Australia and New Zealand, alongside regional organisations and civil society. The PIF plays an important role in developing a common position across Pacific Island countries. Among the key topics will be the role of oceans in securing health and climate goals, as well as a push for a just transition to a Fossil Fuel Free Pacific. This year’s forum might host follow-up discussions on a global roadmap to transition away from fossil fuels, and will function as a stepping stone to a Pacific pre-COP two months later. October: European mayors’ summit on climate and health The mayor of Cork has invited mayors from across Europe to attend a major summit on climate and health. During the summit, city leaders will explore city-led solutions that reduce emissions, strengthen resilience, and enhance the well-being of populations. This will come at a time when Ireland holds the Presidency of the Council of the European Union. October: Pre-COP in the Pacific About a month before the COP31 climate conference kicks off in Türkiye, ministers and lead climate negotiators will be invited to the Pacific for a pre-COP meeting. A pre-COP is a preparatory meeting for key decision makers, which provides a key forcing moment to align on priorities, build coalitions, and settle early disagreements before the formal climate negotiations commence. By hosting the pre-COP, Pacific island countries (the host island has yet to be decided) can ensure their priorities remain at the centre of the climate talks and raise the bar for success at COP. The Pacific has long prioritised climate and health, including with a special initiative to address the health impacts of climate change in Small Island Developing States at COP23 in 2019, which was presided over by Fiji. October: Global conference on tipping points Global mean temperatures are set to breach the Paris agreement target of 1.5°C, at least temporarily. Malaysia will host a Global Tipping Points Conference in October, following successful events in 2022 and 2025. The conference will provide the latest scientific updates on global climate tipping points and risks with a focus on Asia and the Pacific. It will also share opportunities and initiatives to drive accelerated climate action through positive tipping. The conference, hosted by the Sunway Centre for Planetary Health in Kuala Lumpur, will have a particular focus on tipping points at the climate-health-equity nexus in Asia-Pacific. November: COP31 UN climate conference COP31 will take place in the Turkish resort town of Antalya this year from 10-21 November. Türkiye will physically host the talks, be in charge of the action agenda, and appoint the COP31 president, while Australia will lead the formal negotiations. If Australia, Türkiye and the Pacific can combine their diplomatic assets, they might be able to meaningfully improve climate diplomacy and international collaboration between countries. However, the COP31 power-sharing between Türkiye and Australia is an unprecedented and potentially risky arrangement, given the current geopolitical environment. Despite not being formally on the agenda for COP31, fossil fuels will likely be one of the main areas of focus. The case for a rapid shift away from fossil fuels is getting stronger by the day. Expect the economic, energy security, and health arguments against fossil fuels to gather pace in 2026. However, whether the UN climate negotiations themselves can actually yield a more detailed commitment on fossil fuel phaseout before the end of the year remains to be seen. All we can say for certain is that 2026 promises to be an interesting year for climate and health diplomacy. Arthur Wyns is a former senior advisor to the United Arab Emirates COP28 Presidency and the secretariat lead for Friends of Climate and Health, an informal group of countries exploring opportunities to integrate health and well-being into UN climate negotiations. He is also a research fellow at the University of Melbourne, an editor of the Journal of Climate and Health and the governance co-lead of the climate-migration-health network. Image Credits: Mike Muzurakis IISD/ENB , Julia Goralski/ Unsplash, UNEP, Mike Muzurakis IISD/ENB , Mike Muzurakis/ IISD ENB , WHO / Yoshi Shimizu, WMO. US Shrinks Childhood Vaccine Schedule; Drops Six Common Vaccines from CDC Recommendations 06/01/2026 Sophia Samantaroy Among the core vaccines no longer recommended for all children are those that protect against rotavirus, RSV, influenza, meningococcal disease, hepatitis A, and hepatitis B. HHS Secretary Robert F Kennedy Jr makes good on promise to reduce the number of recommended vaccines. US health officials announced Monday an overhauled version of the vaccines recommended to infants and adolescents, shrinking the number of diseases for which vaccines should be administered from 17 to 11. The decision follows a December 5, 2025 directive from President Donald Trump to the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) to review the US childhood vaccine schedule in comparison to those of wealthy, peer-nations, citing Denmark, Germany and Japan in particular. The revisions now mean that the US will go from being one of the developed nations with the highest number of diseases covered – to one of the lowest – according to HHS’s own analysis. In fact, only Denmark recommends fewer jabs – for just 10 diseases in total. Greece and Ireland recommend immunization for 16 diseases and five countries recommend immunization against 15 diseases, including Australia, Canada, Denmark, Ireland, Spain and the United Kingdom. Japan recommends childhood immunization against 14 different diseases. A table from HHS’s assessment of the US vaccine schedule in comparison to other wealthy nations. The table shows the number of doses for each type of vaccine recommended. The “# Mandated” row uses the example of New York state. The “18-19” number in the bottom right reflects the number of shots a child could receive if they take a yearly COVID-19 and flu shot. Some vaccines are duplicated, such as the measles, mumps, rubella combined vaccine (MMR). “A” reflects the new CDC guidance that these shots be only for high-rish patients or at the bequest of caregivers. The US has no childhood federal vaccine mandate – these vary by state. Among the core vaccines CDC will no longer recommend for all children are those that protect against rotavirus, influenza, meningococcal disease, hepatitis A, and hepatitis B (HBV). The CDC also dropped a relatively new recommendation for newborns to be vaccinated against Respiratory Syncytial Virus (RSV) – if their mothers had not been previously vaccinated. RSV is the single largest cause of childhood hospitalizations in the US today, burdening the healthcare system with 80,000 hospitalizations a year. And the new CDC policy reduces the number of recommended doses against HPV – a key cause of cervical cancer – from two to one. This is contrary to the two-dose advice of most other developed nations and the World Health Organization. WHO’s cervical cancer elimination strategy calls for a dramatic reduction in cases by 2030, largely through mass immunization programs. Another key point of concern for US public health experts is the removal of any broad recommendation for vaccination against hepatitis B – a leading cause of liver disease and a vaccine that almost every other developed country includes for newborns or infants. Instead, the updated recommendation urges caregivers to consult with their physicians if their child falls into a “high risk” category. Already in December 2025, the CDC in recommended to delay administration of the hepatitis B (HBV) vaccine for infants by six months. The Department of Health and Human Services Secretary Robert F Kennedy Jr’s longtime skepticism about the HBV vaccine played a central part of his Senate confirmation hearing where Senator Bill Cassidy (R-LA), a medical doctor and liver specialist, credited the vaccine with saving some 90,000 children’s lives in the US since 1991. Despite the reassurances that Kennedy provided at that time to the Senate Confirmation Committee to follow well-established evidence on immunization’s benefits, the HHS Secretary, who built his career around vaccine hesitancy, has now made good on his previous record as a vaccine skeptic. Changes announced Monday following a brief review U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) Secretary Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. conducts the swearing-in ceremony of Jim O’Neill as the Department’s Deputy Secretary Monday, June 9, 2025 at the Hubert H. Humphrey Building in Washington, D.C. (Source: HHS by Amy Rossetti) The changes were announced abruptly Monday by acting Centers for Disease Control and Prevention Director Jim O’Neill. He directed the public health agency to move forward immediately on the new CDC recommendations. The Trump Administration’s health leadership has argued that the change will increase transparency and rebuild trust in health institutions. “After an exhaustive review of the evidence, we are aligning the U.S. childhood vaccine schedule with international consensus while strengthening transparency and informed consent. This decision protects children, respects families, and rebuilds trust in public health,” Kennedy said in the statement. But the overhaul also is an unprecedented departure from the evidence-based process the US previously used to decide its vaccine schedule. Normally an independent federal advisory panel of experts would review studies and data for each vaccine before publishing recommendations. In this instance, CDC director O’Neill issued the changes in a memorandum responding to a request by Trump for such a review only a month ago – and with the underlying analysis based on a comparison of schedules in other nations. The comparisons between the seemingly high number of actual shots, or jabs, US children previously received as compared to those of other nations is also somewhat misleading – insofar as annual flu and COVID-19 vaccines up until the age of 18 are included in the US count of previous recommendations – totaling about 35 or 36 more shots across 18 years. But in November, the CDC last year already stated that COVID vaccination for children, while recommended, should be a matter of “individual decision-making.” And WHO’s own recommendations for COVID-19 vaccination of children were already reversed post-pandemic, advising only one dose for never-vaccinated children with co-morbidities. In 2010, the CDC did adopt a universal recommendation for annual childhood sesasonal flu vaccination. That went further than the current WHO recommendation which recommends prioritizing seasonal flu vaccine for “health workers, individuals with comorbidities and underlying conditions, older adults and pregnant women,” adding only that “Depending on national disease goals, capacity and resources, epidemiology, national policies and priorities, and disease burden, countries may consider additional (sub)populations for vaccination, such as children.” Concerns that hospitalizations, deaths may increase View this post on Instagram A post shared by Jessica Malaty Rivera, MS | Making Science Make Sense (@jessicamalatyrivera) “Fewer vaccinations (specifically for rotavirus, COVID-19, influenza, RSV, meningococcal disease, hepatitis A and hepatitis B) will result in an increase in disease, disability, and death, wrote epidemiologist and infectious disease specialist Jessica Malaty Rivera in a post. “Please ignore this unscientific nonsense and follow the @ameracadpeds schedule alongside your pediatrician.” Prior to the vaccines and therapeutics that prevent RSV, for instance, the virus accounted for over one in four hospitalizations among young children in the US. Other physicians and health experts criticized the shift for causing confusion and for ignoring decades of vaccine studies demonstrating safety and efficacy. “Know this: Even as our government shifts its recommendation language, I would never forgo the RSV, hepatitis A & B, or meningitis vaccines for my own kids,” said Dr Scott Hadland, a pediatrician and chief of adolescent medicine at Harvard. “This is health policy malpractice at the highest level and must be reversed before children and families suffer,” said Dr George C Benjamin, executive director of the American Public Health Association. Attempt to bring US “in-line” with other wealthy countries The 33-page CDC policy document argues that in light of falling vaccination rates across the US and the lack of trust in public health institutions, the US should therefore cut back on the number of recommended vaccines. “Bringing the U.S. pediatric immunization schedule in line with the consensus of peer nations while keeping non-consensus vaccines available for high-risk groups and populations and/orthrough shared clinical decision-making is a balanced approach to reform and restore trust in public health,” the document says. Traditionally, the US has recommended slightly more vaccines, on average, than “peer” nations. However, the US also continues to face surges of measles, hepatitis A, RSV, and other infectious diseases. The other problem with policy decisions based on comparisons with other high income countries experts say, is that the US has a far larger, and more sickly, population that often lacks access to primary healthcare. “Many high-income countries have universal coverage and paid family leave that make it easier to get care and stay safe when kids get sick,” said Dr Uché Blackstock, a physician and health equity advocate in a social media post. “You cannot copy the [vaccine] list without copying the supports,” Blackstock said. Denmark and Japan’s healthier population, more robust healthcare systems, surveillance, testing, and social support mean there is less of a reliance on vaccines. “We have fragmented insurance, we’ve got millions uninsured, we don’t have a national health registry and we’ve got enormous gaps in the continuity of care,” said Dr. Jake Scott, an infectious disease specialist at Stanford University School of Medicine. “And we use broader vaccine recommendations because our system can’t reliably identify and follow up with every person at risk.” Assessment downplays risk of rotavirus, meningococcal disease, HPV A screen capture of the CDC website with the burden of rotavirus on the US Of the vaccines being cut from the list, RSV and rotavirus pose a significant burden to the healthcare system. Prior to the RSV maternal vaccine and monoclonal antibodies, up to 80,000 children were hospitalized with the virus. Nearly all children were infected with rotavirus prior to the vaccine. It caused 20-60 deaths each year, according to the CDC. “Reasonable people can reach different conclusions about recommending the rotavirus vaccine for all children,” says the assessment. The assessment also argued that low rates of meningococcal disease warranted an end of recommendations. “Considering the low incidence of meningococcal disease in the U.S., the meningococcal vaccine should not be part of the consensus recommended vaccine schedule.” These low rates are due in large part to vaccinations. Still covered by health insurers? The vaccines dropped from the CDC’s recommendations should still be covered by health insurance systems – the new CDC policy also states. But it is unclear whether health insurers in the US’s fragmented public health system will in fact guarantee continued access for all of those who would like to get a shot – once the actual CDC recommendation has been removed. The authors of the new CDC policy are Dr Tracy Beth Høeg, a Danish-American physician and Food and Drug Administration director of the Center for Drug Research and Evaluation, and Martin Kulldorff. They are self-described in the assessment as “one of the most pro-vaccine scientists in the country” – however, they garnered significant attention during the COVID pandemic for their anti-COVID-19 vaccine stances. Kulldorff’s bio continues in the assessment: “In early 2021, he was one of the first public health scientists to publicly oppose Covid vaccine mandates and it is hard to imagine a policy doing more harm to the trust in vaccines and public health.” Image Credits: European Union, Quinn Dombrowski, HHS , Amy Rossetti, CDC. UN Agencies, Aid Groups Protest Israel’s Move to Bar Many NGOs from Gaza as Winter Exacerbates Dire Conditions 06/01/2026 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Gaza tent camp surrounded by mud from unusually heavy winter storms; new Israeli restructions on NGO activities would further impede humanitarian efforts, UN and partner agencies charge. Senior United Nations officials and humanitarian leaders have urged Israel to reverse plans to withhold registration from more three-dozen international NGOs providing humanitarian relief in war-torn Gaza and the Israeli-occupied West Bank – warning that the move would severely undermine life-saving aid in a moment of acute humanitarian need. Israel said last Thursday that some 37 international NGOs operating in Palestinian areas it controls, including the internationally renowned Médecins Sans Frontières, had not complied with a deadline to meet “security and transparency standards” now required by Israel for re-licensing in 2026. The NGOs are contesting new Israeli rules requiring them to disclose personal information on local Palestinian staff. For those NGOs that don’t comply, Israel has said it “will enforce” a ban on their activities in 2026. The government approved the new registration rules in March 2025 – in the wake of Israeli government allegations that two former MSF staff members were involved with Hamas or other armed groups. MSF has denied knowingly hiring people with military ties. In a related move, Israel last week also cut off water and electricity to the now vacant Jerusalem facilities of UNRWA, the UN Palestinian Refugee Agency, under legislation approved by the Knesset, or Parliament to close down the UN agency’s operations in areas under Israeli control. On Monday, seven European countries, including Spain, Ireland and Norway, condemned the move calling it a violation of international law with “grave humanitarian consequences.” Joint UN Agency statement decries move In a joint statement 31 December, the Inter-Agency Standing Committee (IASC), which represents about 20 heads of UN agencies and major humanitarian organisations, said that international NGOs collectively deliver nearly $1 billion in assistance each year in the occupied Palestinian territory and are “central to humanitarian operations,” particularly in Gaza. “Humanitarian access is not optional, conditional or political,” the statement said. It warned that restricting NGO operations during winter, amid continued food insecurity and recent flood-related displacement, risks undoing fragile gains made since the October 2025 Israeli-Hamas ceasefire – and would have “devastating” consequences for Gaza’s civilian population. The signatories included the UN emergency relief coordinator Tom Fletcher, the World Health Organization’s Dr. Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, as well as the heads of the UN Refugee Agency (UNHCR); the UN Development Pogramme (UNDP); UNICEF, the UN Childrens Agency; the World Food Programme; and leaders of major civil society groups such as Oxfam, Save the Children, Mercy Corps and Caritas Internationalis. MSF condemns “cynical” attempt to block aid A pregnant Palestinian mother, Donia Alouf, and her 1 year-old son, Ahmed, who was diagnosed with malnutrition, receive treatment in an MSF-supported Gaza city clinic. COGAT, the Israeli Defense Ministry agency coordinating Gaza humanitarian aid, has said that the new registration process is designed to prevent the misuse of humanitarian aid by Hamas, which it claims has exploited aid frameworks for to divert funds and recruit local aid employees for its own military purposes. COGAT also contended that the revocation of the licenses to the 37 NGOs will not substantially affect aid delivery, claiming that the affected organizations had not provided substantial aid to Gaza since the ceasefire began on October 10. And before the ceasefire, their combined contribution amounted to only a small proportion of total aid, Israel said. Médecins Sans Frontières (MSF), one of the most prominent organisations affected by Israel’s registration decision, contested Israel’s claims. An MSF press statement noted that the organization currently supports one in five hospital beds in Gaza and assists one in three mothers during childbirth. “In the last year, MSF teams have treated hundreds of thousands of patients and delivered hundreds of millions of litres of water,” said Pascale Coissard, MSF emergency coordinator for Gaza, in a 22 December statement. “In 2025 alone, we carried out almost 800,000 outpatient consultations and handled more than 100 000 trauma cases, and if we obtain registration, we plan to continue strengthening our activities in 2026.” Describing the move as a “cynical and calculated attempt” at political control, MSF said that blocking its activities and those of other NGOs that refused to register their Palestinian staff would exact a “terrible cost” after Gaza’s health system has been decimated. Only about half of the enclave’s 36 hospitals are functioning, and those only partially. International organizations say new Israel’s rules potentially endanger staff A toddler plays with dolls in MSF’s burn unit in Nasser hospital, Gaza, in May 2025. She was severely burned in an Israeli airstrike that struck her family’s tent in the Al-Mawasi humanitarian zone, which also killed her mother and two siblings. The healing process was hindered by a lack of proper nutrition and protein for the child, unavailable due to the Israeli halt to most humanitarian aid between March and late May. MSF said Israel’s core demand, that the NGO’s share personal information about Palestinians employees, is especially dangerous in Gaza where humanitarian workers have been intimidated, detained, attacked and killed. Some 15 MSF colleagues have reportedly been killed by Israeli forces. “Demanding staff lists as a condition for access to territory is an outrageous overreach,” MSF said, adding that there is no clarity on how such sensitive data would be used or shared. The organization said Israeli authorities had ignored repeated requests for meetings and instead accused MSF in the media of harbouring alleged militants – an allegation MSF rejects. “MSF would never knowingly employ anyone involved in military activities, which contradicts our core values and ethics,” the organization said. “Denying medical assistance to civilians is unacceptable under any circumstances, and it is appalling to use humanitarian aid as a tool of policy or collective punishment.” Israel’s moves on UNRWA follow in the wake of allegations that surfaced in 2024, charging that some 19 UNRWA employees participated in the 7 October Hamas attacks on Israeli communities, and UNRWA facilities were also used for Hamas weapons storage and other military activities. UNRWA has denied most of the claims, while acknowledging that an internal UN investigation led to the termination of nine UNRWA employees where “evidence obtained … – if authenticated and corroborated – might indicate that the staff members may have been involved.” Meanwhile, Palestinian nationalists who are also critics of Hamas note that the pressures on local aid workers to filter food, funds or other forms of aid can be intense – particularly as the militant group has now regained control over the roughly 50% of Gaza that lies within the “yellow line” to which Israel withdrew in October. A chilling update from the ground in Gaza: Two of my friends, who have been running independent food drives via international crowdfunding, were stopped and interrogated by Hamas militants. After proving their transparency and showing that all funds are used for food and aid for… pic.twitter.com/d55tKopGHM — Hamza (@HowidyHamza) January 5, 2026 Shelter crisis deepens amid winter storms Tents and ruined buildings in Gaza surrounded by mud. The curbs on the activities of the NGOs comes as housing and sanitary conditions in Gaza continue to deteriorate amidst a series of heavy winter storms, particularly for hundreds of thousands of displaced people living in makeshift shelters, according to the end December update of the UN Office for the Coordination of Humanitarian Affairs (OCHA). The unusually heavy rainfall has flooded tents and caused already unstable buildings to collapse – forcing displaced families to move yet again in search of safer ground. Seawater inundation has rendered shelters uninhabitable in coastal areas such as Al Mawasi in Khan Younis, while heavy winds have destroyed or severely damaged many tents. As of 30 December, humanitarian partners have provided emergency shelter assistance to more than 80,000 Gazan households, distributing tens of thousands of tents, tarpaulins and bedding items. Despite these efforts, more than one million Gazans out of a population of 2.1 million still need urgent shelter support, OCHA said. According to Gaza’s Hamas-controlled Ministry of Health, at least 17 people died in December due to the collapse of storm- and flood-damaged buildings, while three children died of hypothermia. WHO, MSF and other partners have reported consistently high rates of respiratory infections, warning that winter conditions are driving further illness, particularly among young children. Sewage, waste and public health risks A Palestinian boy walks past tents during a break in the rain in Jabalya, North Gaza. Waste mixed with floodwaters increases exposures to infectious diseases. Flooding has also intensified Gaza’s long-running sewage and solid waste crisis – and along with that infectious disease risks related to sewage exposure. The UN Water, Sanitation and Hygiene (WASH) Cluster reports that damaged infrastructure, fuel shortages and restrictions on the entry of equipment are limiting the ability to manage wastewater and storm runoff. Recent rains raised water levels in inland lagoons such as Wadi Gaza and Sheikh Radwan, heightening the risk of overflow and sewage contamination on land, as well as into the sea. The Palestinian Water Authority says it has been forced to rely on short-term measures because critical equipment such as pumps, pipes and electromechanical components has been denied entry by Israel. Solid waste management remains severely constrained. Since 7 October 2023, Hamas miiltants first invaded Israeli communities on the Gaza periphery in the opening salvo of the war, an estimated $66 million in damage has been recorded to waste management systems, including the destruction of more than 200 collection trucks and widespread damage to facilities. Gaza’s two main landfills remain inaccessible, forcing municipalities to rely on overcrowded temporary dumping sites. Waste generation far exceeds collection capacity in northern Gaza, where only about 60 per cent of daily waste is collected. This has resulted in continued accumulation of solid waste in densely populated areas, exacerbating public health and environmental risks. While a recent analysis found that famine conditions in Gaza have been pushed back, acute food insecurity and malnutrition remain critically high, and aid officials warn that progress remains fragile. “Needs are growing faster than aid can get in,” UN Secretary-General António Guterres declared in a late December press briefing, stressing that predictable and unimpeded access for humanitarian actors is essential to address the immense challenges faced. “We need more crossings, the lifting of restrictions on critical items, the removal of red tape, safe routes inside Gaza, sustained funding, and unimpeded access – including for NGOs,” Guterres said. “And we cannot lose sight of the rapidly deteriorating situation in the West Bank,” he added referring to escalating Israeli settler violence, land seizures, demolitions and displacement as well as intensified restrictions on movement – affecting Palestinian access to vital health and social services as well as livelihoods. Against that landscape, the prospect of new Israeli bans on international NGOs threatens to further erode an already strained response. “Allowing humanitarian aid is not a favour,” MSF said. “It is an obligation under international law.” Image Credits: MSF , Palestinian Water Authority , Nour Alsaqqa/MSF, Palestinian Water Authority , OCHA . US EPA dismisses WHO Cancer Agency Determination that Widely Used Herbicide is ‘Probably Carcinogenic’ 05/01/2026 Sophia Samantaroy Over 70 million tons of atrazine is applied to US soil each year. The chemical is now deemed a ‘probable’ carcinogen to humans. The US Environmental Protection Agency has dismissed a recent finding that atrazine, the second most widely-used herbicide in the United States, is “probably carcinogenic to humans” by the World Health Organization’s cancer review agency. Atrazine is used extensively in the US on crops like corn, sorghum, and sugarcane. However, over 60 countries have banned the chemical due to its endocrine-disrupting properties and tendency to contaminate groundwater. In a new classification, published in the January, 2026 issue of The Lancet Oncology, the International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) ranked atrazine as probably carcinogenic to humans based on what it described as “limited evidence” for cancer in humans and “sufficient evidence for cancer in experimental animals.” The agency’s findings are independent assessments that guide national regulatory authorities worldwide in the promulgation of rules around chemicals used in agriculture, food systems and occupational settings. The IARC assessment was the first in nearly three decades. In 1998 the organization said the compound was not classifiable as to its carcinogenicity to humans. Since the IARC findings were initially released in late November, the US Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), as well as chemical producers in China and elsewhere, have pushed back against the new classification. Both used almost identical terms in describing the determination as “flawed” and “inconsistent with scientific consensus.” Hormone disruptor, cancer risk of atrazine Atrazine has been linked to non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma Atrazine’s cancer links include evidence of oxidative stress, hormone disruption, immune suppression, and actual tumor growth, IARC found in its abbreviated evaluation of atrazine and two other compounds. In particular, IARC pointed to animal studies that showed tumor growth in the mammary glands and uterus of female rats, reduced estrogen and testosterone in both male and female rats, and induced cell death and division. The most recent study IARC cites, from 2024, also concluded that male rats also experience oxidative stress and severe hormone disruption. In humans, only a handful of studies have been published so far. However, IARC noted that two case-control studies that reported “strong positive associations between exposure to atrazine…and translocation-positive NHL [non-Hodgkin’s Lymphoma]” among exposed farm workers. Links to other human cancers did not show “consistent positive findings.” Beyond its cancer inks, atrazine exposure is also associated with birth defects, reproductive harm, and hormone disruption, in papers not cited by IARC – an agency that focuses almost exclusively on cancer risks. US regulators and manufacturers push back The US EPA said IARC’s findings used a “deeply flawed approach to its cancer assessments” In a 21 November statement, Syngenta, the agrochemical company that produces most of the US’s atrazine, said: “[c]urrent scientific evidence clearly demonstrate[s] that atrazine is safe when applied in accordance with registered label instructions.” Syngenta is owned by the Chinese state-operated company Sinochem. Speaking to Health Policy Watch just a few days after the Syngenta statement, EPA used identical terms, arguing that IARC’s findings “stir up fear” by also including “very hot beverages, red meat, working the night shift and hairdressing in the same classification.” “This announcement on atrazine is just another example of the World Health Organization International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) using a deeply flawed approach to its cancer assessments on multiple levels,” the EPA added. The EPA spokesperson complained, in particular, that the two-page article published so far is just a brief summary of the full review, which is only due to be published later this year, according to IARC. “[F]or IARC to roll out these “findings” and unnecessarily stir up fear when IARC has said it will not be publishing any of its detailed science until late 2026 or 2027 is irresponsible and lacks transparency. Currently, there is no opportunity for anyone to meaningfully review how IARC has reached its conclusions,” said the EPA’s press office. “In contrast, atrazine has been extensively studied by EPA across multiple administrations, including having five meetings of independent Scientific Advisory Panels peer review the cancer potential of atrazine between 2009-2011,” EPA said. “As a reminder, IARC also has a long history of being severely misguided in its findings,” the EPA spokesperson said, citing past IARC findings on red meat and night shift work, among other factors, as possible or probable causes of cancer. In 2015 IARC concluded that red meat was a possible cause of cancer and processed meat is a probable cause. Those findings have since been echoed by the American Institute for Cancer Research, which in 2021 concluded “there is strong evidence that eating high amounts of red meat increases the risk of colorectal cancer.” The US Department of Agriculture’s most recent dietary guidelines also suggest reducing red meat consumption. The US CDC concluded in a 2021 report that there is “high confidence” that persistent night shift work that results in circadian disruption can cause human cancer. Environmental groups welcome IARC re-evaluation Latest estimates of atrazine use from the US Geological Survey, 2019 Separate EPA reviews in 2003 and 2018 concluded that available evidence does not support a relationship between atrazine exposure and human cancers. IARC cites one new animal study from 2024, while re-evaluating older data in a new light. For pesticide experts like Dr Jennifer Sass, a senior scientist at the Natural Resources Defense Council (NRDC), IARC’s re-evaluation was welcome – correcting industry bias in previous evaluations. . “With atrazine, there’s hormone disruption, there’s oxidative stress, there is indication of tumors in human and animal studies,” said Sass. “IARC gathered a solid expert array of people from different disciplines, including industry people. They didn’t second-guess or overinterpret the data. “The EPA needs to take another look at their assessment to account for the carcinogenicity,” said Sass. Canada, Australia and Brazil also use atrazine extensively Atrazine, also known under brand names such as Aatrex®, Aatram®, Atratol®, and Gesaprim® is the second most widely-used pesticide in the US after glyphosate – also known as Roundup®. Glyphosate also was designated as a probable carcinogen in humans by IARC in 2015, in a ruling that continues to trigger controversy between the US and trading partners that have banned the chemical. Across the US’s corn belt, up to 60 million pounds of atrazine is applied to treat US crops each year. Atrazine also is flushed from soil into streams or groundwater aquifers where it can contaminate drinking water supplies, according to the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. A 2017 analysis of EPA tap water data found that nearly 30 million Americans across 28 states have tap water that contains atrazine. Drinking water in these areas had atrazine levels three to seven times higher than the federal limit of three parts per billion during spikes due to run-off in spring and summer, according to another major research and advocacy non-profit, Environmental Working Group. “Because the EPA has been sweeping the evidence on cancer under the rug for the time it has been on the market for 50 years, they’re not monitoring for atrazine in the water. The drinking water standard should be zero, because it’s a carcinogen,” said Sass. But the US is not alone in its reliance on the chemical, which is typically applied to unplanted fields so as to kill any other weeds or plants before crops are planted. Canada, Australia, Brazil and China also use atrazine to increase crop yields. In the decades prior to IARC’s classification, 60 countries banned the use of atrazine. These include 27 European Union countries, most Middle Eastern countries, and even many African countries. However, in many lower-and-middle income countries where atrazine is banned, the chemical is often smuggled in illegally. The European Union banned atrazine in 2004 and most EU countries have since banned glyphosate as well. Mexico, which exports tens of billions of dollars of agricultural products to the US, had attempted to ban glyphosate. But in 2024 it postponed the ban indefinitely following pressure from industry and the US, citing the lack of an effective alternative. As international assessments increasingly flag risks associated with such chemicals, the US remains an outlier among high-income countries in continued widespread use. “We were all told for a long time that weed killers aren’t harmful to people because their mechanism of toxicity targets photosynthesis. We all believed them,” said Sass. “Because of that, we didn’t have proper food monitoring. We didn’t have proper drinking water monitoring. The people exposed to atrazine occupationally, whether by mixing it, loading it, applying it, manufacturing it, need to take the proper precautions because of how toxic it is. EPA stance contrasts sharply with MAHA rhetoric about healthier foods EPA’s pro-pesticide stance under the new US administration of President Donald Trump contrasts sharply with the healthy foods rhetoric of the “Make America Healthy Again” (MAHA) movement, critics also said. “Despite the rhetoric of MAHA, there will be no robust review of the dangers of pesticides by the Trump Administration,” said Sylvia Wu, of the Washington DC-based Center for Food Safety. “Instead, a toxic poison like atrazine will continue to contaminate our lands and waters, making our children sick for decades to come,” said Wu. Wu was responding, in particular, to another recent US Fish and Wildlife’s (FWS) statement that atrazine does not pose an extinction risk to any US endangered species. The Center for Food Safety sued the EPA in 2020 when the agency moved to reapprove atrazine, along with a host of other pesticides and herbicides, as part of a routine evaluation. “The public trust has been steamrolled by agrochemical interests,” said Sass of the Natural Resources Defence Council. “The EPA has fast-tracked the approval of their poisons, which is not only a violation of the public’s trust, but also of the mission of the EPA.” “Using modern farming methods, we do not need weed killers like atrazine. We simply don’t have to kill every weed to grow our crops. It. We don’t have to be so scorched earth in our farm practices,” Sass argued. “I look forward to the day that the US catches up to other countries in keeping American families safe from chemicals.” Image Credits: Akshat Jhingran , Waldemar Brandt , AP/Sierra Club, USGS. Near-Zero Change in Delhi’s Peak Air Pollution Levels Over Past Decade – But Big Change in Public Outrage 05/01/2026 Chetan Bhattacharji Delhi air pollution during peak days in mid-November 2025 – an annual public health crisis that remains unresolved. The latest ten-year data shows almost no change. Can the momentum of outrage finally push officials to take high-impact measures to lower pollution this year? It’s Delhi 2026. Since 2016, there’s been near-zero improvement in the city’s air pollution during the annual peak pollution period of October to December, a new analysis by the Center for Research on Energy and Clean Air (CREA) reveals. This period also usually sees peak coverage and public outrage about the crisis. In 2025, average levels for those peak months even inched up a notch over the year before to 177 micrograms/cubic meter (µg/m³) of PM2.5 – despite a slight decline in the annual average levels in 2025 as compared to 2024 (96 µg/m³ in 2025 versus 105 in 2024). This means average levels in the peak pollution months were over 35 times the WHO’s annual average guideline of 5 µg/m³ and 11 times the peak 24 guideline limit of 15 µg/m³. And that’s if questions over the robustness of the latest government monitoring data are ignored for the moment. For nine of these last 10 years, opposition-led the Aam Aadmi Party was in power in Delhi, while Narendra Modi’s BJP party has been in power at the national level during the entire time. Near-zero improvement in Delhi’s peak pollution months since 2016. In 2025, Delhi also elected a BJP-led state government, which means the BJP is now in power at the national, state and municipality level – a ‘triple engine sarkar’, as the Hindustan Times framed it, referring to the Hindi term for “government.” Indeed, the BJP not only controls Delhi, but also the governments of two key bordering states, Haryana and Uttar Pradesh – which generate smoke from crop waste burning that contributes to the capital’s autumn smog crisis. That’s also why the new Delhi government, led by Chief Minister Ms Rekha Gupta, was expected to be uniquely placed to reduce pollution when she assumed office. Yet, as the peak season began, there was little indication of a significant shift in strategy. Unprecedented outrage against air pollution Public outrage against air pollution in Delhi and northern India has escalated to a level not seen in many years. It’s been characterised by a mix of anger and cutting humour – reels, memes and so on – against the government and the crisis. There were other aspects. Multiple protests, including the one on 9th November where police detained several demonstrators, including parents, among others, demanding clean air for their children. Multiple groups have been created on various social media and messaging apps. Some TV anchors and journalists, seen to be close to the ruling establishment since 2014, took many by surprise by pivoting and questioning official inaction and apathy. View this post on Instagram A post shared by Newslaundry (@newslaundry) India’s air pollution is “a metaphor for the challenges facing the nation more broadly.… if India cannot solve a problem that manifestly and acutely affects its elite, the prospects for solving the larger challenges confronting the country remain slim,” observed Arvind Subramanian and Devesh Kapur, in their book, A Sixth of Humanity, published last October. India’s environment minister Bhupender Yadav held a series of meetings on Delhi’s pollution, including one where he directed officials to “ensure visible improvement” in the air quality across Delhi and its neighbourhood “within one week.” That was mid-December. By the end of the month, there was no improvement. In fact, this December saw the worst pollution since 2018. Delhi’s environment minister and chief minister held several meetings, extensively posted policy action and photo ops on social media. There have been some positive steps, like distributing electric heaters to gatekeepers at various residential areas, curbs on categories of polluting vehicles, and stricter enforcement of OCEMS, online continuous emissions monitoring systems, at thousands of factories. Gaps in pollution control Along with the global “embarrassment” mentioned in A Sixth of Humanity, critical technical gaps remain. Firstly, misplaced focus on PM10: The government’s focus remains on spraying water to control dust because it continues to prioritise controlling PM10 particulate matter pollutants rather than the finer PM2.5 ones. PM2.5 is dangerous because it is small enough to enter the bloodstream and, so, is more lethal, whereas the body’s defenses can often stop the larger PM10 particles. In theory, watering down dust may help, but in practice, there hasn’t been much improvement. As this clip shows there’s simply too much pollution. And this water mist barely tackles PM2.5. ⚪️ Installs anti smog guns on top of 13 high rise buildings in Delhi to tackle pollution.pic.twitter.com/CJQWH18SYt — Mediterranean Voice (@mediterranvoice) December 26, 2025 Secondly, lack of political will: At a national level, there’s a lack of political will to stop the practice of farmers burning the residue of the paddy harvest in the three states north of Delhi and upwind of the city – Punjab, Haryana and Uttar Pradesh. This contributes almost 10% of the pollution in October and November in Delhi and the neighbourhood, according to a government (IITM) study, but on certain days and hours, it can be much higher. Thirdly, pseudo-science over evidence: There has been a reluctance among decision-makers to fully embrace scientifically evidence-based action. So a lot of time, taxpayers’ money, and effort over the years have gone into what may be described as pseudo-science, like smog towers, or action taken against scientific advice, like cloud-seeding trials. Fourthly, flawed monitoring of vehicular pollution: The Delhi government has, in a well-intentioned move, made pollution-under-control (PUC) certificates mandatory for all vehicles. However, the old PUC regime is flawed, and it needs to be replaced as it doesn’t check for key pollutants like PM2.5 and nitrogen oxides, which are major contributors to Delhi’s pollution. But to give credit where credit is due: a new panel has been formed by the national government with external experts on curbing vehicular pollution, which contributes more than a third of the capital’s air pollution levels. Many vehicles in Delhi are highly polluting, contributing more than a third to ambient air pollution levels. Battle against air pollution, 2026 There have been political missteps, too. One example: In early July, after public protests pressured the Delhi government to quickly roll back stricter enforcement of limits on old, polluting vehicles, the same government also successfully petitioned the Supreme Court to reverse a previous ban on firecrackers during the annual Diwali festival of lights, arguing that certain brands of so-called “green firecrackers” would not pollute. They were wrong. And the ensuing smoke was a factor in 2025’s post-Diwali pollution being the worst in years; and the chief minister repeatedly came in for criticism for comments she made on pollution. In 2026, can the public’s pressure, and even the government’s momentum, for clean air action be sustained or will it, as in the past, fizzle out when Delhi’s peak pollution season tapers off? Republished, with slight adaptation, from the original ‘What Am I Breathing’ Substack by Chetan Bhattacharji, a senior correspondent for Health Policy Watch from Delhi. Image Credits: Chetan Bhattacharji, Centre for Research on Energy and Clean Air. 2025: A Brutal Year for Global Health 28/12/2025 Editorial team This has been a brutal year for global health, with shock cuts in development aid to countries most in need; a knock-on budget crisis for United Nations (UN) agencies; widespread humanitarian crises, extensive disease outbreaks, and mounting climate-related health challenges. Health Policy Watch (HPW) has provided daily coverage of developments, and our reporters were often the first to break news on a range of issues despite our small and under-resourced newsroom. Development aid plunge Chaos followed the immediate “pause” of all development aid from the United States as soon as Donald Trump became president in January. The “pause” included the US President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR), which funded three-quarters of HIV and tuberculosis programmes worldwide, including lifesaving antiretroviral medicine to 20.6 million people in 2024. Within weeks, clinics across Africa closed, and patients were turned away as there was no money for staff or medicine. Although US Secretary of State Marco Rubio later issued a limited waiver for “lifesaving” programmes, this was narrowly focused and ideological. Influenced by the Heritage Foundation’s view that HIV is a “lifestyle disease”, the Trump administration stopped funding HIV measures aimed at “key populations” most vulnerable to infection – including sex workers and men who have sex with men. DOGE’s Elon Musk brandishing a chainsaw given to him by Argentinian President Javier Milei (right) after cutting US government programmes and global development aid, resulting in deaths and chaos. Within two weeks of Trump assuming the presidency, his appointee, Elon Musk and a new Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE) had also dismantled the US Agency for International Development (USAID). Musk declared that “USAID is a criminal organisation. It’s time for it to die.” USAID was hugely influential, and its closure affected almost every country in the world – from Albania to Zambia. As USAID had administered 60% of PEPFAR funds, in many instances, there was no one left to provide goods and services for those projects covered by Rubio’s waiver. Reporting on this issue was led by HPW Deputy Editor Kerry Cullinan. WHO slashes staff The WHO headquarters in Geneva has been in upheaval all year over how to rearrange the organisation’s budget to make up the 25% cut. The US withdrawal from the World Health Organization (WHO) on Trump’s first day in office, and its reduced support for other UN agencies. unleashed mass layoffs and restructuring. The WHO is slashing its staff by around a quarter – aiming to shed about 2,371 staff by mid-2026 – many at the end of this year – with ripples across Geneva. This has affected WHO’s ability to respond to health emergencies across the world. HPW Editor-in-Chief Elaine Fletcher was often the first to report on the various developments, with an inside track to staff reactions, including the WHO Staff Association decision to challenge the fairness and legitimacy of the restructuring process and the mounting rage of lower-level staff as HPW highlighted data suggesting that low- and mid-level personnel will bear the brunt of cuts, while high-ranking executives, whose real costs far exceed their published salaries, remain largely protected. UNAIDS has also been forced to retrench 55% of its head office staff and cut its country offices by almost half after the US ceased to fund it, a move that affected 40% of its budget. The agency warned that the brupt funding cuts have resulted in “perilous risks” for the global HIV response that threaten the health and well-being of millions of people throughout the world. “It feels like the ground has been ripped out from under our feet,” a Mozambican woman with HIV told UNAIDS, which reported at the year’s end that over two million women and girls have been “deprived of essential health services”, and millions of people at high risk of acquiring HIV have lost access to “the most effective prevention tools available” – pre-exposure prophylaxis (PrEP). Gavi, the vaccine alliance, has pared down its staff by a third, which will also affect global vaccination efforts. Disease outbreaks surge – so does anti-vax activities Mosquitoes, which can carry dengue virus, thrive at warmer temperatures. Climate change is fueling dengue cases globally. Amid the chaos in global health funding, diseases have surged. Africa has experienced large outbreaks of cholera, measles, Lassa fever and mpox, while deadly Ebola and Marburg have also affected several countries. By 10 December, Africa CDC had recorded over 300,000 cholera cases, over 140,00 measles cases and almost 134,000 mpox cases this year. Over the past year, both Latin America and the Caribbean saw record-breaking cases of the mosquito-borne dengue fever, with almost one-fifth of cases (about 45 million infections a year) attributable to climate change, Sophia Samantaroy covered issues from the Americas. Measles has also surged in the US and Canada amid the rise of anti-vaccine misinformation. This has been fueled by the appointment of vaccine sceptic Robert F. Kennedy Jr. as US Health and Human Services Secretary. So far, Kennedy and his appointees have cancelled mRNA research, restricted access to COVID-19 vaccines and made Hepatitis B vaccines non-mandatory for infants. In an exclusive article for HPW, Dr Demetre Daskalakis, former Director of the US CDC’s National Center for Immunizations and Respiratory Diseases, describes how the “wall protecting science from political interference in the US has fallen”. Humanitarian crises multiply Some 42,000 Gazans will need prolonged rehabilitation care and support due to war-related trauma injuries and amputations. Conflict and humanitarian crises – particularly in Gaza, Sudan and Ukraine – inflicted heavy casualties on citizens and health workers, with ongoing and unprecedented attacks on health facilities. HPW coverage of the conflict in Gaza included Israel’s blockade of Gaza, the resulting famine, Israeli attacks on WHO’s warehouse and efforts by Israel to secure the release of hostages being held by Hamas. This coverage was also led by Editor-in-Chief Elaine Fletcher. HPW has also consistently reported on the humanitarian crisis in Sudan, including the attack on a maternity hospital in El Fasher in which more than 460 people died. Climate change is ‘needlessly killing millions’ Climate change is claiming millions of lives annually through extreme heat, air pollution, wildfires and the spread of deadly infectious diseases, according to the ninth annual Lancet Countdown report, the most comprehensive assessment to date of the links between climate change and health, published in October. “We’re seeing millions of deaths that are occurring needlessly every year because of our persistent fossil fuel dependence, because of our delay in mitigating climate change, and our delays in adaptation to the climate change that cannot be avoided,” said Marina Romanello, executive director of the Lancet Countdown at University College London, describing this year’s report as “a bleak and undeniable picture of the devastating health harms reaching all corners of the world.” Breaching the 2015 Paris Agreement, a legally binding global treaty adopted in 2015 to combat climate change by limiting global warming to well below 2°C (ideally 1.5°C) above pre-industrial levels, is now unavoidable, according to scientists. The world is heading for 2.8°C of warming by century’s end under current policies, according to a UN assessment. Climate change protest Global greenhouse gas emissions rose 2.3% to a record 57.7 gigatons of CO2 equivalent in 2024, the largest annual increase since the 2000s. Land use change and deforestation account for 53% of the overall increase, while fossil fuel production continues to expand in direct contradiction of climate pledges. The US is the worst emitter, yet Trump withdrew the US from the Paris Agreement on Day One of his presidency. Domestically, the US Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has committed to rolling back 31 climate, air and water pollution, and emissions regulations that will negatively affected citizens’ health. The EPA has also announced that it will no longer require most polluters to report their emissions of carbon dioxide, methane and other greenhouse gases that cause climate change. Stefan Anderson led HPW reporting on climate change. The impact of air pollution Disease burden from air pollution. Meanwhile, 90% of people on the planet breathe dangerously unhealthy levels of air pollution every day, and millions fall ill every year with a range of respiratory and cardiovascular diseases as well as cancers, leading to at least seven million deaths each year. Air pollution is the number one killer across South Asia, accounting for 2.7 million deaths, of which 2.1 million are in India alone. There is growing evidence of the impact of air pollution on a range of medical conditions including strokes, diabetes, heart disease and lung cancer. Significant sources of the deadly fine particulate matter (PM 2.5) come from fossil fuels in vehicles, power plants and other industrial facilities, and burning coal, wood, dung and agricultural residues for cooking. India-based Chetan Bhattacharji, led reporting on air pollution. Women’s rights The ‘Green Tide’: Argentinians demanding the legalisation of abortion. HPW has covered the backlash against sexual and reproductive rights, and women’s rights through stories on US anti-rights groups mobilising in Africa, the rollback of abortion rights in Argentina, the impact of intimate partner violence on children, efforts to enable access to menstrual products for girls and women, female genital mutilation, and several articles on women under Taliban rule in Afghanistan. Disha Shetty and Munija Mirzaie contributed several articles on this topic. New world order? In the final few months of the year, the Trump administration sought to turn the chaos its funding cuts caused into opportunities for the US by signing bilateral health agreements with several African countries that promote American business opportunities – and also enable US access to African minerals. This approach is detailed in the America First Global Health Strategy published in September, that “uses global health diplomacy and foreign assistance to make America safer, stronger, and more prosperous”. Driven by former DOGE official Brad Smith, these bilateral Memorandums of Understanding (MOUs) compel countries that receive US aid to fight HIV, tuberculosis and malaria to immediately share all information about “pathogens with epidemic potential” and give the US the right to share this information with other entities, including US pharmaceutical companies. The MOUs directly undermine the WHO negotiations on a pathogen access and benefit-sharing (PABS) system underway in Geneva, placing African countries in a particularly difficult position. Unlike past PEPFAR agreements, the MOUs cut out the involvement of community groups, except faith-based service providers, some of which are known to be against contraception and any recognition of LGBTQ people. Civil society groups have described the MOUs as “extractive” and over 50 organisations issued a letter calling on African heads of state and government to demand “equity and sovereignty” in the new bilateral agreements. However, in a positive reaction to plummeting aid, several African countries have allocated more money to health while several continental efforts are building Africa’s independence. At the Africa Health Sovereignty Summit, Ghana’s President John Mahama announced the formation of the Presidential High-Level Task Force on Global Health Governance in response to the 40% reduction in development aid in the past two years. “The world has changed, but global health governance has not kept pace with the changing world. At this moment, we’re called to redesign the architecture that has, for far too long, excluded Africa’s voices, excluded Africa’s needs and innovations,” said Mahama. Dr Muhammad Ali Pate, Nigeria’s Coordinating Minister of Health and Social Welfare. Writing for HPW, Nigerian Health Minister Muhammad Ali Pate Africa argues that Africa “can redefine its role in global health – emerging as a producer, innovator, and equal partner in shaping both the health of its people and the well-being of the world”. Pate argues that this can be achieved by countries investing in health “with the same urgency it devotes to infrastructure, defence, or governance”; enhancing South–South cooperation and collaboration; and forging a continental alliance that harnesses shared expertise, resources, and innovation for collective health security. HPW was proud to be a media partner at the Conference of Public Health in Africa 2025, where African researchers discussed how best to build solidarity between countries on the continent. Other Health Policy Watch team members and contributors include Maayan Hoffman (who also coordinates our social media), Arsalan Bukhari, Felix Sassmannshausen, Rahul Basharat Rajput, Kate Okorie, Abdullahi Jimoh, Edith Magak and Roisa Kerry. We are deeply grateful to our donors and media collaborations that have supported HPW to remain afloat during this difficult year and provide an important platform of engagement for the Global South and North that is free of charge. But most of all, we are grateful to all our readers for your engagement and interest. Please consider donating to HPW to ensure our ongoing survival. May 2026 be a more positive one for global health! Image Credits: Guilhem Vellut, WHO/EMRO , Markus Spiske/ Unsplash, Health Ministry of Nigeria. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Controversial US-Backed Vaccination Study to Begin in Guinea-Bissau 07/01/2026 Kerry Cullinan US Health and Human Services Secretary Robert F Kennedy Jr. A US government-funded trial on the timing of hepatitis B vaccinations, which will delay vaccination for up to 7,000 newborns in Guinea-Bissau, is due to start this week. The US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) has awarded a controversial Danish research group a $1,6 million five-year grant to study the “optimal timing and delivery of monovalent hepatitis B vaccinations on newborns in Guinea-Bissau”, according to the US Health and Human Services’ (HHS) federal register. The trial aims to enrol 14,000 newborns in a “randomized controlled trial to assess the effects of neonatal Hepatitis B vaccination on early-life mortality, morbidity, and long-term developmental outcomes”, according to HHS register. Half of the babies will get vaccinated at birth, while the other half will get vaccinated six weeks later. However, the World Health Organisation (WHO) has recommended hepatitis B vaccinations since 1992, and universal birth vaccinations from 2009. The vaccination is usually given as a series of three or four injections, and several clinical trials have already established the best intervals for the vaccinations. “[Robert F Kennedy Jr], the Secretary of Health and Human Services, will soon conduct his own Tuskegee experiment,” US paediatrician Dr Paul Offit, co-inventor of a rotavirus vaccine, wrote this week on his Substack platform. “He has chosen the resource-poor nation of Guinea-Bissau, West Africa, to do it. Guinea-Bissau is currently overwhelmed by hepatitis B virus. About 18% of the population is infected. The World Health Organization (WHO) strongly recommends that all children in all countries receive a birth dose of hepatitis B vaccine to prevent mother-to-child transmission,” added Offit, director of the Vaccine Education Center and an attending physician at Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia and a professor of both Paediatrics and Vaccinology at the University of Pennsylvania. https://t.co/D7Ugn9a3J5 RFK Jr. is about to launch a dangerously unethical experiment in West Africa pic.twitter.com/BmW8JhcKCB — Paul Offit (@DrPaulOffit) January 6, 2026 Tuskegee refers to a 40-year US study that withheld syphilis treatment from 399 African Americans between 1932 and 1972 to observe the effects of the disease when untreated. Hepatitis B virus is an extremely contagious virus that infects the liver. It is transmitted through blood and bodily fluids and can be transmitted sexually, through contaminated needles, and – most commonly – to babies during birth from an infected mother. It is the leading cause of liver cancer worldwide. Controversial Danish researchers The CDC grant has been awarded to the Bandim Health Project at the University of Southern Denmark, which is led by controversial married couple Dr Christine Stabell Benn and Dr Peter Aaby. Stabell Benn is an adviser to the US Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP), which recently resolved to stop recommending hepatitis B vaccines to US newborns. ACIP has advised that it is up to parents to decide on the vaccination. US newborns have been vaccinated against hepatitis B since 1991, and this policy has reduced infections in children by 99%. Stabell Benn and Aaby’s research has focused on the “non-specific effects” (NSE) of vaccines. They have conducted trials involving thousands of children in Guinea-Bissau and Denmark, and assert that all vaccines should also be tested for NSEs. However, the journal Vaccine recently published a comprehensive review of 13 trials conducted by their research group, Bandim, which showed that their trials have been unable to show non-specific effects for measles, tuberculosis, diphtheria, tetanus, and whooping cough vaccines. “We were surprised to find several instances of questionable research practices, such as unpublished primary outcomes, outcome switching, reinterpretation of trials based on statistically fragile subgroup analyses, and frequent promotion of cherry-picked secondary findings as causal, even when primary outcomes yielded null results,” according to the review, which was headed by Dr Henrik Støvring of the Department of Biomedicine, at Aarhus University in Denmark. Enrolment before new policy rollout Currently, babies in Guinea-Bissau only receive the hepatitis B vaccination from six weeks’ old. But some 11% of children in the country are already infected with hepatitis B by the age of 18 months, so the government has resolved to introduce vaccination at birth from 2027, as recommended by the WHO. The hepatitis B vaccine is delivered in a series of three or four injections. When given within 24 hours of birth, the vaccine is up to 90% effective in preventing mother-to-child infection. Bandim says its trial will stop enrolling participants when the government rollout of the hepatitis B vaccine to newborns starts. They will follow their cohort for five years, primarily to compare “overall mortality and hospitalisations,” and “secondary outcomes”, looking at “atopic dermatitis and neurodevelopment”, according to a Bandim media release. “The hepatitis B vaccine at birth has never been tested on a large scale for its overall health effects, so it is unknown whether the vaccine has non-specific health effects,” added Bandim. But Professor Gavin Yamey, director of the Center for Policy Impact in Global Health at Duke University, argues that “it is unethical to do a randomized controlled trial in which you withhold a proven, life-saving vaccine from newborn babies”. Meanwhile, Offit contends that “RFK Jr. has manipulated the study to support his unsupportable, science-resistant beliefs about harms caused by the hepatitis B vaccine”. He also notes that the study is single-blinded, which means that researchers will know which children received a birth dose of the vaccine. “This allows for investigator bias, where the investigator might find vague neurodevelopmental problems in the birth-dose group but not the six-week group,” he added. Key Moments for Climate and Health Diplomacy in 2026 07/01/2026 Arthur Wyns Health workers demand a phase out of fossil fuel at COP30 in Belem, Brazil. The last 12 months have been an unpredictable rollercoaster for those of us working in global health, climate change and development: trade wars, real wars, job and finance cuts, cost of living pressures, attacks on science, the rise of far-right extremism, and the increasingly deadly impacts of climate change, to name but a few of the challenges we currently face. Only a fool would have the confidence to predict what happens next. This author will try, nevertheless. Here are some of the key moments in global health and climate change that we can expect in 2026. January: High Seas Treaty becomes international law Two-thirds of the world’s oceans are unregulated and subjected to overfishing and pollution. The High Seas Treaty offers leagl protection for marine biodiversity in international waters. The High Seas Treaty officially enters into force on 17 January. The treaty – formally known as the UN Agreement on Biodiversity Beyond National Jurisdiction (BBNJ) – was adopted by UN Member States in June 2023 after nearly two decades of negotiations. It has now been ratified by over 60 countries and will enter into force in January. The treaty offers new legal protections for marine biodiversity in international waters, which cover nearly half the planet’s surface. By enabling the establishment of marine protected areas and strengthening international rules, the treaty can help achieve the global biodiversity goals of protecting 30% of the planet’s land and ocean by 2030. Welcoming the development, UN Secretary-General António Guterres said “the ocean’s health is humanity’s health”. February: Negotiations on the global plastics treaty Protestors gather outside UN plastics treaty talks at the Palais des Nations in Geneva, Switzerland, in 2024. Global talks on a treaty to end plastic pollution collapsed in August 2025 after six rounds of negotiations. A coalition of over 100 countries wants the agreement to reduce plastic production, to ban the most dangerous chemicals used in plastic products and to protect human health. Oil-producing countries, on the other hand, have resisted a limit on plastic production in the treaty, arguing that it should only focus on demand-side measures like recycling. On 7 February, a short session of the Intergovernmental Negotiating Committee (INC) will appoint a new chair to facilitate the discussions between countries, with a series of negotiations likely to follow throughout 2026. April: International conference on fossil fuel transition Climate activists call for a transition away from fossil fuel at COP30 The governments of Colombia and the Netherlands will co-host the first-ever International Conference on the Just Transition Away from Fossil Fuels. This follows calls by over 80 countries at COP30 to develop a global roadmap to transition away from fossil fuels. The convening will take place on 28-29 April in the Colombian port city of Santa Marta, which is the country’s major port for coal exports. Pacific nations have also committed to convening a follow-up meeting to advance the outcomes. It remains to be seen how the Colombia conference and efforts to develop a global fossil fuel reduction roadmap can be introduced into the formal climate negotiations. The roadmap currently sits outside of the formal UN regime, with the Brazilian COP30 presidency holding the pen. Some creative diplomatic manoeuvring by the countries supporting the roadmap might be needed to anchor it to COP31 at the end of the year. May: World Health Assembly The 2025 World Health Assembly (WHA) adopted the pandemic agreement, and WHA 2026 is due to finalise the last portion of this agreement. The 79th World Health Assembly is scheduled for 18–23 May in the Swiss capital of Geneva. The gathering of the world’s health ministers is expected to finalise the Pathogen Access and Benefit-Sharing (PABS) system as part of the new WHO Pandemic Agreement. Discussions on wider global health reform will also gather pace. Following the adoption of WHO’s Global Action Plan on Climate and Health last year, we can expect continued pressure from countries to strengthen the global response to the health impacts of climate change. The health harms of fossil fuels will likely receive renewed attention at this year’s WHA. Even though WHO’s climate plans omitted a focus on fossil fuels, many countries and partners are pushing for stronger action to transition away from polluting energy sources. June: UN climate talks in Bonn Following a mixed outcome at the COP30 UN Climate Change Conference in Belém, Brazil, governments will have to pick up the pieces at the climate negotiations from 8 to 18 June in the German city of Bonn. Key areas of work will include the implementation of a set of indicators — including health indicators – to track global progress on climate adaptation. Following a push by Island Countries, negotiators will also discuss how to respond to the persistent gap in ambition to reduce temperatures to 1.5°. A first-of-its-kind dialogue on the role of trade and international cooperation in taking climate action will also take place. June: Elections in Ethiopia The Ethiopian delegation at COP30. The country hosts COP32. The country hosting the COP32 climate conference in 2028 will go to the polls mid-year. Elections in Africa’s second-most populous country may give local and international observers an initial sense of the political difficulties that Ethiopia will have to navigate while hosting the world’s most important climate conference in 2028. The ruling Prosperity Party, led by Prime Minister Abiy Ahmed, is expected to win following the jailing or expulsion of most opposition leaders. A new draft law prepared by Abiy’s government will grant authorities far-reaching powers to restrict civil society groups on “national security” grounds. August: Pacific Island Forum A WHO field staff member talks to a woman fetching water in Kiribati, one of the Pacific Island nations threatened by climate change and sea level rise. The Republic of Palau will host the 55th Pacific Islands Forum (PIF) in August. The forum will bring together the heads of state from the Pacific Islands, Australia and New Zealand, alongside regional organisations and civil society. The PIF plays an important role in developing a common position across Pacific Island countries. Among the key topics will be the role of oceans in securing health and climate goals, as well as a push for a just transition to a Fossil Fuel Free Pacific. This year’s forum might host follow-up discussions on a global roadmap to transition away from fossil fuels, and will function as a stepping stone to a Pacific pre-COP two months later. October: European mayors’ summit on climate and health The mayor of Cork has invited mayors from across Europe to attend a major summit on climate and health. During the summit, city leaders will explore city-led solutions that reduce emissions, strengthen resilience, and enhance the well-being of populations. This will come at a time when Ireland holds the Presidency of the Council of the European Union. October: Pre-COP in the Pacific About a month before the COP31 climate conference kicks off in Türkiye, ministers and lead climate negotiators will be invited to the Pacific for a pre-COP meeting. A pre-COP is a preparatory meeting for key decision makers, which provides a key forcing moment to align on priorities, build coalitions, and settle early disagreements before the formal climate negotiations commence. By hosting the pre-COP, Pacific island countries (the host island has yet to be decided) can ensure their priorities remain at the centre of the climate talks and raise the bar for success at COP. The Pacific has long prioritised climate and health, including with a special initiative to address the health impacts of climate change in Small Island Developing States at COP23 in 2019, which was presided over by Fiji. October: Global conference on tipping points Global mean temperatures are set to breach the Paris agreement target of 1.5°C, at least temporarily. Malaysia will host a Global Tipping Points Conference in October, following successful events in 2022 and 2025. The conference will provide the latest scientific updates on global climate tipping points and risks with a focus on Asia and the Pacific. It will also share opportunities and initiatives to drive accelerated climate action through positive tipping. The conference, hosted by the Sunway Centre for Planetary Health in Kuala Lumpur, will have a particular focus on tipping points at the climate-health-equity nexus in Asia-Pacific. November: COP31 UN climate conference COP31 will take place in the Turkish resort town of Antalya this year from 10-21 November. Türkiye will physically host the talks, be in charge of the action agenda, and appoint the COP31 president, while Australia will lead the formal negotiations. If Australia, Türkiye and the Pacific can combine their diplomatic assets, they might be able to meaningfully improve climate diplomacy and international collaboration between countries. However, the COP31 power-sharing between Türkiye and Australia is an unprecedented and potentially risky arrangement, given the current geopolitical environment. Despite not being formally on the agenda for COP31, fossil fuels will likely be one of the main areas of focus. The case for a rapid shift away from fossil fuels is getting stronger by the day. Expect the economic, energy security, and health arguments against fossil fuels to gather pace in 2026. However, whether the UN climate negotiations themselves can actually yield a more detailed commitment on fossil fuel phaseout before the end of the year remains to be seen. All we can say for certain is that 2026 promises to be an interesting year for climate and health diplomacy. Arthur Wyns is a former senior advisor to the United Arab Emirates COP28 Presidency and the secretariat lead for Friends of Climate and Health, an informal group of countries exploring opportunities to integrate health and well-being into UN climate negotiations. He is also a research fellow at the University of Melbourne, an editor of the Journal of Climate and Health and the governance co-lead of the climate-migration-health network. Image Credits: Mike Muzurakis IISD/ENB , Julia Goralski/ Unsplash, UNEP, Mike Muzurakis IISD/ENB , Mike Muzurakis/ IISD ENB , WHO / Yoshi Shimizu, WMO. US Shrinks Childhood Vaccine Schedule; Drops Six Common Vaccines from CDC Recommendations 06/01/2026 Sophia Samantaroy Among the core vaccines no longer recommended for all children are those that protect against rotavirus, RSV, influenza, meningococcal disease, hepatitis A, and hepatitis B. HHS Secretary Robert F Kennedy Jr makes good on promise to reduce the number of recommended vaccines. US health officials announced Monday an overhauled version of the vaccines recommended to infants and adolescents, shrinking the number of diseases for which vaccines should be administered from 17 to 11. The decision follows a December 5, 2025 directive from President Donald Trump to the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) to review the US childhood vaccine schedule in comparison to those of wealthy, peer-nations, citing Denmark, Germany and Japan in particular. The revisions now mean that the US will go from being one of the developed nations with the highest number of diseases covered – to one of the lowest – according to HHS’s own analysis. In fact, only Denmark recommends fewer jabs – for just 10 diseases in total. Greece and Ireland recommend immunization for 16 diseases and five countries recommend immunization against 15 diseases, including Australia, Canada, Denmark, Ireland, Spain and the United Kingdom. Japan recommends childhood immunization against 14 different diseases. A table from HHS’s assessment of the US vaccine schedule in comparison to other wealthy nations. The table shows the number of doses for each type of vaccine recommended. The “# Mandated” row uses the example of New York state. The “18-19” number in the bottom right reflects the number of shots a child could receive if they take a yearly COVID-19 and flu shot. Some vaccines are duplicated, such as the measles, mumps, rubella combined vaccine (MMR). “A” reflects the new CDC guidance that these shots be only for high-rish patients or at the bequest of caregivers. The US has no childhood federal vaccine mandate – these vary by state. Among the core vaccines CDC will no longer recommend for all children are those that protect against rotavirus, influenza, meningococcal disease, hepatitis A, and hepatitis B (HBV). The CDC also dropped a relatively new recommendation for newborns to be vaccinated against Respiratory Syncytial Virus (RSV) – if their mothers had not been previously vaccinated. RSV is the single largest cause of childhood hospitalizations in the US today, burdening the healthcare system with 80,000 hospitalizations a year. And the new CDC policy reduces the number of recommended doses against HPV – a key cause of cervical cancer – from two to one. This is contrary to the two-dose advice of most other developed nations and the World Health Organization. WHO’s cervical cancer elimination strategy calls for a dramatic reduction in cases by 2030, largely through mass immunization programs. Another key point of concern for US public health experts is the removal of any broad recommendation for vaccination against hepatitis B – a leading cause of liver disease and a vaccine that almost every other developed country includes for newborns or infants. Instead, the updated recommendation urges caregivers to consult with their physicians if their child falls into a “high risk” category. Already in December 2025, the CDC in recommended to delay administration of the hepatitis B (HBV) vaccine for infants by six months. The Department of Health and Human Services Secretary Robert F Kennedy Jr’s longtime skepticism about the HBV vaccine played a central part of his Senate confirmation hearing where Senator Bill Cassidy (R-LA), a medical doctor and liver specialist, credited the vaccine with saving some 90,000 children’s lives in the US since 1991. Despite the reassurances that Kennedy provided at that time to the Senate Confirmation Committee to follow well-established evidence on immunization’s benefits, the HHS Secretary, who built his career around vaccine hesitancy, has now made good on his previous record as a vaccine skeptic. Changes announced Monday following a brief review U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) Secretary Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. conducts the swearing-in ceremony of Jim O’Neill as the Department’s Deputy Secretary Monday, June 9, 2025 at the Hubert H. Humphrey Building in Washington, D.C. (Source: HHS by Amy Rossetti) The changes were announced abruptly Monday by acting Centers for Disease Control and Prevention Director Jim O’Neill. He directed the public health agency to move forward immediately on the new CDC recommendations. The Trump Administration’s health leadership has argued that the change will increase transparency and rebuild trust in health institutions. “After an exhaustive review of the evidence, we are aligning the U.S. childhood vaccine schedule with international consensus while strengthening transparency and informed consent. This decision protects children, respects families, and rebuilds trust in public health,” Kennedy said in the statement. But the overhaul also is an unprecedented departure from the evidence-based process the US previously used to decide its vaccine schedule. Normally an independent federal advisory panel of experts would review studies and data for each vaccine before publishing recommendations. In this instance, CDC director O’Neill issued the changes in a memorandum responding to a request by Trump for such a review only a month ago – and with the underlying analysis based on a comparison of schedules in other nations. The comparisons between the seemingly high number of actual shots, or jabs, US children previously received as compared to those of other nations is also somewhat misleading – insofar as annual flu and COVID-19 vaccines up until the age of 18 are included in the US count of previous recommendations – totaling about 35 or 36 more shots across 18 years. But in November, the CDC last year already stated that COVID vaccination for children, while recommended, should be a matter of “individual decision-making.” And WHO’s own recommendations for COVID-19 vaccination of children were already reversed post-pandemic, advising only one dose for never-vaccinated children with co-morbidities. In 2010, the CDC did adopt a universal recommendation for annual childhood sesasonal flu vaccination. That went further than the current WHO recommendation which recommends prioritizing seasonal flu vaccine for “health workers, individuals with comorbidities and underlying conditions, older adults and pregnant women,” adding only that “Depending on national disease goals, capacity and resources, epidemiology, national policies and priorities, and disease burden, countries may consider additional (sub)populations for vaccination, such as children.” Concerns that hospitalizations, deaths may increase View this post on Instagram A post shared by Jessica Malaty Rivera, MS | Making Science Make Sense (@jessicamalatyrivera) “Fewer vaccinations (specifically for rotavirus, COVID-19, influenza, RSV, meningococcal disease, hepatitis A and hepatitis B) will result in an increase in disease, disability, and death, wrote epidemiologist and infectious disease specialist Jessica Malaty Rivera in a post. “Please ignore this unscientific nonsense and follow the @ameracadpeds schedule alongside your pediatrician.” Prior to the vaccines and therapeutics that prevent RSV, for instance, the virus accounted for over one in four hospitalizations among young children in the US. Other physicians and health experts criticized the shift for causing confusion and for ignoring decades of vaccine studies demonstrating safety and efficacy. “Know this: Even as our government shifts its recommendation language, I would never forgo the RSV, hepatitis A & B, or meningitis vaccines for my own kids,” said Dr Scott Hadland, a pediatrician and chief of adolescent medicine at Harvard. “This is health policy malpractice at the highest level and must be reversed before children and families suffer,” said Dr George C Benjamin, executive director of the American Public Health Association. Attempt to bring US “in-line” with other wealthy countries The 33-page CDC policy document argues that in light of falling vaccination rates across the US and the lack of trust in public health institutions, the US should therefore cut back on the number of recommended vaccines. “Bringing the U.S. pediatric immunization schedule in line with the consensus of peer nations while keeping non-consensus vaccines available for high-risk groups and populations and/orthrough shared clinical decision-making is a balanced approach to reform and restore trust in public health,” the document says. Traditionally, the US has recommended slightly more vaccines, on average, than “peer” nations. However, the US also continues to face surges of measles, hepatitis A, RSV, and other infectious diseases. The other problem with policy decisions based on comparisons with other high income countries experts say, is that the US has a far larger, and more sickly, population that often lacks access to primary healthcare. “Many high-income countries have universal coverage and paid family leave that make it easier to get care and stay safe when kids get sick,” said Dr Uché Blackstock, a physician and health equity advocate in a social media post. “You cannot copy the [vaccine] list without copying the supports,” Blackstock said. Denmark and Japan’s healthier population, more robust healthcare systems, surveillance, testing, and social support mean there is less of a reliance on vaccines. “We have fragmented insurance, we’ve got millions uninsured, we don’t have a national health registry and we’ve got enormous gaps in the continuity of care,” said Dr. Jake Scott, an infectious disease specialist at Stanford University School of Medicine. “And we use broader vaccine recommendations because our system can’t reliably identify and follow up with every person at risk.” Assessment downplays risk of rotavirus, meningococcal disease, HPV A screen capture of the CDC website with the burden of rotavirus on the US Of the vaccines being cut from the list, RSV and rotavirus pose a significant burden to the healthcare system. Prior to the RSV maternal vaccine and monoclonal antibodies, up to 80,000 children were hospitalized with the virus. Nearly all children were infected with rotavirus prior to the vaccine. It caused 20-60 deaths each year, according to the CDC. “Reasonable people can reach different conclusions about recommending the rotavirus vaccine for all children,” says the assessment. The assessment also argued that low rates of meningococcal disease warranted an end of recommendations. “Considering the low incidence of meningococcal disease in the U.S., the meningococcal vaccine should not be part of the consensus recommended vaccine schedule.” These low rates are due in large part to vaccinations. Still covered by health insurers? The vaccines dropped from the CDC’s recommendations should still be covered by health insurance systems – the new CDC policy also states. But it is unclear whether health insurers in the US’s fragmented public health system will in fact guarantee continued access for all of those who would like to get a shot – once the actual CDC recommendation has been removed. The authors of the new CDC policy are Dr Tracy Beth Høeg, a Danish-American physician and Food and Drug Administration director of the Center for Drug Research and Evaluation, and Martin Kulldorff. They are self-described in the assessment as “one of the most pro-vaccine scientists in the country” – however, they garnered significant attention during the COVID pandemic for their anti-COVID-19 vaccine stances. Kulldorff’s bio continues in the assessment: “In early 2021, he was one of the first public health scientists to publicly oppose Covid vaccine mandates and it is hard to imagine a policy doing more harm to the trust in vaccines and public health.” Image Credits: European Union, Quinn Dombrowski, HHS , Amy Rossetti, CDC. UN Agencies, Aid Groups Protest Israel’s Move to Bar Many NGOs from Gaza as Winter Exacerbates Dire Conditions 06/01/2026 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Gaza tent camp surrounded by mud from unusually heavy winter storms; new Israeli restructions on NGO activities would further impede humanitarian efforts, UN and partner agencies charge. Senior United Nations officials and humanitarian leaders have urged Israel to reverse plans to withhold registration from more three-dozen international NGOs providing humanitarian relief in war-torn Gaza and the Israeli-occupied West Bank – warning that the move would severely undermine life-saving aid in a moment of acute humanitarian need. Israel said last Thursday that some 37 international NGOs operating in Palestinian areas it controls, including the internationally renowned Médecins Sans Frontières, had not complied with a deadline to meet “security and transparency standards” now required by Israel for re-licensing in 2026. The NGOs are contesting new Israeli rules requiring them to disclose personal information on local Palestinian staff. For those NGOs that don’t comply, Israel has said it “will enforce” a ban on their activities in 2026. The government approved the new registration rules in March 2025 – in the wake of Israeli government allegations that two former MSF staff members were involved with Hamas or other armed groups. MSF has denied knowingly hiring people with military ties. In a related move, Israel last week also cut off water and electricity to the now vacant Jerusalem facilities of UNRWA, the UN Palestinian Refugee Agency, under legislation approved by the Knesset, or Parliament to close down the UN agency’s operations in areas under Israeli control. On Monday, seven European countries, including Spain, Ireland and Norway, condemned the move calling it a violation of international law with “grave humanitarian consequences.” Joint UN Agency statement decries move In a joint statement 31 December, the Inter-Agency Standing Committee (IASC), which represents about 20 heads of UN agencies and major humanitarian organisations, said that international NGOs collectively deliver nearly $1 billion in assistance each year in the occupied Palestinian territory and are “central to humanitarian operations,” particularly in Gaza. “Humanitarian access is not optional, conditional or political,” the statement said. It warned that restricting NGO operations during winter, amid continued food insecurity and recent flood-related displacement, risks undoing fragile gains made since the October 2025 Israeli-Hamas ceasefire – and would have “devastating” consequences for Gaza’s civilian population. The signatories included the UN emergency relief coordinator Tom Fletcher, the World Health Organization’s Dr. Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, as well as the heads of the UN Refugee Agency (UNHCR); the UN Development Pogramme (UNDP); UNICEF, the UN Childrens Agency; the World Food Programme; and leaders of major civil society groups such as Oxfam, Save the Children, Mercy Corps and Caritas Internationalis. MSF condemns “cynical” attempt to block aid A pregnant Palestinian mother, Donia Alouf, and her 1 year-old son, Ahmed, who was diagnosed with malnutrition, receive treatment in an MSF-supported Gaza city clinic. COGAT, the Israeli Defense Ministry agency coordinating Gaza humanitarian aid, has said that the new registration process is designed to prevent the misuse of humanitarian aid by Hamas, which it claims has exploited aid frameworks for to divert funds and recruit local aid employees for its own military purposes. COGAT also contended that the revocation of the licenses to the 37 NGOs will not substantially affect aid delivery, claiming that the affected organizations had not provided substantial aid to Gaza since the ceasefire began on October 10. And before the ceasefire, their combined contribution amounted to only a small proportion of total aid, Israel said. Médecins Sans Frontières (MSF), one of the most prominent organisations affected by Israel’s registration decision, contested Israel’s claims. An MSF press statement noted that the organization currently supports one in five hospital beds in Gaza and assists one in three mothers during childbirth. “In the last year, MSF teams have treated hundreds of thousands of patients and delivered hundreds of millions of litres of water,” said Pascale Coissard, MSF emergency coordinator for Gaza, in a 22 December statement. “In 2025 alone, we carried out almost 800,000 outpatient consultations and handled more than 100 000 trauma cases, and if we obtain registration, we plan to continue strengthening our activities in 2026.” Describing the move as a “cynical and calculated attempt” at political control, MSF said that blocking its activities and those of other NGOs that refused to register their Palestinian staff would exact a “terrible cost” after Gaza’s health system has been decimated. Only about half of the enclave’s 36 hospitals are functioning, and those only partially. International organizations say new Israel’s rules potentially endanger staff A toddler plays with dolls in MSF’s burn unit in Nasser hospital, Gaza, in May 2025. She was severely burned in an Israeli airstrike that struck her family’s tent in the Al-Mawasi humanitarian zone, which also killed her mother and two siblings. The healing process was hindered by a lack of proper nutrition and protein for the child, unavailable due to the Israeli halt to most humanitarian aid between March and late May. MSF said Israel’s core demand, that the NGO’s share personal information about Palestinians employees, is especially dangerous in Gaza where humanitarian workers have been intimidated, detained, attacked and killed. Some 15 MSF colleagues have reportedly been killed by Israeli forces. “Demanding staff lists as a condition for access to territory is an outrageous overreach,” MSF said, adding that there is no clarity on how such sensitive data would be used or shared. The organization said Israeli authorities had ignored repeated requests for meetings and instead accused MSF in the media of harbouring alleged militants – an allegation MSF rejects. “MSF would never knowingly employ anyone involved in military activities, which contradicts our core values and ethics,” the organization said. “Denying medical assistance to civilians is unacceptable under any circumstances, and it is appalling to use humanitarian aid as a tool of policy or collective punishment.” Israel’s moves on UNRWA follow in the wake of allegations that surfaced in 2024, charging that some 19 UNRWA employees participated in the 7 October Hamas attacks on Israeli communities, and UNRWA facilities were also used for Hamas weapons storage and other military activities. UNRWA has denied most of the claims, while acknowledging that an internal UN investigation led to the termination of nine UNRWA employees where “evidence obtained … – if authenticated and corroborated – might indicate that the staff members may have been involved.” Meanwhile, Palestinian nationalists who are also critics of Hamas note that the pressures on local aid workers to filter food, funds or other forms of aid can be intense – particularly as the militant group has now regained control over the roughly 50% of Gaza that lies within the “yellow line” to which Israel withdrew in October. A chilling update from the ground in Gaza: Two of my friends, who have been running independent food drives via international crowdfunding, were stopped and interrogated by Hamas militants. After proving their transparency and showing that all funds are used for food and aid for… pic.twitter.com/d55tKopGHM — Hamza (@HowidyHamza) January 5, 2026 Shelter crisis deepens amid winter storms Tents and ruined buildings in Gaza surrounded by mud. The curbs on the activities of the NGOs comes as housing and sanitary conditions in Gaza continue to deteriorate amidst a series of heavy winter storms, particularly for hundreds of thousands of displaced people living in makeshift shelters, according to the end December update of the UN Office for the Coordination of Humanitarian Affairs (OCHA). The unusually heavy rainfall has flooded tents and caused already unstable buildings to collapse – forcing displaced families to move yet again in search of safer ground. Seawater inundation has rendered shelters uninhabitable in coastal areas such as Al Mawasi in Khan Younis, while heavy winds have destroyed or severely damaged many tents. As of 30 December, humanitarian partners have provided emergency shelter assistance to more than 80,000 Gazan households, distributing tens of thousands of tents, tarpaulins and bedding items. Despite these efforts, more than one million Gazans out of a population of 2.1 million still need urgent shelter support, OCHA said. According to Gaza’s Hamas-controlled Ministry of Health, at least 17 people died in December due to the collapse of storm- and flood-damaged buildings, while three children died of hypothermia. WHO, MSF and other partners have reported consistently high rates of respiratory infections, warning that winter conditions are driving further illness, particularly among young children. Sewage, waste and public health risks A Palestinian boy walks past tents during a break in the rain in Jabalya, North Gaza. Waste mixed with floodwaters increases exposures to infectious diseases. Flooding has also intensified Gaza’s long-running sewage and solid waste crisis – and along with that infectious disease risks related to sewage exposure. The UN Water, Sanitation and Hygiene (WASH) Cluster reports that damaged infrastructure, fuel shortages and restrictions on the entry of equipment are limiting the ability to manage wastewater and storm runoff. Recent rains raised water levels in inland lagoons such as Wadi Gaza and Sheikh Radwan, heightening the risk of overflow and sewage contamination on land, as well as into the sea. The Palestinian Water Authority says it has been forced to rely on short-term measures because critical equipment such as pumps, pipes and electromechanical components has been denied entry by Israel. Solid waste management remains severely constrained. Since 7 October 2023, Hamas miiltants first invaded Israeli communities on the Gaza periphery in the opening salvo of the war, an estimated $66 million in damage has been recorded to waste management systems, including the destruction of more than 200 collection trucks and widespread damage to facilities. Gaza’s two main landfills remain inaccessible, forcing municipalities to rely on overcrowded temporary dumping sites. Waste generation far exceeds collection capacity in northern Gaza, where only about 60 per cent of daily waste is collected. This has resulted in continued accumulation of solid waste in densely populated areas, exacerbating public health and environmental risks. While a recent analysis found that famine conditions in Gaza have been pushed back, acute food insecurity and malnutrition remain critically high, and aid officials warn that progress remains fragile. “Needs are growing faster than aid can get in,” UN Secretary-General António Guterres declared in a late December press briefing, stressing that predictable and unimpeded access for humanitarian actors is essential to address the immense challenges faced. “We need more crossings, the lifting of restrictions on critical items, the removal of red tape, safe routes inside Gaza, sustained funding, and unimpeded access – including for NGOs,” Guterres said. “And we cannot lose sight of the rapidly deteriorating situation in the West Bank,” he added referring to escalating Israeli settler violence, land seizures, demolitions and displacement as well as intensified restrictions on movement – affecting Palestinian access to vital health and social services as well as livelihoods. Against that landscape, the prospect of new Israeli bans on international NGOs threatens to further erode an already strained response. “Allowing humanitarian aid is not a favour,” MSF said. “It is an obligation under international law.” Image Credits: MSF , Palestinian Water Authority , Nour Alsaqqa/MSF, Palestinian Water Authority , OCHA . US EPA dismisses WHO Cancer Agency Determination that Widely Used Herbicide is ‘Probably Carcinogenic’ 05/01/2026 Sophia Samantaroy Over 70 million tons of atrazine is applied to US soil each year. The chemical is now deemed a ‘probable’ carcinogen to humans. The US Environmental Protection Agency has dismissed a recent finding that atrazine, the second most widely-used herbicide in the United States, is “probably carcinogenic to humans” by the World Health Organization’s cancer review agency. Atrazine is used extensively in the US on crops like corn, sorghum, and sugarcane. However, over 60 countries have banned the chemical due to its endocrine-disrupting properties and tendency to contaminate groundwater. In a new classification, published in the January, 2026 issue of The Lancet Oncology, the International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) ranked atrazine as probably carcinogenic to humans based on what it described as “limited evidence” for cancer in humans and “sufficient evidence for cancer in experimental animals.” The agency’s findings are independent assessments that guide national regulatory authorities worldwide in the promulgation of rules around chemicals used in agriculture, food systems and occupational settings. The IARC assessment was the first in nearly three decades. In 1998 the organization said the compound was not classifiable as to its carcinogenicity to humans. Since the IARC findings were initially released in late November, the US Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), as well as chemical producers in China and elsewhere, have pushed back against the new classification. Both used almost identical terms in describing the determination as “flawed” and “inconsistent with scientific consensus.” Hormone disruptor, cancer risk of atrazine Atrazine has been linked to non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma Atrazine’s cancer links include evidence of oxidative stress, hormone disruption, immune suppression, and actual tumor growth, IARC found in its abbreviated evaluation of atrazine and two other compounds. In particular, IARC pointed to animal studies that showed tumor growth in the mammary glands and uterus of female rats, reduced estrogen and testosterone in both male and female rats, and induced cell death and division. The most recent study IARC cites, from 2024, also concluded that male rats also experience oxidative stress and severe hormone disruption. In humans, only a handful of studies have been published so far. However, IARC noted that two case-control studies that reported “strong positive associations between exposure to atrazine…and translocation-positive NHL [non-Hodgkin’s Lymphoma]” among exposed farm workers. Links to other human cancers did not show “consistent positive findings.” Beyond its cancer inks, atrazine exposure is also associated with birth defects, reproductive harm, and hormone disruption, in papers not cited by IARC – an agency that focuses almost exclusively on cancer risks. US regulators and manufacturers push back The US EPA said IARC’s findings used a “deeply flawed approach to its cancer assessments” In a 21 November statement, Syngenta, the agrochemical company that produces most of the US’s atrazine, said: “[c]urrent scientific evidence clearly demonstrate[s] that atrazine is safe when applied in accordance with registered label instructions.” Syngenta is owned by the Chinese state-operated company Sinochem. Speaking to Health Policy Watch just a few days after the Syngenta statement, EPA used identical terms, arguing that IARC’s findings “stir up fear” by also including “very hot beverages, red meat, working the night shift and hairdressing in the same classification.” “This announcement on atrazine is just another example of the World Health Organization International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) using a deeply flawed approach to its cancer assessments on multiple levels,” the EPA added. The EPA spokesperson complained, in particular, that the two-page article published so far is just a brief summary of the full review, which is only due to be published later this year, according to IARC. “[F]or IARC to roll out these “findings” and unnecessarily stir up fear when IARC has said it will not be publishing any of its detailed science until late 2026 or 2027 is irresponsible and lacks transparency. Currently, there is no opportunity for anyone to meaningfully review how IARC has reached its conclusions,” said the EPA’s press office. “In contrast, atrazine has been extensively studied by EPA across multiple administrations, including having five meetings of independent Scientific Advisory Panels peer review the cancer potential of atrazine between 2009-2011,” EPA said. “As a reminder, IARC also has a long history of being severely misguided in its findings,” the EPA spokesperson said, citing past IARC findings on red meat and night shift work, among other factors, as possible or probable causes of cancer. In 2015 IARC concluded that red meat was a possible cause of cancer and processed meat is a probable cause. Those findings have since been echoed by the American Institute for Cancer Research, which in 2021 concluded “there is strong evidence that eating high amounts of red meat increases the risk of colorectal cancer.” The US Department of Agriculture’s most recent dietary guidelines also suggest reducing red meat consumption. The US CDC concluded in a 2021 report that there is “high confidence” that persistent night shift work that results in circadian disruption can cause human cancer. Environmental groups welcome IARC re-evaluation Latest estimates of atrazine use from the US Geological Survey, 2019 Separate EPA reviews in 2003 and 2018 concluded that available evidence does not support a relationship between atrazine exposure and human cancers. IARC cites one new animal study from 2024, while re-evaluating older data in a new light. For pesticide experts like Dr Jennifer Sass, a senior scientist at the Natural Resources Defense Council (NRDC), IARC’s re-evaluation was welcome – correcting industry bias in previous evaluations. . “With atrazine, there’s hormone disruption, there’s oxidative stress, there is indication of tumors in human and animal studies,” said Sass. “IARC gathered a solid expert array of people from different disciplines, including industry people. They didn’t second-guess or overinterpret the data. “The EPA needs to take another look at their assessment to account for the carcinogenicity,” said Sass. Canada, Australia and Brazil also use atrazine extensively Atrazine, also known under brand names such as Aatrex®, Aatram®, Atratol®, and Gesaprim® is the second most widely-used pesticide in the US after glyphosate – also known as Roundup®. Glyphosate also was designated as a probable carcinogen in humans by IARC in 2015, in a ruling that continues to trigger controversy between the US and trading partners that have banned the chemical. Across the US’s corn belt, up to 60 million pounds of atrazine is applied to treat US crops each year. Atrazine also is flushed from soil into streams or groundwater aquifers where it can contaminate drinking water supplies, according to the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. A 2017 analysis of EPA tap water data found that nearly 30 million Americans across 28 states have tap water that contains atrazine. Drinking water in these areas had atrazine levels three to seven times higher than the federal limit of three parts per billion during spikes due to run-off in spring and summer, according to another major research and advocacy non-profit, Environmental Working Group. “Because the EPA has been sweeping the evidence on cancer under the rug for the time it has been on the market for 50 years, they’re not monitoring for atrazine in the water. The drinking water standard should be zero, because it’s a carcinogen,” said Sass. But the US is not alone in its reliance on the chemical, which is typically applied to unplanted fields so as to kill any other weeds or plants before crops are planted. Canada, Australia, Brazil and China also use atrazine to increase crop yields. In the decades prior to IARC’s classification, 60 countries banned the use of atrazine. These include 27 European Union countries, most Middle Eastern countries, and even many African countries. However, in many lower-and-middle income countries where atrazine is banned, the chemical is often smuggled in illegally. The European Union banned atrazine in 2004 and most EU countries have since banned glyphosate as well. Mexico, which exports tens of billions of dollars of agricultural products to the US, had attempted to ban glyphosate. But in 2024 it postponed the ban indefinitely following pressure from industry and the US, citing the lack of an effective alternative. As international assessments increasingly flag risks associated with such chemicals, the US remains an outlier among high-income countries in continued widespread use. “We were all told for a long time that weed killers aren’t harmful to people because their mechanism of toxicity targets photosynthesis. We all believed them,” said Sass. “Because of that, we didn’t have proper food monitoring. We didn’t have proper drinking water monitoring. The people exposed to atrazine occupationally, whether by mixing it, loading it, applying it, manufacturing it, need to take the proper precautions because of how toxic it is. EPA stance contrasts sharply with MAHA rhetoric about healthier foods EPA’s pro-pesticide stance under the new US administration of President Donald Trump contrasts sharply with the healthy foods rhetoric of the “Make America Healthy Again” (MAHA) movement, critics also said. “Despite the rhetoric of MAHA, there will be no robust review of the dangers of pesticides by the Trump Administration,” said Sylvia Wu, of the Washington DC-based Center for Food Safety. “Instead, a toxic poison like atrazine will continue to contaminate our lands and waters, making our children sick for decades to come,” said Wu. Wu was responding, in particular, to another recent US Fish and Wildlife’s (FWS) statement that atrazine does not pose an extinction risk to any US endangered species. The Center for Food Safety sued the EPA in 2020 when the agency moved to reapprove atrazine, along with a host of other pesticides and herbicides, as part of a routine evaluation. “The public trust has been steamrolled by agrochemical interests,” said Sass of the Natural Resources Defence Council. “The EPA has fast-tracked the approval of their poisons, which is not only a violation of the public’s trust, but also of the mission of the EPA.” “Using modern farming methods, we do not need weed killers like atrazine. We simply don’t have to kill every weed to grow our crops. It. We don’t have to be so scorched earth in our farm practices,” Sass argued. “I look forward to the day that the US catches up to other countries in keeping American families safe from chemicals.” Image Credits: Akshat Jhingran , Waldemar Brandt , AP/Sierra Club, USGS. Near-Zero Change in Delhi’s Peak Air Pollution Levels Over Past Decade – But Big Change in Public Outrage 05/01/2026 Chetan Bhattacharji Delhi air pollution during peak days in mid-November 2025 – an annual public health crisis that remains unresolved. The latest ten-year data shows almost no change. Can the momentum of outrage finally push officials to take high-impact measures to lower pollution this year? It’s Delhi 2026. Since 2016, there’s been near-zero improvement in the city’s air pollution during the annual peak pollution period of October to December, a new analysis by the Center for Research on Energy and Clean Air (CREA) reveals. This period also usually sees peak coverage and public outrage about the crisis. In 2025, average levels for those peak months even inched up a notch over the year before to 177 micrograms/cubic meter (µg/m³) of PM2.5 – despite a slight decline in the annual average levels in 2025 as compared to 2024 (96 µg/m³ in 2025 versus 105 in 2024). This means average levels in the peak pollution months were over 35 times the WHO’s annual average guideline of 5 µg/m³ and 11 times the peak 24 guideline limit of 15 µg/m³. And that’s if questions over the robustness of the latest government monitoring data are ignored for the moment. For nine of these last 10 years, opposition-led the Aam Aadmi Party was in power in Delhi, while Narendra Modi’s BJP party has been in power at the national level during the entire time. Near-zero improvement in Delhi’s peak pollution months since 2016. In 2025, Delhi also elected a BJP-led state government, which means the BJP is now in power at the national, state and municipality level – a ‘triple engine sarkar’, as the Hindustan Times framed it, referring to the Hindi term for “government.” Indeed, the BJP not only controls Delhi, but also the governments of two key bordering states, Haryana and Uttar Pradesh – which generate smoke from crop waste burning that contributes to the capital’s autumn smog crisis. That’s also why the new Delhi government, led by Chief Minister Ms Rekha Gupta, was expected to be uniquely placed to reduce pollution when she assumed office. Yet, as the peak season began, there was little indication of a significant shift in strategy. Unprecedented outrage against air pollution Public outrage against air pollution in Delhi and northern India has escalated to a level not seen in many years. It’s been characterised by a mix of anger and cutting humour – reels, memes and so on – against the government and the crisis. There were other aspects. Multiple protests, including the one on 9th November where police detained several demonstrators, including parents, among others, demanding clean air for their children. Multiple groups have been created on various social media and messaging apps. Some TV anchors and journalists, seen to be close to the ruling establishment since 2014, took many by surprise by pivoting and questioning official inaction and apathy. View this post on Instagram A post shared by Newslaundry (@newslaundry) India’s air pollution is “a metaphor for the challenges facing the nation more broadly.… if India cannot solve a problem that manifestly and acutely affects its elite, the prospects for solving the larger challenges confronting the country remain slim,” observed Arvind Subramanian and Devesh Kapur, in their book, A Sixth of Humanity, published last October. India’s environment minister Bhupender Yadav held a series of meetings on Delhi’s pollution, including one where he directed officials to “ensure visible improvement” in the air quality across Delhi and its neighbourhood “within one week.” That was mid-December. By the end of the month, there was no improvement. In fact, this December saw the worst pollution since 2018. Delhi’s environment minister and chief minister held several meetings, extensively posted policy action and photo ops on social media. There have been some positive steps, like distributing electric heaters to gatekeepers at various residential areas, curbs on categories of polluting vehicles, and stricter enforcement of OCEMS, online continuous emissions monitoring systems, at thousands of factories. Gaps in pollution control Along with the global “embarrassment” mentioned in A Sixth of Humanity, critical technical gaps remain. Firstly, misplaced focus on PM10: The government’s focus remains on spraying water to control dust because it continues to prioritise controlling PM10 particulate matter pollutants rather than the finer PM2.5 ones. PM2.5 is dangerous because it is small enough to enter the bloodstream and, so, is more lethal, whereas the body’s defenses can often stop the larger PM10 particles. In theory, watering down dust may help, but in practice, there hasn’t been much improvement. As this clip shows there’s simply too much pollution. And this water mist barely tackles PM2.5. ⚪️ Installs anti smog guns on top of 13 high rise buildings in Delhi to tackle pollution.pic.twitter.com/CJQWH18SYt — Mediterranean Voice (@mediterranvoice) December 26, 2025 Secondly, lack of political will: At a national level, there’s a lack of political will to stop the practice of farmers burning the residue of the paddy harvest in the three states north of Delhi and upwind of the city – Punjab, Haryana and Uttar Pradesh. This contributes almost 10% of the pollution in October and November in Delhi and the neighbourhood, according to a government (IITM) study, but on certain days and hours, it can be much higher. Thirdly, pseudo-science over evidence: There has been a reluctance among decision-makers to fully embrace scientifically evidence-based action. So a lot of time, taxpayers’ money, and effort over the years have gone into what may be described as pseudo-science, like smog towers, or action taken against scientific advice, like cloud-seeding trials. Fourthly, flawed monitoring of vehicular pollution: The Delhi government has, in a well-intentioned move, made pollution-under-control (PUC) certificates mandatory for all vehicles. However, the old PUC regime is flawed, and it needs to be replaced as it doesn’t check for key pollutants like PM2.5 and nitrogen oxides, which are major contributors to Delhi’s pollution. But to give credit where credit is due: a new panel has been formed by the national government with external experts on curbing vehicular pollution, which contributes more than a third of the capital’s air pollution levels. Many vehicles in Delhi are highly polluting, contributing more than a third to ambient air pollution levels. Battle against air pollution, 2026 There have been political missteps, too. One example: In early July, after public protests pressured the Delhi government to quickly roll back stricter enforcement of limits on old, polluting vehicles, the same government also successfully petitioned the Supreme Court to reverse a previous ban on firecrackers during the annual Diwali festival of lights, arguing that certain brands of so-called “green firecrackers” would not pollute. They were wrong. And the ensuing smoke was a factor in 2025’s post-Diwali pollution being the worst in years; and the chief minister repeatedly came in for criticism for comments she made on pollution. In 2026, can the public’s pressure, and even the government’s momentum, for clean air action be sustained or will it, as in the past, fizzle out when Delhi’s peak pollution season tapers off? Republished, with slight adaptation, from the original ‘What Am I Breathing’ Substack by Chetan Bhattacharji, a senior correspondent for Health Policy Watch from Delhi. Image Credits: Chetan Bhattacharji, Centre for Research on Energy and Clean Air. 2025: A Brutal Year for Global Health 28/12/2025 Editorial team This has been a brutal year for global health, with shock cuts in development aid to countries most in need; a knock-on budget crisis for United Nations (UN) agencies; widespread humanitarian crises, extensive disease outbreaks, and mounting climate-related health challenges. Health Policy Watch (HPW) has provided daily coverage of developments, and our reporters were often the first to break news on a range of issues despite our small and under-resourced newsroom. Development aid plunge Chaos followed the immediate “pause” of all development aid from the United States as soon as Donald Trump became president in January. The “pause” included the US President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR), which funded three-quarters of HIV and tuberculosis programmes worldwide, including lifesaving antiretroviral medicine to 20.6 million people in 2024. Within weeks, clinics across Africa closed, and patients were turned away as there was no money for staff or medicine. Although US Secretary of State Marco Rubio later issued a limited waiver for “lifesaving” programmes, this was narrowly focused and ideological. Influenced by the Heritage Foundation’s view that HIV is a “lifestyle disease”, the Trump administration stopped funding HIV measures aimed at “key populations” most vulnerable to infection – including sex workers and men who have sex with men. DOGE’s Elon Musk brandishing a chainsaw given to him by Argentinian President Javier Milei (right) after cutting US government programmes and global development aid, resulting in deaths and chaos. Within two weeks of Trump assuming the presidency, his appointee, Elon Musk and a new Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE) had also dismantled the US Agency for International Development (USAID). Musk declared that “USAID is a criminal organisation. It’s time for it to die.” USAID was hugely influential, and its closure affected almost every country in the world – from Albania to Zambia. As USAID had administered 60% of PEPFAR funds, in many instances, there was no one left to provide goods and services for those projects covered by Rubio’s waiver. Reporting on this issue was led by HPW Deputy Editor Kerry Cullinan. WHO slashes staff The WHO headquarters in Geneva has been in upheaval all year over how to rearrange the organisation’s budget to make up the 25% cut. The US withdrawal from the World Health Organization (WHO) on Trump’s first day in office, and its reduced support for other UN agencies. unleashed mass layoffs and restructuring. The WHO is slashing its staff by around a quarter – aiming to shed about 2,371 staff by mid-2026 – many at the end of this year – with ripples across Geneva. This has affected WHO’s ability to respond to health emergencies across the world. HPW Editor-in-Chief Elaine Fletcher was often the first to report on the various developments, with an inside track to staff reactions, including the WHO Staff Association decision to challenge the fairness and legitimacy of the restructuring process and the mounting rage of lower-level staff as HPW highlighted data suggesting that low- and mid-level personnel will bear the brunt of cuts, while high-ranking executives, whose real costs far exceed their published salaries, remain largely protected. UNAIDS has also been forced to retrench 55% of its head office staff and cut its country offices by almost half after the US ceased to fund it, a move that affected 40% of its budget. The agency warned that the brupt funding cuts have resulted in “perilous risks” for the global HIV response that threaten the health and well-being of millions of people throughout the world. “It feels like the ground has been ripped out from under our feet,” a Mozambican woman with HIV told UNAIDS, which reported at the year’s end that over two million women and girls have been “deprived of essential health services”, and millions of people at high risk of acquiring HIV have lost access to “the most effective prevention tools available” – pre-exposure prophylaxis (PrEP). Gavi, the vaccine alliance, has pared down its staff by a third, which will also affect global vaccination efforts. Disease outbreaks surge – so does anti-vax activities Mosquitoes, which can carry dengue virus, thrive at warmer temperatures. Climate change is fueling dengue cases globally. Amid the chaos in global health funding, diseases have surged. Africa has experienced large outbreaks of cholera, measles, Lassa fever and mpox, while deadly Ebola and Marburg have also affected several countries. By 10 December, Africa CDC had recorded over 300,000 cholera cases, over 140,00 measles cases and almost 134,000 mpox cases this year. Over the past year, both Latin America and the Caribbean saw record-breaking cases of the mosquito-borne dengue fever, with almost one-fifth of cases (about 45 million infections a year) attributable to climate change, Sophia Samantaroy covered issues from the Americas. Measles has also surged in the US and Canada amid the rise of anti-vaccine misinformation. This has been fueled by the appointment of vaccine sceptic Robert F. Kennedy Jr. as US Health and Human Services Secretary. So far, Kennedy and his appointees have cancelled mRNA research, restricted access to COVID-19 vaccines and made Hepatitis B vaccines non-mandatory for infants. In an exclusive article for HPW, Dr Demetre Daskalakis, former Director of the US CDC’s National Center for Immunizations and Respiratory Diseases, describes how the “wall protecting science from political interference in the US has fallen”. Humanitarian crises multiply Some 42,000 Gazans will need prolonged rehabilitation care and support due to war-related trauma injuries and amputations. Conflict and humanitarian crises – particularly in Gaza, Sudan and Ukraine – inflicted heavy casualties on citizens and health workers, with ongoing and unprecedented attacks on health facilities. HPW coverage of the conflict in Gaza included Israel’s blockade of Gaza, the resulting famine, Israeli attacks on WHO’s warehouse and efforts by Israel to secure the release of hostages being held by Hamas. This coverage was also led by Editor-in-Chief Elaine Fletcher. HPW has also consistently reported on the humanitarian crisis in Sudan, including the attack on a maternity hospital in El Fasher in which more than 460 people died. Climate change is ‘needlessly killing millions’ Climate change is claiming millions of lives annually through extreme heat, air pollution, wildfires and the spread of deadly infectious diseases, according to the ninth annual Lancet Countdown report, the most comprehensive assessment to date of the links between climate change and health, published in October. “We’re seeing millions of deaths that are occurring needlessly every year because of our persistent fossil fuel dependence, because of our delay in mitigating climate change, and our delays in adaptation to the climate change that cannot be avoided,” said Marina Romanello, executive director of the Lancet Countdown at University College London, describing this year’s report as “a bleak and undeniable picture of the devastating health harms reaching all corners of the world.” Breaching the 2015 Paris Agreement, a legally binding global treaty adopted in 2015 to combat climate change by limiting global warming to well below 2°C (ideally 1.5°C) above pre-industrial levels, is now unavoidable, according to scientists. The world is heading for 2.8°C of warming by century’s end under current policies, according to a UN assessment. Climate change protest Global greenhouse gas emissions rose 2.3% to a record 57.7 gigatons of CO2 equivalent in 2024, the largest annual increase since the 2000s. Land use change and deforestation account for 53% of the overall increase, while fossil fuel production continues to expand in direct contradiction of climate pledges. The US is the worst emitter, yet Trump withdrew the US from the Paris Agreement on Day One of his presidency. Domestically, the US Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has committed to rolling back 31 climate, air and water pollution, and emissions regulations that will negatively affected citizens’ health. The EPA has also announced that it will no longer require most polluters to report their emissions of carbon dioxide, methane and other greenhouse gases that cause climate change. Stefan Anderson led HPW reporting on climate change. The impact of air pollution Disease burden from air pollution. Meanwhile, 90% of people on the planet breathe dangerously unhealthy levels of air pollution every day, and millions fall ill every year with a range of respiratory and cardiovascular diseases as well as cancers, leading to at least seven million deaths each year. Air pollution is the number one killer across South Asia, accounting for 2.7 million deaths, of which 2.1 million are in India alone. There is growing evidence of the impact of air pollution on a range of medical conditions including strokes, diabetes, heart disease and lung cancer. Significant sources of the deadly fine particulate matter (PM 2.5) come from fossil fuels in vehicles, power plants and other industrial facilities, and burning coal, wood, dung and agricultural residues for cooking. India-based Chetan Bhattacharji, led reporting on air pollution. Women’s rights The ‘Green Tide’: Argentinians demanding the legalisation of abortion. HPW has covered the backlash against sexual and reproductive rights, and women’s rights through stories on US anti-rights groups mobilising in Africa, the rollback of abortion rights in Argentina, the impact of intimate partner violence on children, efforts to enable access to menstrual products for girls and women, female genital mutilation, and several articles on women under Taliban rule in Afghanistan. Disha Shetty and Munija Mirzaie contributed several articles on this topic. New world order? In the final few months of the year, the Trump administration sought to turn the chaos its funding cuts caused into opportunities for the US by signing bilateral health agreements with several African countries that promote American business opportunities – and also enable US access to African minerals. This approach is detailed in the America First Global Health Strategy published in September, that “uses global health diplomacy and foreign assistance to make America safer, stronger, and more prosperous”. Driven by former DOGE official Brad Smith, these bilateral Memorandums of Understanding (MOUs) compel countries that receive US aid to fight HIV, tuberculosis and malaria to immediately share all information about “pathogens with epidemic potential” and give the US the right to share this information with other entities, including US pharmaceutical companies. The MOUs directly undermine the WHO negotiations on a pathogen access and benefit-sharing (PABS) system underway in Geneva, placing African countries in a particularly difficult position. Unlike past PEPFAR agreements, the MOUs cut out the involvement of community groups, except faith-based service providers, some of which are known to be against contraception and any recognition of LGBTQ people. Civil society groups have described the MOUs as “extractive” and over 50 organisations issued a letter calling on African heads of state and government to demand “equity and sovereignty” in the new bilateral agreements. However, in a positive reaction to plummeting aid, several African countries have allocated more money to health while several continental efforts are building Africa’s independence. At the Africa Health Sovereignty Summit, Ghana’s President John Mahama announced the formation of the Presidential High-Level Task Force on Global Health Governance in response to the 40% reduction in development aid in the past two years. “The world has changed, but global health governance has not kept pace with the changing world. At this moment, we’re called to redesign the architecture that has, for far too long, excluded Africa’s voices, excluded Africa’s needs and innovations,” said Mahama. Dr Muhammad Ali Pate, Nigeria’s Coordinating Minister of Health and Social Welfare. Writing for HPW, Nigerian Health Minister Muhammad Ali Pate Africa argues that Africa “can redefine its role in global health – emerging as a producer, innovator, and equal partner in shaping both the health of its people and the well-being of the world”. Pate argues that this can be achieved by countries investing in health “with the same urgency it devotes to infrastructure, defence, or governance”; enhancing South–South cooperation and collaboration; and forging a continental alliance that harnesses shared expertise, resources, and innovation for collective health security. HPW was proud to be a media partner at the Conference of Public Health in Africa 2025, where African researchers discussed how best to build solidarity between countries on the continent. Other Health Policy Watch team members and contributors include Maayan Hoffman (who also coordinates our social media), Arsalan Bukhari, Felix Sassmannshausen, Rahul Basharat Rajput, Kate Okorie, Abdullahi Jimoh, Edith Magak and Roisa Kerry. We are deeply grateful to our donors and media collaborations that have supported HPW to remain afloat during this difficult year and provide an important platform of engagement for the Global South and North that is free of charge. But most of all, we are grateful to all our readers for your engagement and interest. Please consider donating to HPW to ensure our ongoing survival. May 2026 be a more positive one for global health! Image Credits: Guilhem Vellut, WHO/EMRO , Markus Spiske/ Unsplash, Health Ministry of Nigeria. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Key Moments for Climate and Health Diplomacy in 2026 07/01/2026 Arthur Wyns Health workers demand a phase out of fossil fuel at COP30 in Belem, Brazil. The last 12 months have been an unpredictable rollercoaster for those of us working in global health, climate change and development: trade wars, real wars, job and finance cuts, cost of living pressures, attacks on science, the rise of far-right extremism, and the increasingly deadly impacts of climate change, to name but a few of the challenges we currently face. Only a fool would have the confidence to predict what happens next. This author will try, nevertheless. Here are some of the key moments in global health and climate change that we can expect in 2026. January: High Seas Treaty becomes international law Two-thirds of the world’s oceans are unregulated and subjected to overfishing and pollution. The High Seas Treaty offers leagl protection for marine biodiversity in international waters. The High Seas Treaty officially enters into force on 17 January. The treaty – formally known as the UN Agreement on Biodiversity Beyond National Jurisdiction (BBNJ) – was adopted by UN Member States in June 2023 after nearly two decades of negotiations. It has now been ratified by over 60 countries and will enter into force in January. The treaty offers new legal protections for marine biodiversity in international waters, which cover nearly half the planet’s surface. By enabling the establishment of marine protected areas and strengthening international rules, the treaty can help achieve the global biodiversity goals of protecting 30% of the planet’s land and ocean by 2030. Welcoming the development, UN Secretary-General António Guterres said “the ocean’s health is humanity’s health”. February: Negotiations on the global plastics treaty Protestors gather outside UN plastics treaty talks at the Palais des Nations in Geneva, Switzerland, in 2024. Global talks on a treaty to end plastic pollution collapsed in August 2025 after six rounds of negotiations. A coalition of over 100 countries wants the agreement to reduce plastic production, to ban the most dangerous chemicals used in plastic products and to protect human health. Oil-producing countries, on the other hand, have resisted a limit on plastic production in the treaty, arguing that it should only focus on demand-side measures like recycling. On 7 February, a short session of the Intergovernmental Negotiating Committee (INC) will appoint a new chair to facilitate the discussions between countries, with a series of negotiations likely to follow throughout 2026. April: International conference on fossil fuel transition Climate activists call for a transition away from fossil fuel at COP30 The governments of Colombia and the Netherlands will co-host the first-ever International Conference on the Just Transition Away from Fossil Fuels. This follows calls by over 80 countries at COP30 to develop a global roadmap to transition away from fossil fuels. The convening will take place on 28-29 April in the Colombian port city of Santa Marta, which is the country’s major port for coal exports. Pacific nations have also committed to convening a follow-up meeting to advance the outcomes. It remains to be seen how the Colombia conference and efforts to develop a global fossil fuel reduction roadmap can be introduced into the formal climate negotiations. The roadmap currently sits outside of the formal UN regime, with the Brazilian COP30 presidency holding the pen. Some creative diplomatic manoeuvring by the countries supporting the roadmap might be needed to anchor it to COP31 at the end of the year. May: World Health Assembly The 2025 World Health Assembly (WHA) adopted the pandemic agreement, and WHA 2026 is due to finalise the last portion of this agreement. The 79th World Health Assembly is scheduled for 18–23 May in the Swiss capital of Geneva. The gathering of the world’s health ministers is expected to finalise the Pathogen Access and Benefit-Sharing (PABS) system as part of the new WHO Pandemic Agreement. Discussions on wider global health reform will also gather pace. Following the adoption of WHO’s Global Action Plan on Climate and Health last year, we can expect continued pressure from countries to strengthen the global response to the health impacts of climate change. The health harms of fossil fuels will likely receive renewed attention at this year’s WHA. Even though WHO’s climate plans omitted a focus on fossil fuels, many countries and partners are pushing for stronger action to transition away from polluting energy sources. June: UN climate talks in Bonn Following a mixed outcome at the COP30 UN Climate Change Conference in Belém, Brazil, governments will have to pick up the pieces at the climate negotiations from 8 to 18 June in the German city of Bonn. Key areas of work will include the implementation of a set of indicators — including health indicators – to track global progress on climate adaptation. Following a push by Island Countries, negotiators will also discuss how to respond to the persistent gap in ambition to reduce temperatures to 1.5°. A first-of-its-kind dialogue on the role of trade and international cooperation in taking climate action will also take place. June: Elections in Ethiopia The Ethiopian delegation at COP30. The country hosts COP32. The country hosting the COP32 climate conference in 2028 will go to the polls mid-year. Elections in Africa’s second-most populous country may give local and international observers an initial sense of the political difficulties that Ethiopia will have to navigate while hosting the world’s most important climate conference in 2028. The ruling Prosperity Party, led by Prime Minister Abiy Ahmed, is expected to win following the jailing or expulsion of most opposition leaders. A new draft law prepared by Abiy’s government will grant authorities far-reaching powers to restrict civil society groups on “national security” grounds. August: Pacific Island Forum A WHO field staff member talks to a woman fetching water in Kiribati, one of the Pacific Island nations threatened by climate change and sea level rise. The Republic of Palau will host the 55th Pacific Islands Forum (PIF) in August. The forum will bring together the heads of state from the Pacific Islands, Australia and New Zealand, alongside regional organisations and civil society. The PIF plays an important role in developing a common position across Pacific Island countries. Among the key topics will be the role of oceans in securing health and climate goals, as well as a push for a just transition to a Fossil Fuel Free Pacific. This year’s forum might host follow-up discussions on a global roadmap to transition away from fossil fuels, and will function as a stepping stone to a Pacific pre-COP two months later. October: European mayors’ summit on climate and health The mayor of Cork has invited mayors from across Europe to attend a major summit on climate and health. During the summit, city leaders will explore city-led solutions that reduce emissions, strengthen resilience, and enhance the well-being of populations. This will come at a time when Ireland holds the Presidency of the Council of the European Union. October: Pre-COP in the Pacific About a month before the COP31 climate conference kicks off in Türkiye, ministers and lead climate negotiators will be invited to the Pacific for a pre-COP meeting. A pre-COP is a preparatory meeting for key decision makers, which provides a key forcing moment to align on priorities, build coalitions, and settle early disagreements before the formal climate negotiations commence. By hosting the pre-COP, Pacific island countries (the host island has yet to be decided) can ensure their priorities remain at the centre of the climate talks and raise the bar for success at COP. The Pacific has long prioritised climate and health, including with a special initiative to address the health impacts of climate change in Small Island Developing States at COP23 in 2019, which was presided over by Fiji. October: Global conference on tipping points Global mean temperatures are set to breach the Paris agreement target of 1.5°C, at least temporarily. Malaysia will host a Global Tipping Points Conference in October, following successful events in 2022 and 2025. The conference will provide the latest scientific updates on global climate tipping points and risks with a focus on Asia and the Pacific. It will also share opportunities and initiatives to drive accelerated climate action through positive tipping. The conference, hosted by the Sunway Centre for Planetary Health in Kuala Lumpur, will have a particular focus on tipping points at the climate-health-equity nexus in Asia-Pacific. November: COP31 UN climate conference COP31 will take place in the Turkish resort town of Antalya this year from 10-21 November. Türkiye will physically host the talks, be in charge of the action agenda, and appoint the COP31 president, while Australia will lead the formal negotiations. If Australia, Türkiye and the Pacific can combine their diplomatic assets, they might be able to meaningfully improve climate diplomacy and international collaboration between countries. However, the COP31 power-sharing between Türkiye and Australia is an unprecedented and potentially risky arrangement, given the current geopolitical environment. Despite not being formally on the agenda for COP31, fossil fuels will likely be one of the main areas of focus. The case for a rapid shift away from fossil fuels is getting stronger by the day. Expect the economic, energy security, and health arguments against fossil fuels to gather pace in 2026. However, whether the UN climate negotiations themselves can actually yield a more detailed commitment on fossil fuel phaseout before the end of the year remains to be seen. All we can say for certain is that 2026 promises to be an interesting year for climate and health diplomacy. Arthur Wyns is a former senior advisor to the United Arab Emirates COP28 Presidency and the secretariat lead for Friends of Climate and Health, an informal group of countries exploring opportunities to integrate health and well-being into UN climate negotiations. He is also a research fellow at the University of Melbourne, an editor of the Journal of Climate and Health and the governance co-lead of the climate-migration-health network. Image Credits: Mike Muzurakis IISD/ENB , Julia Goralski/ Unsplash, UNEP, Mike Muzurakis IISD/ENB , Mike Muzurakis/ IISD ENB , WHO / Yoshi Shimizu, WMO. US Shrinks Childhood Vaccine Schedule; Drops Six Common Vaccines from CDC Recommendations 06/01/2026 Sophia Samantaroy Among the core vaccines no longer recommended for all children are those that protect against rotavirus, RSV, influenza, meningococcal disease, hepatitis A, and hepatitis B. HHS Secretary Robert F Kennedy Jr makes good on promise to reduce the number of recommended vaccines. US health officials announced Monday an overhauled version of the vaccines recommended to infants and adolescents, shrinking the number of diseases for which vaccines should be administered from 17 to 11. The decision follows a December 5, 2025 directive from President Donald Trump to the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) to review the US childhood vaccine schedule in comparison to those of wealthy, peer-nations, citing Denmark, Germany and Japan in particular. The revisions now mean that the US will go from being one of the developed nations with the highest number of diseases covered – to one of the lowest – according to HHS’s own analysis. In fact, only Denmark recommends fewer jabs – for just 10 diseases in total. Greece and Ireland recommend immunization for 16 diseases and five countries recommend immunization against 15 diseases, including Australia, Canada, Denmark, Ireland, Spain and the United Kingdom. Japan recommends childhood immunization against 14 different diseases. A table from HHS’s assessment of the US vaccine schedule in comparison to other wealthy nations. The table shows the number of doses for each type of vaccine recommended. The “# Mandated” row uses the example of New York state. The “18-19” number in the bottom right reflects the number of shots a child could receive if they take a yearly COVID-19 and flu shot. Some vaccines are duplicated, such as the measles, mumps, rubella combined vaccine (MMR). “A” reflects the new CDC guidance that these shots be only for high-rish patients or at the bequest of caregivers. The US has no childhood federal vaccine mandate – these vary by state. Among the core vaccines CDC will no longer recommend for all children are those that protect against rotavirus, influenza, meningococcal disease, hepatitis A, and hepatitis B (HBV). The CDC also dropped a relatively new recommendation for newborns to be vaccinated against Respiratory Syncytial Virus (RSV) – if their mothers had not been previously vaccinated. RSV is the single largest cause of childhood hospitalizations in the US today, burdening the healthcare system with 80,000 hospitalizations a year. And the new CDC policy reduces the number of recommended doses against HPV – a key cause of cervical cancer – from two to one. This is contrary to the two-dose advice of most other developed nations and the World Health Organization. WHO’s cervical cancer elimination strategy calls for a dramatic reduction in cases by 2030, largely through mass immunization programs. Another key point of concern for US public health experts is the removal of any broad recommendation for vaccination against hepatitis B – a leading cause of liver disease and a vaccine that almost every other developed country includes for newborns or infants. Instead, the updated recommendation urges caregivers to consult with their physicians if their child falls into a “high risk” category. Already in December 2025, the CDC in recommended to delay administration of the hepatitis B (HBV) vaccine for infants by six months. The Department of Health and Human Services Secretary Robert F Kennedy Jr’s longtime skepticism about the HBV vaccine played a central part of his Senate confirmation hearing where Senator Bill Cassidy (R-LA), a medical doctor and liver specialist, credited the vaccine with saving some 90,000 children’s lives in the US since 1991. Despite the reassurances that Kennedy provided at that time to the Senate Confirmation Committee to follow well-established evidence on immunization’s benefits, the HHS Secretary, who built his career around vaccine hesitancy, has now made good on his previous record as a vaccine skeptic. Changes announced Monday following a brief review U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) Secretary Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. conducts the swearing-in ceremony of Jim O’Neill as the Department’s Deputy Secretary Monday, June 9, 2025 at the Hubert H. Humphrey Building in Washington, D.C. (Source: HHS by Amy Rossetti) The changes were announced abruptly Monday by acting Centers for Disease Control and Prevention Director Jim O’Neill. He directed the public health agency to move forward immediately on the new CDC recommendations. The Trump Administration’s health leadership has argued that the change will increase transparency and rebuild trust in health institutions. “After an exhaustive review of the evidence, we are aligning the U.S. childhood vaccine schedule with international consensus while strengthening transparency and informed consent. This decision protects children, respects families, and rebuilds trust in public health,” Kennedy said in the statement. But the overhaul also is an unprecedented departure from the evidence-based process the US previously used to decide its vaccine schedule. Normally an independent federal advisory panel of experts would review studies and data for each vaccine before publishing recommendations. In this instance, CDC director O’Neill issued the changes in a memorandum responding to a request by Trump for such a review only a month ago – and with the underlying analysis based on a comparison of schedules in other nations. The comparisons between the seemingly high number of actual shots, or jabs, US children previously received as compared to those of other nations is also somewhat misleading – insofar as annual flu and COVID-19 vaccines up until the age of 18 are included in the US count of previous recommendations – totaling about 35 or 36 more shots across 18 years. But in November, the CDC last year already stated that COVID vaccination for children, while recommended, should be a matter of “individual decision-making.” And WHO’s own recommendations for COVID-19 vaccination of children were already reversed post-pandemic, advising only one dose for never-vaccinated children with co-morbidities. In 2010, the CDC did adopt a universal recommendation for annual childhood sesasonal flu vaccination. That went further than the current WHO recommendation which recommends prioritizing seasonal flu vaccine for “health workers, individuals with comorbidities and underlying conditions, older adults and pregnant women,” adding only that “Depending on national disease goals, capacity and resources, epidemiology, national policies and priorities, and disease burden, countries may consider additional (sub)populations for vaccination, such as children.” Concerns that hospitalizations, deaths may increase View this post on Instagram A post shared by Jessica Malaty Rivera, MS | Making Science Make Sense (@jessicamalatyrivera) “Fewer vaccinations (specifically for rotavirus, COVID-19, influenza, RSV, meningococcal disease, hepatitis A and hepatitis B) will result in an increase in disease, disability, and death, wrote epidemiologist and infectious disease specialist Jessica Malaty Rivera in a post. “Please ignore this unscientific nonsense and follow the @ameracadpeds schedule alongside your pediatrician.” Prior to the vaccines and therapeutics that prevent RSV, for instance, the virus accounted for over one in four hospitalizations among young children in the US. Other physicians and health experts criticized the shift for causing confusion and for ignoring decades of vaccine studies demonstrating safety and efficacy. “Know this: Even as our government shifts its recommendation language, I would never forgo the RSV, hepatitis A & B, or meningitis vaccines for my own kids,” said Dr Scott Hadland, a pediatrician and chief of adolescent medicine at Harvard. “This is health policy malpractice at the highest level and must be reversed before children and families suffer,” said Dr George C Benjamin, executive director of the American Public Health Association. Attempt to bring US “in-line” with other wealthy countries The 33-page CDC policy document argues that in light of falling vaccination rates across the US and the lack of trust in public health institutions, the US should therefore cut back on the number of recommended vaccines. “Bringing the U.S. pediatric immunization schedule in line with the consensus of peer nations while keeping non-consensus vaccines available for high-risk groups and populations and/orthrough shared clinical decision-making is a balanced approach to reform and restore trust in public health,” the document says. Traditionally, the US has recommended slightly more vaccines, on average, than “peer” nations. However, the US also continues to face surges of measles, hepatitis A, RSV, and other infectious diseases. The other problem with policy decisions based on comparisons with other high income countries experts say, is that the US has a far larger, and more sickly, population that often lacks access to primary healthcare. “Many high-income countries have universal coverage and paid family leave that make it easier to get care and stay safe when kids get sick,” said Dr Uché Blackstock, a physician and health equity advocate in a social media post. “You cannot copy the [vaccine] list without copying the supports,” Blackstock said. Denmark and Japan’s healthier population, more robust healthcare systems, surveillance, testing, and social support mean there is less of a reliance on vaccines. “We have fragmented insurance, we’ve got millions uninsured, we don’t have a national health registry and we’ve got enormous gaps in the continuity of care,” said Dr. Jake Scott, an infectious disease specialist at Stanford University School of Medicine. “And we use broader vaccine recommendations because our system can’t reliably identify and follow up with every person at risk.” Assessment downplays risk of rotavirus, meningococcal disease, HPV A screen capture of the CDC website with the burden of rotavirus on the US Of the vaccines being cut from the list, RSV and rotavirus pose a significant burden to the healthcare system. Prior to the RSV maternal vaccine and monoclonal antibodies, up to 80,000 children were hospitalized with the virus. Nearly all children were infected with rotavirus prior to the vaccine. It caused 20-60 deaths each year, according to the CDC. “Reasonable people can reach different conclusions about recommending the rotavirus vaccine for all children,” says the assessment. The assessment also argued that low rates of meningococcal disease warranted an end of recommendations. “Considering the low incidence of meningococcal disease in the U.S., the meningococcal vaccine should not be part of the consensus recommended vaccine schedule.” These low rates are due in large part to vaccinations. Still covered by health insurers? The vaccines dropped from the CDC’s recommendations should still be covered by health insurance systems – the new CDC policy also states. But it is unclear whether health insurers in the US’s fragmented public health system will in fact guarantee continued access for all of those who would like to get a shot – once the actual CDC recommendation has been removed. The authors of the new CDC policy are Dr Tracy Beth Høeg, a Danish-American physician and Food and Drug Administration director of the Center for Drug Research and Evaluation, and Martin Kulldorff. They are self-described in the assessment as “one of the most pro-vaccine scientists in the country” – however, they garnered significant attention during the COVID pandemic for their anti-COVID-19 vaccine stances. Kulldorff’s bio continues in the assessment: “In early 2021, he was one of the first public health scientists to publicly oppose Covid vaccine mandates and it is hard to imagine a policy doing more harm to the trust in vaccines and public health.” Image Credits: European Union, Quinn Dombrowski, HHS , Amy Rossetti, CDC. UN Agencies, Aid Groups Protest Israel’s Move to Bar Many NGOs from Gaza as Winter Exacerbates Dire Conditions 06/01/2026 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Gaza tent camp surrounded by mud from unusually heavy winter storms; new Israeli restructions on NGO activities would further impede humanitarian efforts, UN and partner agencies charge. Senior United Nations officials and humanitarian leaders have urged Israel to reverse plans to withhold registration from more three-dozen international NGOs providing humanitarian relief in war-torn Gaza and the Israeli-occupied West Bank – warning that the move would severely undermine life-saving aid in a moment of acute humanitarian need. Israel said last Thursday that some 37 international NGOs operating in Palestinian areas it controls, including the internationally renowned Médecins Sans Frontières, had not complied with a deadline to meet “security and transparency standards” now required by Israel for re-licensing in 2026. The NGOs are contesting new Israeli rules requiring them to disclose personal information on local Palestinian staff. For those NGOs that don’t comply, Israel has said it “will enforce” a ban on their activities in 2026. The government approved the new registration rules in March 2025 – in the wake of Israeli government allegations that two former MSF staff members were involved with Hamas or other armed groups. MSF has denied knowingly hiring people with military ties. In a related move, Israel last week also cut off water and electricity to the now vacant Jerusalem facilities of UNRWA, the UN Palestinian Refugee Agency, under legislation approved by the Knesset, or Parliament to close down the UN agency’s operations in areas under Israeli control. On Monday, seven European countries, including Spain, Ireland and Norway, condemned the move calling it a violation of international law with “grave humanitarian consequences.” Joint UN Agency statement decries move In a joint statement 31 December, the Inter-Agency Standing Committee (IASC), which represents about 20 heads of UN agencies and major humanitarian organisations, said that international NGOs collectively deliver nearly $1 billion in assistance each year in the occupied Palestinian territory and are “central to humanitarian operations,” particularly in Gaza. “Humanitarian access is not optional, conditional or political,” the statement said. It warned that restricting NGO operations during winter, amid continued food insecurity and recent flood-related displacement, risks undoing fragile gains made since the October 2025 Israeli-Hamas ceasefire – and would have “devastating” consequences for Gaza’s civilian population. The signatories included the UN emergency relief coordinator Tom Fletcher, the World Health Organization’s Dr. Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, as well as the heads of the UN Refugee Agency (UNHCR); the UN Development Pogramme (UNDP); UNICEF, the UN Childrens Agency; the World Food Programme; and leaders of major civil society groups such as Oxfam, Save the Children, Mercy Corps and Caritas Internationalis. MSF condemns “cynical” attempt to block aid A pregnant Palestinian mother, Donia Alouf, and her 1 year-old son, Ahmed, who was diagnosed with malnutrition, receive treatment in an MSF-supported Gaza city clinic. COGAT, the Israeli Defense Ministry agency coordinating Gaza humanitarian aid, has said that the new registration process is designed to prevent the misuse of humanitarian aid by Hamas, which it claims has exploited aid frameworks for to divert funds and recruit local aid employees for its own military purposes. COGAT also contended that the revocation of the licenses to the 37 NGOs will not substantially affect aid delivery, claiming that the affected organizations had not provided substantial aid to Gaza since the ceasefire began on October 10. And before the ceasefire, their combined contribution amounted to only a small proportion of total aid, Israel said. Médecins Sans Frontières (MSF), one of the most prominent organisations affected by Israel’s registration decision, contested Israel’s claims. An MSF press statement noted that the organization currently supports one in five hospital beds in Gaza and assists one in three mothers during childbirth. “In the last year, MSF teams have treated hundreds of thousands of patients and delivered hundreds of millions of litres of water,” said Pascale Coissard, MSF emergency coordinator for Gaza, in a 22 December statement. “In 2025 alone, we carried out almost 800,000 outpatient consultations and handled more than 100 000 trauma cases, and if we obtain registration, we plan to continue strengthening our activities in 2026.” Describing the move as a “cynical and calculated attempt” at political control, MSF said that blocking its activities and those of other NGOs that refused to register their Palestinian staff would exact a “terrible cost” after Gaza’s health system has been decimated. Only about half of the enclave’s 36 hospitals are functioning, and those only partially. International organizations say new Israel’s rules potentially endanger staff A toddler plays with dolls in MSF’s burn unit in Nasser hospital, Gaza, in May 2025. She was severely burned in an Israeli airstrike that struck her family’s tent in the Al-Mawasi humanitarian zone, which also killed her mother and two siblings. The healing process was hindered by a lack of proper nutrition and protein for the child, unavailable due to the Israeli halt to most humanitarian aid between March and late May. MSF said Israel’s core demand, that the NGO’s share personal information about Palestinians employees, is especially dangerous in Gaza where humanitarian workers have been intimidated, detained, attacked and killed. Some 15 MSF colleagues have reportedly been killed by Israeli forces. “Demanding staff lists as a condition for access to territory is an outrageous overreach,” MSF said, adding that there is no clarity on how such sensitive data would be used or shared. The organization said Israeli authorities had ignored repeated requests for meetings and instead accused MSF in the media of harbouring alleged militants – an allegation MSF rejects. “MSF would never knowingly employ anyone involved in military activities, which contradicts our core values and ethics,” the organization said. “Denying medical assistance to civilians is unacceptable under any circumstances, and it is appalling to use humanitarian aid as a tool of policy or collective punishment.” Israel’s moves on UNRWA follow in the wake of allegations that surfaced in 2024, charging that some 19 UNRWA employees participated in the 7 October Hamas attacks on Israeli communities, and UNRWA facilities were also used for Hamas weapons storage and other military activities. UNRWA has denied most of the claims, while acknowledging that an internal UN investigation led to the termination of nine UNRWA employees where “evidence obtained … – if authenticated and corroborated – might indicate that the staff members may have been involved.” Meanwhile, Palestinian nationalists who are also critics of Hamas note that the pressures on local aid workers to filter food, funds or other forms of aid can be intense – particularly as the militant group has now regained control over the roughly 50% of Gaza that lies within the “yellow line” to which Israel withdrew in October. A chilling update from the ground in Gaza: Two of my friends, who have been running independent food drives via international crowdfunding, were stopped and interrogated by Hamas militants. After proving their transparency and showing that all funds are used for food and aid for… pic.twitter.com/d55tKopGHM — Hamza (@HowidyHamza) January 5, 2026 Shelter crisis deepens amid winter storms Tents and ruined buildings in Gaza surrounded by mud. The curbs on the activities of the NGOs comes as housing and sanitary conditions in Gaza continue to deteriorate amidst a series of heavy winter storms, particularly for hundreds of thousands of displaced people living in makeshift shelters, according to the end December update of the UN Office for the Coordination of Humanitarian Affairs (OCHA). The unusually heavy rainfall has flooded tents and caused already unstable buildings to collapse – forcing displaced families to move yet again in search of safer ground. Seawater inundation has rendered shelters uninhabitable in coastal areas such as Al Mawasi in Khan Younis, while heavy winds have destroyed or severely damaged many tents. As of 30 December, humanitarian partners have provided emergency shelter assistance to more than 80,000 Gazan households, distributing tens of thousands of tents, tarpaulins and bedding items. Despite these efforts, more than one million Gazans out of a population of 2.1 million still need urgent shelter support, OCHA said. According to Gaza’s Hamas-controlled Ministry of Health, at least 17 people died in December due to the collapse of storm- and flood-damaged buildings, while three children died of hypothermia. WHO, MSF and other partners have reported consistently high rates of respiratory infections, warning that winter conditions are driving further illness, particularly among young children. Sewage, waste and public health risks A Palestinian boy walks past tents during a break in the rain in Jabalya, North Gaza. Waste mixed with floodwaters increases exposures to infectious diseases. Flooding has also intensified Gaza’s long-running sewage and solid waste crisis – and along with that infectious disease risks related to sewage exposure. The UN Water, Sanitation and Hygiene (WASH) Cluster reports that damaged infrastructure, fuel shortages and restrictions on the entry of equipment are limiting the ability to manage wastewater and storm runoff. Recent rains raised water levels in inland lagoons such as Wadi Gaza and Sheikh Radwan, heightening the risk of overflow and sewage contamination on land, as well as into the sea. The Palestinian Water Authority says it has been forced to rely on short-term measures because critical equipment such as pumps, pipes and electromechanical components has been denied entry by Israel. Solid waste management remains severely constrained. Since 7 October 2023, Hamas miiltants first invaded Israeli communities on the Gaza periphery in the opening salvo of the war, an estimated $66 million in damage has been recorded to waste management systems, including the destruction of more than 200 collection trucks and widespread damage to facilities. Gaza’s two main landfills remain inaccessible, forcing municipalities to rely on overcrowded temporary dumping sites. Waste generation far exceeds collection capacity in northern Gaza, where only about 60 per cent of daily waste is collected. This has resulted in continued accumulation of solid waste in densely populated areas, exacerbating public health and environmental risks. While a recent analysis found that famine conditions in Gaza have been pushed back, acute food insecurity and malnutrition remain critically high, and aid officials warn that progress remains fragile. “Needs are growing faster than aid can get in,” UN Secretary-General António Guterres declared in a late December press briefing, stressing that predictable and unimpeded access for humanitarian actors is essential to address the immense challenges faced. “We need more crossings, the lifting of restrictions on critical items, the removal of red tape, safe routes inside Gaza, sustained funding, and unimpeded access – including for NGOs,” Guterres said. “And we cannot lose sight of the rapidly deteriorating situation in the West Bank,” he added referring to escalating Israeli settler violence, land seizures, demolitions and displacement as well as intensified restrictions on movement – affecting Palestinian access to vital health and social services as well as livelihoods. Against that landscape, the prospect of new Israeli bans on international NGOs threatens to further erode an already strained response. “Allowing humanitarian aid is not a favour,” MSF said. “It is an obligation under international law.” Image Credits: MSF , Palestinian Water Authority , Nour Alsaqqa/MSF, Palestinian Water Authority , OCHA . US EPA dismisses WHO Cancer Agency Determination that Widely Used Herbicide is ‘Probably Carcinogenic’ 05/01/2026 Sophia Samantaroy Over 70 million tons of atrazine is applied to US soil each year. The chemical is now deemed a ‘probable’ carcinogen to humans. The US Environmental Protection Agency has dismissed a recent finding that atrazine, the second most widely-used herbicide in the United States, is “probably carcinogenic to humans” by the World Health Organization’s cancer review agency. Atrazine is used extensively in the US on crops like corn, sorghum, and sugarcane. However, over 60 countries have banned the chemical due to its endocrine-disrupting properties and tendency to contaminate groundwater. In a new classification, published in the January, 2026 issue of The Lancet Oncology, the International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) ranked atrazine as probably carcinogenic to humans based on what it described as “limited evidence” for cancer in humans and “sufficient evidence for cancer in experimental animals.” The agency’s findings are independent assessments that guide national regulatory authorities worldwide in the promulgation of rules around chemicals used in agriculture, food systems and occupational settings. The IARC assessment was the first in nearly three decades. In 1998 the organization said the compound was not classifiable as to its carcinogenicity to humans. Since the IARC findings were initially released in late November, the US Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), as well as chemical producers in China and elsewhere, have pushed back against the new classification. Both used almost identical terms in describing the determination as “flawed” and “inconsistent with scientific consensus.” Hormone disruptor, cancer risk of atrazine Atrazine has been linked to non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma Atrazine’s cancer links include evidence of oxidative stress, hormone disruption, immune suppression, and actual tumor growth, IARC found in its abbreviated evaluation of atrazine and two other compounds. In particular, IARC pointed to animal studies that showed tumor growth in the mammary glands and uterus of female rats, reduced estrogen and testosterone in both male and female rats, and induced cell death and division. The most recent study IARC cites, from 2024, also concluded that male rats also experience oxidative stress and severe hormone disruption. In humans, only a handful of studies have been published so far. However, IARC noted that two case-control studies that reported “strong positive associations between exposure to atrazine…and translocation-positive NHL [non-Hodgkin’s Lymphoma]” among exposed farm workers. Links to other human cancers did not show “consistent positive findings.” Beyond its cancer inks, atrazine exposure is also associated with birth defects, reproductive harm, and hormone disruption, in papers not cited by IARC – an agency that focuses almost exclusively on cancer risks. US regulators and manufacturers push back The US EPA said IARC’s findings used a “deeply flawed approach to its cancer assessments” In a 21 November statement, Syngenta, the agrochemical company that produces most of the US’s atrazine, said: “[c]urrent scientific evidence clearly demonstrate[s] that atrazine is safe when applied in accordance with registered label instructions.” Syngenta is owned by the Chinese state-operated company Sinochem. Speaking to Health Policy Watch just a few days after the Syngenta statement, EPA used identical terms, arguing that IARC’s findings “stir up fear” by also including “very hot beverages, red meat, working the night shift and hairdressing in the same classification.” “This announcement on atrazine is just another example of the World Health Organization International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) using a deeply flawed approach to its cancer assessments on multiple levels,” the EPA added. The EPA spokesperson complained, in particular, that the two-page article published so far is just a brief summary of the full review, which is only due to be published later this year, according to IARC. “[F]or IARC to roll out these “findings” and unnecessarily stir up fear when IARC has said it will not be publishing any of its detailed science until late 2026 or 2027 is irresponsible and lacks transparency. Currently, there is no opportunity for anyone to meaningfully review how IARC has reached its conclusions,” said the EPA’s press office. “In contrast, atrazine has been extensively studied by EPA across multiple administrations, including having five meetings of independent Scientific Advisory Panels peer review the cancer potential of atrazine between 2009-2011,” EPA said. “As a reminder, IARC also has a long history of being severely misguided in its findings,” the EPA spokesperson said, citing past IARC findings on red meat and night shift work, among other factors, as possible or probable causes of cancer. In 2015 IARC concluded that red meat was a possible cause of cancer and processed meat is a probable cause. Those findings have since been echoed by the American Institute for Cancer Research, which in 2021 concluded “there is strong evidence that eating high amounts of red meat increases the risk of colorectal cancer.” The US Department of Agriculture’s most recent dietary guidelines also suggest reducing red meat consumption. The US CDC concluded in a 2021 report that there is “high confidence” that persistent night shift work that results in circadian disruption can cause human cancer. Environmental groups welcome IARC re-evaluation Latest estimates of atrazine use from the US Geological Survey, 2019 Separate EPA reviews in 2003 and 2018 concluded that available evidence does not support a relationship between atrazine exposure and human cancers. IARC cites one new animal study from 2024, while re-evaluating older data in a new light. For pesticide experts like Dr Jennifer Sass, a senior scientist at the Natural Resources Defense Council (NRDC), IARC’s re-evaluation was welcome – correcting industry bias in previous evaluations. . “With atrazine, there’s hormone disruption, there’s oxidative stress, there is indication of tumors in human and animal studies,” said Sass. “IARC gathered a solid expert array of people from different disciplines, including industry people. They didn’t second-guess or overinterpret the data. “The EPA needs to take another look at their assessment to account for the carcinogenicity,” said Sass. Canada, Australia and Brazil also use atrazine extensively Atrazine, also known under brand names such as Aatrex®, Aatram®, Atratol®, and Gesaprim® is the second most widely-used pesticide in the US after glyphosate – also known as Roundup®. Glyphosate also was designated as a probable carcinogen in humans by IARC in 2015, in a ruling that continues to trigger controversy between the US and trading partners that have banned the chemical. Across the US’s corn belt, up to 60 million pounds of atrazine is applied to treat US crops each year. Atrazine also is flushed from soil into streams or groundwater aquifers where it can contaminate drinking water supplies, according to the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. A 2017 analysis of EPA tap water data found that nearly 30 million Americans across 28 states have tap water that contains atrazine. Drinking water in these areas had atrazine levels three to seven times higher than the federal limit of three parts per billion during spikes due to run-off in spring and summer, according to another major research and advocacy non-profit, Environmental Working Group. “Because the EPA has been sweeping the evidence on cancer under the rug for the time it has been on the market for 50 years, they’re not monitoring for atrazine in the water. The drinking water standard should be zero, because it’s a carcinogen,” said Sass. But the US is not alone in its reliance on the chemical, which is typically applied to unplanted fields so as to kill any other weeds or plants before crops are planted. Canada, Australia, Brazil and China also use atrazine to increase crop yields. In the decades prior to IARC’s classification, 60 countries banned the use of atrazine. These include 27 European Union countries, most Middle Eastern countries, and even many African countries. However, in many lower-and-middle income countries where atrazine is banned, the chemical is often smuggled in illegally. The European Union banned atrazine in 2004 and most EU countries have since banned glyphosate as well. Mexico, which exports tens of billions of dollars of agricultural products to the US, had attempted to ban glyphosate. But in 2024 it postponed the ban indefinitely following pressure from industry and the US, citing the lack of an effective alternative. As international assessments increasingly flag risks associated with such chemicals, the US remains an outlier among high-income countries in continued widespread use. “We were all told for a long time that weed killers aren’t harmful to people because their mechanism of toxicity targets photosynthesis. We all believed them,” said Sass. “Because of that, we didn’t have proper food monitoring. We didn’t have proper drinking water monitoring. The people exposed to atrazine occupationally, whether by mixing it, loading it, applying it, manufacturing it, need to take the proper precautions because of how toxic it is. EPA stance contrasts sharply with MAHA rhetoric about healthier foods EPA’s pro-pesticide stance under the new US administration of President Donald Trump contrasts sharply with the healthy foods rhetoric of the “Make America Healthy Again” (MAHA) movement, critics also said. “Despite the rhetoric of MAHA, there will be no robust review of the dangers of pesticides by the Trump Administration,” said Sylvia Wu, of the Washington DC-based Center for Food Safety. “Instead, a toxic poison like atrazine will continue to contaminate our lands and waters, making our children sick for decades to come,” said Wu. Wu was responding, in particular, to another recent US Fish and Wildlife’s (FWS) statement that atrazine does not pose an extinction risk to any US endangered species. The Center for Food Safety sued the EPA in 2020 when the agency moved to reapprove atrazine, along with a host of other pesticides and herbicides, as part of a routine evaluation. “The public trust has been steamrolled by agrochemical interests,” said Sass of the Natural Resources Defence Council. “The EPA has fast-tracked the approval of their poisons, which is not only a violation of the public’s trust, but also of the mission of the EPA.” “Using modern farming methods, we do not need weed killers like atrazine. We simply don’t have to kill every weed to grow our crops. It. We don’t have to be so scorched earth in our farm practices,” Sass argued. “I look forward to the day that the US catches up to other countries in keeping American families safe from chemicals.” Image Credits: Akshat Jhingran , Waldemar Brandt , AP/Sierra Club, USGS. Near-Zero Change in Delhi’s Peak Air Pollution Levels Over Past Decade – But Big Change in Public Outrage 05/01/2026 Chetan Bhattacharji Delhi air pollution during peak days in mid-November 2025 – an annual public health crisis that remains unresolved. The latest ten-year data shows almost no change. Can the momentum of outrage finally push officials to take high-impact measures to lower pollution this year? It’s Delhi 2026. Since 2016, there’s been near-zero improvement in the city’s air pollution during the annual peak pollution period of October to December, a new analysis by the Center for Research on Energy and Clean Air (CREA) reveals. This period also usually sees peak coverage and public outrage about the crisis. In 2025, average levels for those peak months even inched up a notch over the year before to 177 micrograms/cubic meter (µg/m³) of PM2.5 – despite a slight decline in the annual average levels in 2025 as compared to 2024 (96 µg/m³ in 2025 versus 105 in 2024). This means average levels in the peak pollution months were over 35 times the WHO’s annual average guideline of 5 µg/m³ and 11 times the peak 24 guideline limit of 15 µg/m³. And that’s if questions over the robustness of the latest government monitoring data are ignored for the moment. For nine of these last 10 years, opposition-led the Aam Aadmi Party was in power in Delhi, while Narendra Modi’s BJP party has been in power at the national level during the entire time. Near-zero improvement in Delhi’s peak pollution months since 2016. In 2025, Delhi also elected a BJP-led state government, which means the BJP is now in power at the national, state and municipality level – a ‘triple engine sarkar’, as the Hindustan Times framed it, referring to the Hindi term for “government.” Indeed, the BJP not only controls Delhi, but also the governments of two key bordering states, Haryana and Uttar Pradesh – which generate smoke from crop waste burning that contributes to the capital’s autumn smog crisis. That’s also why the new Delhi government, led by Chief Minister Ms Rekha Gupta, was expected to be uniquely placed to reduce pollution when she assumed office. Yet, as the peak season began, there was little indication of a significant shift in strategy. Unprecedented outrage against air pollution Public outrage against air pollution in Delhi and northern India has escalated to a level not seen in many years. It’s been characterised by a mix of anger and cutting humour – reels, memes and so on – against the government and the crisis. There were other aspects. Multiple protests, including the one on 9th November where police detained several demonstrators, including parents, among others, demanding clean air for their children. Multiple groups have been created on various social media and messaging apps. Some TV anchors and journalists, seen to be close to the ruling establishment since 2014, took many by surprise by pivoting and questioning official inaction and apathy. View this post on Instagram A post shared by Newslaundry (@newslaundry) India’s air pollution is “a metaphor for the challenges facing the nation more broadly.… if India cannot solve a problem that manifestly and acutely affects its elite, the prospects for solving the larger challenges confronting the country remain slim,” observed Arvind Subramanian and Devesh Kapur, in their book, A Sixth of Humanity, published last October. India’s environment minister Bhupender Yadav held a series of meetings on Delhi’s pollution, including one where he directed officials to “ensure visible improvement” in the air quality across Delhi and its neighbourhood “within one week.” That was mid-December. By the end of the month, there was no improvement. In fact, this December saw the worst pollution since 2018. Delhi’s environment minister and chief minister held several meetings, extensively posted policy action and photo ops on social media. There have been some positive steps, like distributing electric heaters to gatekeepers at various residential areas, curbs on categories of polluting vehicles, and stricter enforcement of OCEMS, online continuous emissions monitoring systems, at thousands of factories. Gaps in pollution control Along with the global “embarrassment” mentioned in A Sixth of Humanity, critical technical gaps remain. Firstly, misplaced focus on PM10: The government’s focus remains on spraying water to control dust because it continues to prioritise controlling PM10 particulate matter pollutants rather than the finer PM2.5 ones. PM2.5 is dangerous because it is small enough to enter the bloodstream and, so, is more lethal, whereas the body’s defenses can often stop the larger PM10 particles. In theory, watering down dust may help, but in practice, there hasn’t been much improvement. As this clip shows there’s simply too much pollution. And this water mist barely tackles PM2.5. ⚪️ Installs anti smog guns on top of 13 high rise buildings in Delhi to tackle pollution.pic.twitter.com/CJQWH18SYt — Mediterranean Voice (@mediterranvoice) December 26, 2025 Secondly, lack of political will: At a national level, there’s a lack of political will to stop the practice of farmers burning the residue of the paddy harvest in the three states north of Delhi and upwind of the city – Punjab, Haryana and Uttar Pradesh. This contributes almost 10% of the pollution in October and November in Delhi and the neighbourhood, according to a government (IITM) study, but on certain days and hours, it can be much higher. Thirdly, pseudo-science over evidence: There has been a reluctance among decision-makers to fully embrace scientifically evidence-based action. So a lot of time, taxpayers’ money, and effort over the years have gone into what may be described as pseudo-science, like smog towers, or action taken against scientific advice, like cloud-seeding trials. Fourthly, flawed monitoring of vehicular pollution: The Delhi government has, in a well-intentioned move, made pollution-under-control (PUC) certificates mandatory for all vehicles. However, the old PUC regime is flawed, and it needs to be replaced as it doesn’t check for key pollutants like PM2.5 and nitrogen oxides, which are major contributors to Delhi’s pollution. But to give credit where credit is due: a new panel has been formed by the national government with external experts on curbing vehicular pollution, which contributes more than a third of the capital’s air pollution levels. Many vehicles in Delhi are highly polluting, contributing more than a third to ambient air pollution levels. Battle against air pollution, 2026 There have been political missteps, too. One example: In early July, after public protests pressured the Delhi government to quickly roll back stricter enforcement of limits on old, polluting vehicles, the same government also successfully petitioned the Supreme Court to reverse a previous ban on firecrackers during the annual Diwali festival of lights, arguing that certain brands of so-called “green firecrackers” would not pollute. They were wrong. And the ensuing smoke was a factor in 2025’s post-Diwali pollution being the worst in years; and the chief minister repeatedly came in for criticism for comments she made on pollution. In 2026, can the public’s pressure, and even the government’s momentum, for clean air action be sustained or will it, as in the past, fizzle out when Delhi’s peak pollution season tapers off? Republished, with slight adaptation, from the original ‘What Am I Breathing’ Substack by Chetan Bhattacharji, a senior correspondent for Health Policy Watch from Delhi. Image Credits: Chetan Bhattacharji, Centre for Research on Energy and Clean Air. 2025: A Brutal Year for Global Health 28/12/2025 Editorial team This has been a brutal year for global health, with shock cuts in development aid to countries most in need; a knock-on budget crisis for United Nations (UN) agencies; widespread humanitarian crises, extensive disease outbreaks, and mounting climate-related health challenges. Health Policy Watch (HPW) has provided daily coverage of developments, and our reporters were often the first to break news on a range of issues despite our small and under-resourced newsroom. Development aid plunge Chaos followed the immediate “pause” of all development aid from the United States as soon as Donald Trump became president in January. The “pause” included the US President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR), which funded three-quarters of HIV and tuberculosis programmes worldwide, including lifesaving antiretroviral medicine to 20.6 million people in 2024. Within weeks, clinics across Africa closed, and patients were turned away as there was no money for staff or medicine. Although US Secretary of State Marco Rubio later issued a limited waiver for “lifesaving” programmes, this was narrowly focused and ideological. Influenced by the Heritage Foundation’s view that HIV is a “lifestyle disease”, the Trump administration stopped funding HIV measures aimed at “key populations” most vulnerable to infection – including sex workers and men who have sex with men. DOGE’s Elon Musk brandishing a chainsaw given to him by Argentinian President Javier Milei (right) after cutting US government programmes and global development aid, resulting in deaths and chaos. Within two weeks of Trump assuming the presidency, his appointee, Elon Musk and a new Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE) had also dismantled the US Agency for International Development (USAID). Musk declared that “USAID is a criminal organisation. It’s time for it to die.” USAID was hugely influential, and its closure affected almost every country in the world – from Albania to Zambia. As USAID had administered 60% of PEPFAR funds, in many instances, there was no one left to provide goods and services for those projects covered by Rubio’s waiver. Reporting on this issue was led by HPW Deputy Editor Kerry Cullinan. WHO slashes staff The WHO headquarters in Geneva has been in upheaval all year over how to rearrange the organisation’s budget to make up the 25% cut. The US withdrawal from the World Health Organization (WHO) on Trump’s first day in office, and its reduced support for other UN agencies. unleashed mass layoffs and restructuring. The WHO is slashing its staff by around a quarter – aiming to shed about 2,371 staff by mid-2026 – many at the end of this year – with ripples across Geneva. This has affected WHO’s ability to respond to health emergencies across the world. HPW Editor-in-Chief Elaine Fletcher was often the first to report on the various developments, with an inside track to staff reactions, including the WHO Staff Association decision to challenge the fairness and legitimacy of the restructuring process and the mounting rage of lower-level staff as HPW highlighted data suggesting that low- and mid-level personnel will bear the brunt of cuts, while high-ranking executives, whose real costs far exceed their published salaries, remain largely protected. UNAIDS has also been forced to retrench 55% of its head office staff and cut its country offices by almost half after the US ceased to fund it, a move that affected 40% of its budget. The agency warned that the brupt funding cuts have resulted in “perilous risks” for the global HIV response that threaten the health and well-being of millions of people throughout the world. “It feels like the ground has been ripped out from under our feet,” a Mozambican woman with HIV told UNAIDS, which reported at the year’s end that over two million women and girls have been “deprived of essential health services”, and millions of people at high risk of acquiring HIV have lost access to “the most effective prevention tools available” – pre-exposure prophylaxis (PrEP). Gavi, the vaccine alliance, has pared down its staff by a third, which will also affect global vaccination efforts. Disease outbreaks surge – so does anti-vax activities Mosquitoes, which can carry dengue virus, thrive at warmer temperatures. Climate change is fueling dengue cases globally. Amid the chaos in global health funding, diseases have surged. Africa has experienced large outbreaks of cholera, measles, Lassa fever and mpox, while deadly Ebola and Marburg have also affected several countries. By 10 December, Africa CDC had recorded over 300,000 cholera cases, over 140,00 measles cases and almost 134,000 mpox cases this year. Over the past year, both Latin America and the Caribbean saw record-breaking cases of the mosquito-borne dengue fever, with almost one-fifth of cases (about 45 million infections a year) attributable to climate change, Sophia Samantaroy covered issues from the Americas. Measles has also surged in the US and Canada amid the rise of anti-vaccine misinformation. This has been fueled by the appointment of vaccine sceptic Robert F. Kennedy Jr. as US Health and Human Services Secretary. So far, Kennedy and his appointees have cancelled mRNA research, restricted access to COVID-19 vaccines and made Hepatitis B vaccines non-mandatory for infants. In an exclusive article for HPW, Dr Demetre Daskalakis, former Director of the US CDC’s National Center for Immunizations and Respiratory Diseases, describes how the “wall protecting science from political interference in the US has fallen”. Humanitarian crises multiply Some 42,000 Gazans will need prolonged rehabilitation care and support due to war-related trauma injuries and amputations. Conflict and humanitarian crises – particularly in Gaza, Sudan and Ukraine – inflicted heavy casualties on citizens and health workers, with ongoing and unprecedented attacks on health facilities. HPW coverage of the conflict in Gaza included Israel’s blockade of Gaza, the resulting famine, Israeli attacks on WHO’s warehouse and efforts by Israel to secure the release of hostages being held by Hamas. This coverage was also led by Editor-in-Chief Elaine Fletcher. HPW has also consistently reported on the humanitarian crisis in Sudan, including the attack on a maternity hospital in El Fasher in which more than 460 people died. Climate change is ‘needlessly killing millions’ Climate change is claiming millions of lives annually through extreme heat, air pollution, wildfires and the spread of deadly infectious diseases, according to the ninth annual Lancet Countdown report, the most comprehensive assessment to date of the links between climate change and health, published in October. “We’re seeing millions of deaths that are occurring needlessly every year because of our persistent fossil fuel dependence, because of our delay in mitigating climate change, and our delays in adaptation to the climate change that cannot be avoided,” said Marina Romanello, executive director of the Lancet Countdown at University College London, describing this year’s report as “a bleak and undeniable picture of the devastating health harms reaching all corners of the world.” Breaching the 2015 Paris Agreement, a legally binding global treaty adopted in 2015 to combat climate change by limiting global warming to well below 2°C (ideally 1.5°C) above pre-industrial levels, is now unavoidable, according to scientists. The world is heading for 2.8°C of warming by century’s end under current policies, according to a UN assessment. Climate change protest Global greenhouse gas emissions rose 2.3% to a record 57.7 gigatons of CO2 equivalent in 2024, the largest annual increase since the 2000s. Land use change and deforestation account for 53% of the overall increase, while fossil fuel production continues to expand in direct contradiction of climate pledges. The US is the worst emitter, yet Trump withdrew the US from the Paris Agreement on Day One of his presidency. Domestically, the US Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has committed to rolling back 31 climate, air and water pollution, and emissions regulations that will negatively affected citizens’ health. The EPA has also announced that it will no longer require most polluters to report their emissions of carbon dioxide, methane and other greenhouse gases that cause climate change. Stefan Anderson led HPW reporting on climate change. The impact of air pollution Disease burden from air pollution. Meanwhile, 90% of people on the planet breathe dangerously unhealthy levels of air pollution every day, and millions fall ill every year with a range of respiratory and cardiovascular diseases as well as cancers, leading to at least seven million deaths each year. Air pollution is the number one killer across South Asia, accounting for 2.7 million deaths, of which 2.1 million are in India alone. There is growing evidence of the impact of air pollution on a range of medical conditions including strokes, diabetes, heart disease and lung cancer. Significant sources of the deadly fine particulate matter (PM 2.5) come from fossil fuels in vehicles, power plants and other industrial facilities, and burning coal, wood, dung and agricultural residues for cooking. India-based Chetan Bhattacharji, led reporting on air pollution. Women’s rights The ‘Green Tide’: Argentinians demanding the legalisation of abortion. HPW has covered the backlash against sexual and reproductive rights, and women’s rights through stories on US anti-rights groups mobilising in Africa, the rollback of abortion rights in Argentina, the impact of intimate partner violence on children, efforts to enable access to menstrual products for girls and women, female genital mutilation, and several articles on women under Taliban rule in Afghanistan. Disha Shetty and Munija Mirzaie contributed several articles on this topic. New world order? In the final few months of the year, the Trump administration sought to turn the chaos its funding cuts caused into opportunities for the US by signing bilateral health agreements with several African countries that promote American business opportunities – and also enable US access to African minerals. This approach is detailed in the America First Global Health Strategy published in September, that “uses global health diplomacy and foreign assistance to make America safer, stronger, and more prosperous”. Driven by former DOGE official Brad Smith, these bilateral Memorandums of Understanding (MOUs) compel countries that receive US aid to fight HIV, tuberculosis and malaria to immediately share all information about “pathogens with epidemic potential” and give the US the right to share this information with other entities, including US pharmaceutical companies. The MOUs directly undermine the WHO negotiations on a pathogen access and benefit-sharing (PABS) system underway in Geneva, placing African countries in a particularly difficult position. Unlike past PEPFAR agreements, the MOUs cut out the involvement of community groups, except faith-based service providers, some of which are known to be against contraception and any recognition of LGBTQ people. Civil society groups have described the MOUs as “extractive” and over 50 organisations issued a letter calling on African heads of state and government to demand “equity and sovereignty” in the new bilateral agreements. However, in a positive reaction to plummeting aid, several African countries have allocated more money to health while several continental efforts are building Africa’s independence. At the Africa Health Sovereignty Summit, Ghana’s President John Mahama announced the formation of the Presidential High-Level Task Force on Global Health Governance in response to the 40% reduction in development aid in the past two years. “The world has changed, but global health governance has not kept pace with the changing world. At this moment, we’re called to redesign the architecture that has, for far too long, excluded Africa’s voices, excluded Africa’s needs and innovations,” said Mahama. Dr Muhammad Ali Pate, Nigeria’s Coordinating Minister of Health and Social Welfare. Writing for HPW, Nigerian Health Minister Muhammad Ali Pate Africa argues that Africa “can redefine its role in global health – emerging as a producer, innovator, and equal partner in shaping both the health of its people and the well-being of the world”. Pate argues that this can be achieved by countries investing in health “with the same urgency it devotes to infrastructure, defence, or governance”; enhancing South–South cooperation and collaboration; and forging a continental alliance that harnesses shared expertise, resources, and innovation for collective health security. HPW was proud to be a media partner at the Conference of Public Health in Africa 2025, where African researchers discussed how best to build solidarity between countries on the continent. Other Health Policy Watch team members and contributors include Maayan Hoffman (who also coordinates our social media), Arsalan Bukhari, Felix Sassmannshausen, Rahul Basharat Rajput, Kate Okorie, Abdullahi Jimoh, Edith Magak and Roisa Kerry. We are deeply grateful to our donors and media collaborations that have supported HPW to remain afloat during this difficult year and provide an important platform of engagement for the Global South and North that is free of charge. But most of all, we are grateful to all our readers for your engagement and interest. Please consider donating to HPW to ensure our ongoing survival. May 2026 be a more positive one for global health! Image Credits: Guilhem Vellut, WHO/EMRO , Markus Spiske/ Unsplash, Health Ministry of Nigeria. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
US Shrinks Childhood Vaccine Schedule; Drops Six Common Vaccines from CDC Recommendations 06/01/2026 Sophia Samantaroy Among the core vaccines no longer recommended for all children are those that protect against rotavirus, RSV, influenza, meningococcal disease, hepatitis A, and hepatitis B. HHS Secretary Robert F Kennedy Jr makes good on promise to reduce the number of recommended vaccines. US health officials announced Monday an overhauled version of the vaccines recommended to infants and adolescents, shrinking the number of diseases for which vaccines should be administered from 17 to 11. The decision follows a December 5, 2025 directive from President Donald Trump to the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) to review the US childhood vaccine schedule in comparison to those of wealthy, peer-nations, citing Denmark, Germany and Japan in particular. The revisions now mean that the US will go from being one of the developed nations with the highest number of diseases covered – to one of the lowest – according to HHS’s own analysis. In fact, only Denmark recommends fewer jabs – for just 10 diseases in total. Greece and Ireland recommend immunization for 16 diseases and five countries recommend immunization against 15 diseases, including Australia, Canada, Denmark, Ireland, Spain and the United Kingdom. Japan recommends childhood immunization against 14 different diseases. A table from HHS’s assessment of the US vaccine schedule in comparison to other wealthy nations. The table shows the number of doses for each type of vaccine recommended. The “# Mandated” row uses the example of New York state. The “18-19” number in the bottom right reflects the number of shots a child could receive if they take a yearly COVID-19 and flu shot. Some vaccines are duplicated, such as the measles, mumps, rubella combined vaccine (MMR). “A” reflects the new CDC guidance that these shots be only for high-rish patients or at the bequest of caregivers. The US has no childhood federal vaccine mandate – these vary by state. Among the core vaccines CDC will no longer recommend for all children are those that protect against rotavirus, influenza, meningococcal disease, hepatitis A, and hepatitis B (HBV). The CDC also dropped a relatively new recommendation for newborns to be vaccinated against Respiratory Syncytial Virus (RSV) – if their mothers had not been previously vaccinated. RSV is the single largest cause of childhood hospitalizations in the US today, burdening the healthcare system with 80,000 hospitalizations a year. And the new CDC policy reduces the number of recommended doses against HPV – a key cause of cervical cancer – from two to one. This is contrary to the two-dose advice of most other developed nations and the World Health Organization. WHO’s cervical cancer elimination strategy calls for a dramatic reduction in cases by 2030, largely through mass immunization programs. Another key point of concern for US public health experts is the removal of any broad recommendation for vaccination against hepatitis B – a leading cause of liver disease and a vaccine that almost every other developed country includes for newborns or infants. Instead, the updated recommendation urges caregivers to consult with their physicians if their child falls into a “high risk” category. Already in December 2025, the CDC in recommended to delay administration of the hepatitis B (HBV) vaccine for infants by six months. The Department of Health and Human Services Secretary Robert F Kennedy Jr’s longtime skepticism about the HBV vaccine played a central part of his Senate confirmation hearing where Senator Bill Cassidy (R-LA), a medical doctor and liver specialist, credited the vaccine with saving some 90,000 children’s lives in the US since 1991. Despite the reassurances that Kennedy provided at that time to the Senate Confirmation Committee to follow well-established evidence on immunization’s benefits, the HHS Secretary, who built his career around vaccine hesitancy, has now made good on his previous record as a vaccine skeptic. Changes announced Monday following a brief review U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) Secretary Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. conducts the swearing-in ceremony of Jim O’Neill as the Department’s Deputy Secretary Monday, June 9, 2025 at the Hubert H. Humphrey Building in Washington, D.C. (Source: HHS by Amy Rossetti) The changes were announced abruptly Monday by acting Centers for Disease Control and Prevention Director Jim O’Neill. He directed the public health agency to move forward immediately on the new CDC recommendations. The Trump Administration’s health leadership has argued that the change will increase transparency and rebuild trust in health institutions. “After an exhaustive review of the evidence, we are aligning the U.S. childhood vaccine schedule with international consensus while strengthening transparency and informed consent. This decision protects children, respects families, and rebuilds trust in public health,” Kennedy said in the statement. But the overhaul also is an unprecedented departure from the evidence-based process the US previously used to decide its vaccine schedule. Normally an independent federal advisory panel of experts would review studies and data for each vaccine before publishing recommendations. In this instance, CDC director O’Neill issued the changes in a memorandum responding to a request by Trump for such a review only a month ago – and with the underlying analysis based on a comparison of schedules in other nations. The comparisons between the seemingly high number of actual shots, or jabs, US children previously received as compared to those of other nations is also somewhat misleading – insofar as annual flu and COVID-19 vaccines up until the age of 18 are included in the US count of previous recommendations – totaling about 35 or 36 more shots across 18 years. But in November, the CDC last year already stated that COVID vaccination for children, while recommended, should be a matter of “individual decision-making.” And WHO’s own recommendations for COVID-19 vaccination of children were already reversed post-pandemic, advising only one dose for never-vaccinated children with co-morbidities. In 2010, the CDC did adopt a universal recommendation for annual childhood sesasonal flu vaccination. That went further than the current WHO recommendation which recommends prioritizing seasonal flu vaccine for “health workers, individuals with comorbidities and underlying conditions, older adults and pregnant women,” adding only that “Depending on national disease goals, capacity and resources, epidemiology, national policies and priorities, and disease burden, countries may consider additional (sub)populations for vaccination, such as children.” Concerns that hospitalizations, deaths may increase View this post on Instagram A post shared by Jessica Malaty Rivera, MS | Making Science Make Sense (@jessicamalatyrivera) “Fewer vaccinations (specifically for rotavirus, COVID-19, influenza, RSV, meningococcal disease, hepatitis A and hepatitis B) will result in an increase in disease, disability, and death, wrote epidemiologist and infectious disease specialist Jessica Malaty Rivera in a post. “Please ignore this unscientific nonsense and follow the @ameracadpeds schedule alongside your pediatrician.” Prior to the vaccines and therapeutics that prevent RSV, for instance, the virus accounted for over one in four hospitalizations among young children in the US. Other physicians and health experts criticized the shift for causing confusion and for ignoring decades of vaccine studies demonstrating safety and efficacy. “Know this: Even as our government shifts its recommendation language, I would never forgo the RSV, hepatitis A & B, or meningitis vaccines for my own kids,” said Dr Scott Hadland, a pediatrician and chief of adolescent medicine at Harvard. “This is health policy malpractice at the highest level and must be reversed before children and families suffer,” said Dr George C Benjamin, executive director of the American Public Health Association. Attempt to bring US “in-line” with other wealthy countries The 33-page CDC policy document argues that in light of falling vaccination rates across the US and the lack of trust in public health institutions, the US should therefore cut back on the number of recommended vaccines. “Bringing the U.S. pediatric immunization schedule in line with the consensus of peer nations while keeping non-consensus vaccines available for high-risk groups and populations and/orthrough shared clinical decision-making is a balanced approach to reform and restore trust in public health,” the document says. Traditionally, the US has recommended slightly more vaccines, on average, than “peer” nations. However, the US also continues to face surges of measles, hepatitis A, RSV, and other infectious diseases. The other problem with policy decisions based on comparisons with other high income countries experts say, is that the US has a far larger, and more sickly, population that often lacks access to primary healthcare. “Many high-income countries have universal coverage and paid family leave that make it easier to get care and stay safe when kids get sick,” said Dr Uché Blackstock, a physician and health equity advocate in a social media post. “You cannot copy the [vaccine] list without copying the supports,” Blackstock said. Denmark and Japan’s healthier population, more robust healthcare systems, surveillance, testing, and social support mean there is less of a reliance on vaccines. “We have fragmented insurance, we’ve got millions uninsured, we don’t have a national health registry and we’ve got enormous gaps in the continuity of care,” said Dr. Jake Scott, an infectious disease specialist at Stanford University School of Medicine. “And we use broader vaccine recommendations because our system can’t reliably identify and follow up with every person at risk.” Assessment downplays risk of rotavirus, meningococcal disease, HPV A screen capture of the CDC website with the burden of rotavirus on the US Of the vaccines being cut from the list, RSV and rotavirus pose a significant burden to the healthcare system. Prior to the RSV maternal vaccine and monoclonal antibodies, up to 80,000 children were hospitalized with the virus. Nearly all children were infected with rotavirus prior to the vaccine. It caused 20-60 deaths each year, according to the CDC. “Reasonable people can reach different conclusions about recommending the rotavirus vaccine for all children,” says the assessment. The assessment also argued that low rates of meningococcal disease warranted an end of recommendations. “Considering the low incidence of meningococcal disease in the U.S., the meningococcal vaccine should not be part of the consensus recommended vaccine schedule.” These low rates are due in large part to vaccinations. Still covered by health insurers? The vaccines dropped from the CDC’s recommendations should still be covered by health insurance systems – the new CDC policy also states. But it is unclear whether health insurers in the US’s fragmented public health system will in fact guarantee continued access for all of those who would like to get a shot – once the actual CDC recommendation has been removed. The authors of the new CDC policy are Dr Tracy Beth Høeg, a Danish-American physician and Food and Drug Administration director of the Center for Drug Research and Evaluation, and Martin Kulldorff. They are self-described in the assessment as “one of the most pro-vaccine scientists in the country” – however, they garnered significant attention during the COVID pandemic for their anti-COVID-19 vaccine stances. Kulldorff’s bio continues in the assessment: “In early 2021, he was one of the first public health scientists to publicly oppose Covid vaccine mandates and it is hard to imagine a policy doing more harm to the trust in vaccines and public health.” Image Credits: European Union, Quinn Dombrowski, HHS , Amy Rossetti, CDC. UN Agencies, Aid Groups Protest Israel’s Move to Bar Many NGOs from Gaza as Winter Exacerbates Dire Conditions 06/01/2026 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Gaza tent camp surrounded by mud from unusually heavy winter storms; new Israeli restructions on NGO activities would further impede humanitarian efforts, UN and partner agencies charge. Senior United Nations officials and humanitarian leaders have urged Israel to reverse plans to withhold registration from more three-dozen international NGOs providing humanitarian relief in war-torn Gaza and the Israeli-occupied West Bank – warning that the move would severely undermine life-saving aid in a moment of acute humanitarian need. Israel said last Thursday that some 37 international NGOs operating in Palestinian areas it controls, including the internationally renowned Médecins Sans Frontières, had not complied with a deadline to meet “security and transparency standards” now required by Israel for re-licensing in 2026. The NGOs are contesting new Israeli rules requiring them to disclose personal information on local Palestinian staff. For those NGOs that don’t comply, Israel has said it “will enforce” a ban on their activities in 2026. The government approved the new registration rules in March 2025 – in the wake of Israeli government allegations that two former MSF staff members were involved with Hamas or other armed groups. MSF has denied knowingly hiring people with military ties. In a related move, Israel last week also cut off water and electricity to the now vacant Jerusalem facilities of UNRWA, the UN Palestinian Refugee Agency, under legislation approved by the Knesset, or Parliament to close down the UN agency’s operations in areas under Israeli control. On Monday, seven European countries, including Spain, Ireland and Norway, condemned the move calling it a violation of international law with “grave humanitarian consequences.” Joint UN Agency statement decries move In a joint statement 31 December, the Inter-Agency Standing Committee (IASC), which represents about 20 heads of UN agencies and major humanitarian organisations, said that international NGOs collectively deliver nearly $1 billion in assistance each year in the occupied Palestinian territory and are “central to humanitarian operations,” particularly in Gaza. “Humanitarian access is not optional, conditional or political,” the statement said. It warned that restricting NGO operations during winter, amid continued food insecurity and recent flood-related displacement, risks undoing fragile gains made since the October 2025 Israeli-Hamas ceasefire – and would have “devastating” consequences for Gaza’s civilian population. The signatories included the UN emergency relief coordinator Tom Fletcher, the World Health Organization’s Dr. Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, as well as the heads of the UN Refugee Agency (UNHCR); the UN Development Pogramme (UNDP); UNICEF, the UN Childrens Agency; the World Food Programme; and leaders of major civil society groups such as Oxfam, Save the Children, Mercy Corps and Caritas Internationalis. MSF condemns “cynical” attempt to block aid A pregnant Palestinian mother, Donia Alouf, and her 1 year-old son, Ahmed, who was diagnosed with malnutrition, receive treatment in an MSF-supported Gaza city clinic. COGAT, the Israeli Defense Ministry agency coordinating Gaza humanitarian aid, has said that the new registration process is designed to prevent the misuse of humanitarian aid by Hamas, which it claims has exploited aid frameworks for to divert funds and recruit local aid employees for its own military purposes. COGAT also contended that the revocation of the licenses to the 37 NGOs will not substantially affect aid delivery, claiming that the affected organizations had not provided substantial aid to Gaza since the ceasefire began on October 10. And before the ceasefire, their combined contribution amounted to only a small proportion of total aid, Israel said. Médecins Sans Frontières (MSF), one of the most prominent organisations affected by Israel’s registration decision, contested Israel’s claims. An MSF press statement noted that the organization currently supports one in five hospital beds in Gaza and assists one in three mothers during childbirth. “In the last year, MSF teams have treated hundreds of thousands of patients and delivered hundreds of millions of litres of water,” said Pascale Coissard, MSF emergency coordinator for Gaza, in a 22 December statement. “In 2025 alone, we carried out almost 800,000 outpatient consultations and handled more than 100 000 trauma cases, and if we obtain registration, we plan to continue strengthening our activities in 2026.” Describing the move as a “cynical and calculated attempt” at political control, MSF said that blocking its activities and those of other NGOs that refused to register their Palestinian staff would exact a “terrible cost” after Gaza’s health system has been decimated. Only about half of the enclave’s 36 hospitals are functioning, and those only partially. International organizations say new Israel’s rules potentially endanger staff A toddler plays with dolls in MSF’s burn unit in Nasser hospital, Gaza, in May 2025. She was severely burned in an Israeli airstrike that struck her family’s tent in the Al-Mawasi humanitarian zone, which also killed her mother and two siblings. The healing process was hindered by a lack of proper nutrition and protein for the child, unavailable due to the Israeli halt to most humanitarian aid between March and late May. MSF said Israel’s core demand, that the NGO’s share personal information about Palestinians employees, is especially dangerous in Gaza where humanitarian workers have been intimidated, detained, attacked and killed. Some 15 MSF colleagues have reportedly been killed by Israeli forces. “Demanding staff lists as a condition for access to territory is an outrageous overreach,” MSF said, adding that there is no clarity on how such sensitive data would be used or shared. The organization said Israeli authorities had ignored repeated requests for meetings and instead accused MSF in the media of harbouring alleged militants – an allegation MSF rejects. “MSF would never knowingly employ anyone involved in military activities, which contradicts our core values and ethics,” the organization said. “Denying medical assistance to civilians is unacceptable under any circumstances, and it is appalling to use humanitarian aid as a tool of policy or collective punishment.” Israel’s moves on UNRWA follow in the wake of allegations that surfaced in 2024, charging that some 19 UNRWA employees participated in the 7 October Hamas attacks on Israeli communities, and UNRWA facilities were also used for Hamas weapons storage and other military activities. UNRWA has denied most of the claims, while acknowledging that an internal UN investigation led to the termination of nine UNRWA employees where “evidence obtained … – if authenticated and corroborated – might indicate that the staff members may have been involved.” Meanwhile, Palestinian nationalists who are also critics of Hamas note that the pressures on local aid workers to filter food, funds or other forms of aid can be intense – particularly as the militant group has now regained control over the roughly 50% of Gaza that lies within the “yellow line” to which Israel withdrew in October. A chilling update from the ground in Gaza: Two of my friends, who have been running independent food drives via international crowdfunding, were stopped and interrogated by Hamas militants. After proving their transparency and showing that all funds are used for food and aid for… pic.twitter.com/d55tKopGHM — Hamza (@HowidyHamza) January 5, 2026 Shelter crisis deepens amid winter storms Tents and ruined buildings in Gaza surrounded by mud. The curbs on the activities of the NGOs comes as housing and sanitary conditions in Gaza continue to deteriorate amidst a series of heavy winter storms, particularly for hundreds of thousands of displaced people living in makeshift shelters, according to the end December update of the UN Office for the Coordination of Humanitarian Affairs (OCHA). The unusually heavy rainfall has flooded tents and caused already unstable buildings to collapse – forcing displaced families to move yet again in search of safer ground. Seawater inundation has rendered shelters uninhabitable in coastal areas such as Al Mawasi in Khan Younis, while heavy winds have destroyed or severely damaged many tents. As of 30 December, humanitarian partners have provided emergency shelter assistance to more than 80,000 Gazan households, distributing tens of thousands of tents, tarpaulins and bedding items. Despite these efforts, more than one million Gazans out of a population of 2.1 million still need urgent shelter support, OCHA said. According to Gaza’s Hamas-controlled Ministry of Health, at least 17 people died in December due to the collapse of storm- and flood-damaged buildings, while three children died of hypothermia. WHO, MSF and other partners have reported consistently high rates of respiratory infections, warning that winter conditions are driving further illness, particularly among young children. Sewage, waste and public health risks A Palestinian boy walks past tents during a break in the rain in Jabalya, North Gaza. Waste mixed with floodwaters increases exposures to infectious diseases. Flooding has also intensified Gaza’s long-running sewage and solid waste crisis – and along with that infectious disease risks related to sewage exposure. The UN Water, Sanitation and Hygiene (WASH) Cluster reports that damaged infrastructure, fuel shortages and restrictions on the entry of equipment are limiting the ability to manage wastewater and storm runoff. Recent rains raised water levels in inland lagoons such as Wadi Gaza and Sheikh Radwan, heightening the risk of overflow and sewage contamination on land, as well as into the sea. The Palestinian Water Authority says it has been forced to rely on short-term measures because critical equipment such as pumps, pipes and electromechanical components has been denied entry by Israel. Solid waste management remains severely constrained. Since 7 October 2023, Hamas miiltants first invaded Israeli communities on the Gaza periphery in the opening salvo of the war, an estimated $66 million in damage has been recorded to waste management systems, including the destruction of more than 200 collection trucks and widespread damage to facilities. Gaza’s two main landfills remain inaccessible, forcing municipalities to rely on overcrowded temporary dumping sites. Waste generation far exceeds collection capacity in northern Gaza, where only about 60 per cent of daily waste is collected. This has resulted in continued accumulation of solid waste in densely populated areas, exacerbating public health and environmental risks. While a recent analysis found that famine conditions in Gaza have been pushed back, acute food insecurity and malnutrition remain critically high, and aid officials warn that progress remains fragile. “Needs are growing faster than aid can get in,” UN Secretary-General António Guterres declared in a late December press briefing, stressing that predictable and unimpeded access for humanitarian actors is essential to address the immense challenges faced. “We need more crossings, the lifting of restrictions on critical items, the removal of red tape, safe routes inside Gaza, sustained funding, and unimpeded access – including for NGOs,” Guterres said. “And we cannot lose sight of the rapidly deteriorating situation in the West Bank,” he added referring to escalating Israeli settler violence, land seizures, demolitions and displacement as well as intensified restrictions on movement – affecting Palestinian access to vital health and social services as well as livelihoods. Against that landscape, the prospect of new Israeli bans on international NGOs threatens to further erode an already strained response. “Allowing humanitarian aid is not a favour,” MSF said. “It is an obligation under international law.” Image Credits: MSF , Palestinian Water Authority , Nour Alsaqqa/MSF, Palestinian Water Authority , OCHA . US EPA dismisses WHO Cancer Agency Determination that Widely Used Herbicide is ‘Probably Carcinogenic’ 05/01/2026 Sophia Samantaroy Over 70 million tons of atrazine is applied to US soil each year. The chemical is now deemed a ‘probable’ carcinogen to humans. The US Environmental Protection Agency has dismissed a recent finding that atrazine, the second most widely-used herbicide in the United States, is “probably carcinogenic to humans” by the World Health Organization’s cancer review agency. Atrazine is used extensively in the US on crops like corn, sorghum, and sugarcane. However, over 60 countries have banned the chemical due to its endocrine-disrupting properties and tendency to contaminate groundwater. In a new classification, published in the January, 2026 issue of The Lancet Oncology, the International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) ranked atrazine as probably carcinogenic to humans based on what it described as “limited evidence” for cancer in humans and “sufficient evidence for cancer in experimental animals.” The agency’s findings are independent assessments that guide national regulatory authorities worldwide in the promulgation of rules around chemicals used in agriculture, food systems and occupational settings. The IARC assessment was the first in nearly three decades. In 1998 the organization said the compound was not classifiable as to its carcinogenicity to humans. Since the IARC findings were initially released in late November, the US Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), as well as chemical producers in China and elsewhere, have pushed back against the new classification. Both used almost identical terms in describing the determination as “flawed” and “inconsistent with scientific consensus.” Hormone disruptor, cancer risk of atrazine Atrazine has been linked to non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma Atrazine’s cancer links include evidence of oxidative stress, hormone disruption, immune suppression, and actual tumor growth, IARC found in its abbreviated evaluation of atrazine and two other compounds. In particular, IARC pointed to animal studies that showed tumor growth in the mammary glands and uterus of female rats, reduced estrogen and testosterone in both male and female rats, and induced cell death and division. The most recent study IARC cites, from 2024, also concluded that male rats also experience oxidative stress and severe hormone disruption. In humans, only a handful of studies have been published so far. However, IARC noted that two case-control studies that reported “strong positive associations between exposure to atrazine…and translocation-positive NHL [non-Hodgkin’s Lymphoma]” among exposed farm workers. Links to other human cancers did not show “consistent positive findings.” Beyond its cancer inks, atrazine exposure is also associated with birth defects, reproductive harm, and hormone disruption, in papers not cited by IARC – an agency that focuses almost exclusively on cancer risks. US regulators and manufacturers push back The US EPA said IARC’s findings used a “deeply flawed approach to its cancer assessments” In a 21 November statement, Syngenta, the agrochemical company that produces most of the US’s atrazine, said: “[c]urrent scientific evidence clearly demonstrate[s] that atrazine is safe when applied in accordance with registered label instructions.” Syngenta is owned by the Chinese state-operated company Sinochem. Speaking to Health Policy Watch just a few days after the Syngenta statement, EPA used identical terms, arguing that IARC’s findings “stir up fear” by also including “very hot beverages, red meat, working the night shift and hairdressing in the same classification.” “This announcement on atrazine is just another example of the World Health Organization International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) using a deeply flawed approach to its cancer assessments on multiple levels,” the EPA added. The EPA spokesperson complained, in particular, that the two-page article published so far is just a brief summary of the full review, which is only due to be published later this year, according to IARC. “[F]or IARC to roll out these “findings” and unnecessarily stir up fear when IARC has said it will not be publishing any of its detailed science until late 2026 or 2027 is irresponsible and lacks transparency. Currently, there is no opportunity for anyone to meaningfully review how IARC has reached its conclusions,” said the EPA’s press office. “In contrast, atrazine has been extensively studied by EPA across multiple administrations, including having five meetings of independent Scientific Advisory Panels peer review the cancer potential of atrazine between 2009-2011,” EPA said. “As a reminder, IARC also has a long history of being severely misguided in its findings,” the EPA spokesperson said, citing past IARC findings on red meat and night shift work, among other factors, as possible or probable causes of cancer. In 2015 IARC concluded that red meat was a possible cause of cancer and processed meat is a probable cause. Those findings have since been echoed by the American Institute for Cancer Research, which in 2021 concluded “there is strong evidence that eating high amounts of red meat increases the risk of colorectal cancer.” The US Department of Agriculture’s most recent dietary guidelines also suggest reducing red meat consumption. The US CDC concluded in a 2021 report that there is “high confidence” that persistent night shift work that results in circadian disruption can cause human cancer. Environmental groups welcome IARC re-evaluation Latest estimates of atrazine use from the US Geological Survey, 2019 Separate EPA reviews in 2003 and 2018 concluded that available evidence does not support a relationship between atrazine exposure and human cancers. IARC cites one new animal study from 2024, while re-evaluating older data in a new light. For pesticide experts like Dr Jennifer Sass, a senior scientist at the Natural Resources Defense Council (NRDC), IARC’s re-evaluation was welcome – correcting industry bias in previous evaluations. . “With atrazine, there’s hormone disruption, there’s oxidative stress, there is indication of tumors in human and animal studies,” said Sass. “IARC gathered a solid expert array of people from different disciplines, including industry people. They didn’t second-guess or overinterpret the data. “The EPA needs to take another look at their assessment to account for the carcinogenicity,” said Sass. Canada, Australia and Brazil also use atrazine extensively Atrazine, also known under brand names such as Aatrex®, Aatram®, Atratol®, and Gesaprim® is the second most widely-used pesticide in the US after glyphosate – also known as Roundup®. Glyphosate also was designated as a probable carcinogen in humans by IARC in 2015, in a ruling that continues to trigger controversy between the US and trading partners that have banned the chemical. Across the US’s corn belt, up to 60 million pounds of atrazine is applied to treat US crops each year. Atrazine also is flushed from soil into streams or groundwater aquifers where it can contaminate drinking water supplies, according to the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. A 2017 analysis of EPA tap water data found that nearly 30 million Americans across 28 states have tap water that contains atrazine. Drinking water in these areas had atrazine levels three to seven times higher than the federal limit of three parts per billion during spikes due to run-off in spring and summer, according to another major research and advocacy non-profit, Environmental Working Group. “Because the EPA has been sweeping the evidence on cancer under the rug for the time it has been on the market for 50 years, they’re not monitoring for atrazine in the water. The drinking water standard should be zero, because it’s a carcinogen,” said Sass. But the US is not alone in its reliance on the chemical, which is typically applied to unplanted fields so as to kill any other weeds or plants before crops are planted. Canada, Australia, Brazil and China also use atrazine to increase crop yields. In the decades prior to IARC’s classification, 60 countries banned the use of atrazine. These include 27 European Union countries, most Middle Eastern countries, and even many African countries. However, in many lower-and-middle income countries where atrazine is banned, the chemical is often smuggled in illegally. The European Union banned atrazine in 2004 and most EU countries have since banned glyphosate as well. Mexico, which exports tens of billions of dollars of agricultural products to the US, had attempted to ban glyphosate. But in 2024 it postponed the ban indefinitely following pressure from industry and the US, citing the lack of an effective alternative. As international assessments increasingly flag risks associated with such chemicals, the US remains an outlier among high-income countries in continued widespread use. “We were all told for a long time that weed killers aren’t harmful to people because their mechanism of toxicity targets photosynthesis. We all believed them,” said Sass. “Because of that, we didn’t have proper food monitoring. We didn’t have proper drinking water monitoring. The people exposed to atrazine occupationally, whether by mixing it, loading it, applying it, manufacturing it, need to take the proper precautions because of how toxic it is. EPA stance contrasts sharply with MAHA rhetoric about healthier foods EPA’s pro-pesticide stance under the new US administration of President Donald Trump contrasts sharply with the healthy foods rhetoric of the “Make America Healthy Again” (MAHA) movement, critics also said. “Despite the rhetoric of MAHA, there will be no robust review of the dangers of pesticides by the Trump Administration,” said Sylvia Wu, of the Washington DC-based Center for Food Safety. “Instead, a toxic poison like atrazine will continue to contaminate our lands and waters, making our children sick for decades to come,” said Wu. Wu was responding, in particular, to another recent US Fish and Wildlife’s (FWS) statement that atrazine does not pose an extinction risk to any US endangered species. The Center for Food Safety sued the EPA in 2020 when the agency moved to reapprove atrazine, along with a host of other pesticides and herbicides, as part of a routine evaluation. “The public trust has been steamrolled by agrochemical interests,” said Sass of the Natural Resources Defence Council. “The EPA has fast-tracked the approval of their poisons, which is not only a violation of the public’s trust, but also of the mission of the EPA.” “Using modern farming methods, we do not need weed killers like atrazine. We simply don’t have to kill every weed to grow our crops. It. We don’t have to be so scorched earth in our farm practices,” Sass argued. “I look forward to the day that the US catches up to other countries in keeping American families safe from chemicals.” Image Credits: Akshat Jhingran , Waldemar Brandt , AP/Sierra Club, USGS. Near-Zero Change in Delhi’s Peak Air Pollution Levels Over Past Decade – But Big Change in Public Outrage 05/01/2026 Chetan Bhattacharji Delhi air pollution during peak days in mid-November 2025 – an annual public health crisis that remains unresolved. The latest ten-year data shows almost no change. Can the momentum of outrage finally push officials to take high-impact measures to lower pollution this year? It’s Delhi 2026. Since 2016, there’s been near-zero improvement in the city’s air pollution during the annual peak pollution period of October to December, a new analysis by the Center for Research on Energy and Clean Air (CREA) reveals. This period also usually sees peak coverage and public outrage about the crisis. In 2025, average levels for those peak months even inched up a notch over the year before to 177 micrograms/cubic meter (µg/m³) of PM2.5 – despite a slight decline in the annual average levels in 2025 as compared to 2024 (96 µg/m³ in 2025 versus 105 in 2024). This means average levels in the peak pollution months were over 35 times the WHO’s annual average guideline of 5 µg/m³ and 11 times the peak 24 guideline limit of 15 µg/m³. And that’s if questions over the robustness of the latest government monitoring data are ignored for the moment. For nine of these last 10 years, opposition-led the Aam Aadmi Party was in power in Delhi, while Narendra Modi’s BJP party has been in power at the national level during the entire time. Near-zero improvement in Delhi’s peak pollution months since 2016. In 2025, Delhi also elected a BJP-led state government, which means the BJP is now in power at the national, state and municipality level – a ‘triple engine sarkar’, as the Hindustan Times framed it, referring to the Hindi term for “government.” Indeed, the BJP not only controls Delhi, but also the governments of two key bordering states, Haryana and Uttar Pradesh – which generate smoke from crop waste burning that contributes to the capital’s autumn smog crisis. That’s also why the new Delhi government, led by Chief Minister Ms Rekha Gupta, was expected to be uniquely placed to reduce pollution when she assumed office. Yet, as the peak season began, there was little indication of a significant shift in strategy. Unprecedented outrage against air pollution Public outrage against air pollution in Delhi and northern India has escalated to a level not seen in many years. It’s been characterised by a mix of anger and cutting humour – reels, memes and so on – against the government and the crisis. There were other aspects. Multiple protests, including the one on 9th November where police detained several demonstrators, including parents, among others, demanding clean air for their children. Multiple groups have been created on various social media and messaging apps. Some TV anchors and journalists, seen to be close to the ruling establishment since 2014, took many by surprise by pivoting and questioning official inaction and apathy. View this post on Instagram A post shared by Newslaundry (@newslaundry) India’s air pollution is “a metaphor for the challenges facing the nation more broadly.… if India cannot solve a problem that manifestly and acutely affects its elite, the prospects for solving the larger challenges confronting the country remain slim,” observed Arvind Subramanian and Devesh Kapur, in their book, A Sixth of Humanity, published last October. India’s environment minister Bhupender Yadav held a series of meetings on Delhi’s pollution, including one where he directed officials to “ensure visible improvement” in the air quality across Delhi and its neighbourhood “within one week.” That was mid-December. By the end of the month, there was no improvement. In fact, this December saw the worst pollution since 2018. Delhi’s environment minister and chief minister held several meetings, extensively posted policy action and photo ops on social media. There have been some positive steps, like distributing electric heaters to gatekeepers at various residential areas, curbs on categories of polluting vehicles, and stricter enforcement of OCEMS, online continuous emissions monitoring systems, at thousands of factories. Gaps in pollution control Along with the global “embarrassment” mentioned in A Sixth of Humanity, critical technical gaps remain. Firstly, misplaced focus on PM10: The government’s focus remains on spraying water to control dust because it continues to prioritise controlling PM10 particulate matter pollutants rather than the finer PM2.5 ones. PM2.5 is dangerous because it is small enough to enter the bloodstream and, so, is more lethal, whereas the body’s defenses can often stop the larger PM10 particles. In theory, watering down dust may help, but in practice, there hasn’t been much improvement. As this clip shows there’s simply too much pollution. And this water mist barely tackles PM2.5. ⚪️ Installs anti smog guns on top of 13 high rise buildings in Delhi to tackle pollution.pic.twitter.com/CJQWH18SYt — Mediterranean Voice (@mediterranvoice) December 26, 2025 Secondly, lack of political will: At a national level, there’s a lack of political will to stop the practice of farmers burning the residue of the paddy harvest in the three states north of Delhi and upwind of the city – Punjab, Haryana and Uttar Pradesh. This contributes almost 10% of the pollution in October and November in Delhi and the neighbourhood, according to a government (IITM) study, but on certain days and hours, it can be much higher. Thirdly, pseudo-science over evidence: There has been a reluctance among decision-makers to fully embrace scientifically evidence-based action. So a lot of time, taxpayers’ money, and effort over the years have gone into what may be described as pseudo-science, like smog towers, or action taken against scientific advice, like cloud-seeding trials. Fourthly, flawed monitoring of vehicular pollution: The Delhi government has, in a well-intentioned move, made pollution-under-control (PUC) certificates mandatory for all vehicles. However, the old PUC regime is flawed, and it needs to be replaced as it doesn’t check for key pollutants like PM2.5 and nitrogen oxides, which are major contributors to Delhi’s pollution. But to give credit where credit is due: a new panel has been formed by the national government with external experts on curbing vehicular pollution, which contributes more than a third of the capital’s air pollution levels. Many vehicles in Delhi are highly polluting, contributing more than a third to ambient air pollution levels. Battle against air pollution, 2026 There have been political missteps, too. One example: In early July, after public protests pressured the Delhi government to quickly roll back stricter enforcement of limits on old, polluting vehicles, the same government also successfully petitioned the Supreme Court to reverse a previous ban on firecrackers during the annual Diwali festival of lights, arguing that certain brands of so-called “green firecrackers” would not pollute. They were wrong. And the ensuing smoke was a factor in 2025’s post-Diwali pollution being the worst in years; and the chief minister repeatedly came in for criticism for comments she made on pollution. In 2026, can the public’s pressure, and even the government’s momentum, for clean air action be sustained or will it, as in the past, fizzle out when Delhi’s peak pollution season tapers off? Republished, with slight adaptation, from the original ‘What Am I Breathing’ Substack by Chetan Bhattacharji, a senior correspondent for Health Policy Watch from Delhi. Image Credits: Chetan Bhattacharji, Centre for Research on Energy and Clean Air. 2025: A Brutal Year for Global Health 28/12/2025 Editorial team This has been a brutal year for global health, with shock cuts in development aid to countries most in need; a knock-on budget crisis for United Nations (UN) agencies; widespread humanitarian crises, extensive disease outbreaks, and mounting climate-related health challenges. Health Policy Watch (HPW) has provided daily coverage of developments, and our reporters were often the first to break news on a range of issues despite our small and under-resourced newsroom. Development aid plunge Chaos followed the immediate “pause” of all development aid from the United States as soon as Donald Trump became president in January. The “pause” included the US President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR), which funded three-quarters of HIV and tuberculosis programmes worldwide, including lifesaving antiretroviral medicine to 20.6 million people in 2024. Within weeks, clinics across Africa closed, and patients were turned away as there was no money for staff or medicine. Although US Secretary of State Marco Rubio later issued a limited waiver for “lifesaving” programmes, this was narrowly focused and ideological. Influenced by the Heritage Foundation’s view that HIV is a “lifestyle disease”, the Trump administration stopped funding HIV measures aimed at “key populations” most vulnerable to infection – including sex workers and men who have sex with men. DOGE’s Elon Musk brandishing a chainsaw given to him by Argentinian President Javier Milei (right) after cutting US government programmes and global development aid, resulting in deaths and chaos. Within two weeks of Trump assuming the presidency, his appointee, Elon Musk and a new Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE) had also dismantled the US Agency for International Development (USAID). Musk declared that “USAID is a criminal organisation. It’s time for it to die.” USAID was hugely influential, and its closure affected almost every country in the world – from Albania to Zambia. As USAID had administered 60% of PEPFAR funds, in many instances, there was no one left to provide goods and services for those projects covered by Rubio’s waiver. Reporting on this issue was led by HPW Deputy Editor Kerry Cullinan. WHO slashes staff The WHO headquarters in Geneva has been in upheaval all year over how to rearrange the organisation’s budget to make up the 25% cut. The US withdrawal from the World Health Organization (WHO) on Trump’s first day in office, and its reduced support for other UN agencies. unleashed mass layoffs and restructuring. The WHO is slashing its staff by around a quarter – aiming to shed about 2,371 staff by mid-2026 – many at the end of this year – with ripples across Geneva. This has affected WHO’s ability to respond to health emergencies across the world. HPW Editor-in-Chief Elaine Fletcher was often the first to report on the various developments, with an inside track to staff reactions, including the WHO Staff Association decision to challenge the fairness and legitimacy of the restructuring process and the mounting rage of lower-level staff as HPW highlighted data suggesting that low- and mid-level personnel will bear the brunt of cuts, while high-ranking executives, whose real costs far exceed their published salaries, remain largely protected. UNAIDS has also been forced to retrench 55% of its head office staff and cut its country offices by almost half after the US ceased to fund it, a move that affected 40% of its budget. The agency warned that the brupt funding cuts have resulted in “perilous risks” for the global HIV response that threaten the health and well-being of millions of people throughout the world. “It feels like the ground has been ripped out from under our feet,” a Mozambican woman with HIV told UNAIDS, which reported at the year’s end that over two million women and girls have been “deprived of essential health services”, and millions of people at high risk of acquiring HIV have lost access to “the most effective prevention tools available” – pre-exposure prophylaxis (PrEP). Gavi, the vaccine alliance, has pared down its staff by a third, which will also affect global vaccination efforts. Disease outbreaks surge – so does anti-vax activities Mosquitoes, which can carry dengue virus, thrive at warmer temperatures. Climate change is fueling dengue cases globally. Amid the chaos in global health funding, diseases have surged. Africa has experienced large outbreaks of cholera, measles, Lassa fever and mpox, while deadly Ebola and Marburg have also affected several countries. By 10 December, Africa CDC had recorded over 300,000 cholera cases, over 140,00 measles cases and almost 134,000 mpox cases this year. Over the past year, both Latin America and the Caribbean saw record-breaking cases of the mosquito-borne dengue fever, with almost one-fifth of cases (about 45 million infections a year) attributable to climate change, Sophia Samantaroy covered issues from the Americas. Measles has also surged in the US and Canada amid the rise of anti-vaccine misinformation. This has been fueled by the appointment of vaccine sceptic Robert F. Kennedy Jr. as US Health and Human Services Secretary. So far, Kennedy and his appointees have cancelled mRNA research, restricted access to COVID-19 vaccines and made Hepatitis B vaccines non-mandatory for infants. In an exclusive article for HPW, Dr Demetre Daskalakis, former Director of the US CDC’s National Center for Immunizations and Respiratory Diseases, describes how the “wall protecting science from political interference in the US has fallen”. Humanitarian crises multiply Some 42,000 Gazans will need prolonged rehabilitation care and support due to war-related trauma injuries and amputations. Conflict and humanitarian crises – particularly in Gaza, Sudan and Ukraine – inflicted heavy casualties on citizens and health workers, with ongoing and unprecedented attacks on health facilities. HPW coverage of the conflict in Gaza included Israel’s blockade of Gaza, the resulting famine, Israeli attacks on WHO’s warehouse and efforts by Israel to secure the release of hostages being held by Hamas. This coverage was also led by Editor-in-Chief Elaine Fletcher. HPW has also consistently reported on the humanitarian crisis in Sudan, including the attack on a maternity hospital in El Fasher in which more than 460 people died. Climate change is ‘needlessly killing millions’ Climate change is claiming millions of lives annually through extreme heat, air pollution, wildfires and the spread of deadly infectious diseases, according to the ninth annual Lancet Countdown report, the most comprehensive assessment to date of the links between climate change and health, published in October. “We’re seeing millions of deaths that are occurring needlessly every year because of our persistent fossil fuel dependence, because of our delay in mitigating climate change, and our delays in adaptation to the climate change that cannot be avoided,” said Marina Romanello, executive director of the Lancet Countdown at University College London, describing this year’s report as “a bleak and undeniable picture of the devastating health harms reaching all corners of the world.” Breaching the 2015 Paris Agreement, a legally binding global treaty adopted in 2015 to combat climate change by limiting global warming to well below 2°C (ideally 1.5°C) above pre-industrial levels, is now unavoidable, according to scientists. The world is heading for 2.8°C of warming by century’s end under current policies, according to a UN assessment. Climate change protest Global greenhouse gas emissions rose 2.3% to a record 57.7 gigatons of CO2 equivalent in 2024, the largest annual increase since the 2000s. Land use change and deforestation account for 53% of the overall increase, while fossil fuel production continues to expand in direct contradiction of climate pledges. The US is the worst emitter, yet Trump withdrew the US from the Paris Agreement on Day One of his presidency. Domestically, the US Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has committed to rolling back 31 climate, air and water pollution, and emissions regulations that will negatively affected citizens’ health. The EPA has also announced that it will no longer require most polluters to report their emissions of carbon dioxide, methane and other greenhouse gases that cause climate change. Stefan Anderson led HPW reporting on climate change. The impact of air pollution Disease burden from air pollution. Meanwhile, 90% of people on the planet breathe dangerously unhealthy levels of air pollution every day, and millions fall ill every year with a range of respiratory and cardiovascular diseases as well as cancers, leading to at least seven million deaths each year. Air pollution is the number one killer across South Asia, accounting for 2.7 million deaths, of which 2.1 million are in India alone. There is growing evidence of the impact of air pollution on a range of medical conditions including strokes, diabetes, heart disease and lung cancer. Significant sources of the deadly fine particulate matter (PM 2.5) come from fossil fuels in vehicles, power plants and other industrial facilities, and burning coal, wood, dung and agricultural residues for cooking. India-based Chetan Bhattacharji, led reporting on air pollution. Women’s rights The ‘Green Tide’: Argentinians demanding the legalisation of abortion. HPW has covered the backlash against sexual and reproductive rights, and women’s rights through stories on US anti-rights groups mobilising in Africa, the rollback of abortion rights in Argentina, the impact of intimate partner violence on children, efforts to enable access to menstrual products for girls and women, female genital mutilation, and several articles on women under Taliban rule in Afghanistan. Disha Shetty and Munija Mirzaie contributed several articles on this topic. New world order? In the final few months of the year, the Trump administration sought to turn the chaos its funding cuts caused into opportunities for the US by signing bilateral health agreements with several African countries that promote American business opportunities – and also enable US access to African minerals. This approach is detailed in the America First Global Health Strategy published in September, that “uses global health diplomacy and foreign assistance to make America safer, stronger, and more prosperous”. Driven by former DOGE official Brad Smith, these bilateral Memorandums of Understanding (MOUs) compel countries that receive US aid to fight HIV, tuberculosis and malaria to immediately share all information about “pathogens with epidemic potential” and give the US the right to share this information with other entities, including US pharmaceutical companies. The MOUs directly undermine the WHO negotiations on a pathogen access and benefit-sharing (PABS) system underway in Geneva, placing African countries in a particularly difficult position. Unlike past PEPFAR agreements, the MOUs cut out the involvement of community groups, except faith-based service providers, some of which are known to be against contraception and any recognition of LGBTQ people. Civil society groups have described the MOUs as “extractive” and over 50 organisations issued a letter calling on African heads of state and government to demand “equity and sovereignty” in the new bilateral agreements. However, in a positive reaction to plummeting aid, several African countries have allocated more money to health while several continental efforts are building Africa’s independence. At the Africa Health Sovereignty Summit, Ghana’s President John Mahama announced the formation of the Presidential High-Level Task Force on Global Health Governance in response to the 40% reduction in development aid in the past two years. “The world has changed, but global health governance has not kept pace with the changing world. At this moment, we’re called to redesign the architecture that has, for far too long, excluded Africa’s voices, excluded Africa’s needs and innovations,” said Mahama. Dr Muhammad Ali Pate, Nigeria’s Coordinating Minister of Health and Social Welfare. Writing for HPW, Nigerian Health Minister Muhammad Ali Pate Africa argues that Africa “can redefine its role in global health – emerging as a producer, innovator, and equal partner in shaping both the health of its people and the well-being of the world”. Pate argues that this can be achieved by countries investing in health “with the same urgency it devotes to infrastructure, defence, or governance”; enhancing South–South cooperation and collaboration; and forging a continental alliance that harnesses shared expertise, resources, and innovation for collective health security. HPW was proud to be a media partner at the Conference of Public Health in Africa 2025, where African researchers discussed how best to build solidarity between countries on the continent. Other Health Policy Watch team members and contributors include Maayan Hoffman (who also coordinates our social media), Arsalan Bukhari, Felix Sassmannshausen, Rahul Basharat Rajput, Kate Okorie, Abdullahi Jimoh, Edith Magak and Roisa Kerry. We are deeply grateful to our donors and media collaborations that have supported HPW to remain afloat during this difficult year and provide an important platform of engagement for the Global South and North that is free of charge. But most of all, we are grateful to all our readers for your engagement and interest. Please consider donating to HPW to ensure our ongoing survival. May 2026 be a more positive one for global health! Image Credits: Guilhem Vellut, WHO/EMRO , Markus Spiske/ Unsplash, Health Ministry of Nigeria. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
UN Agencies, Aid Groups Protest Israel’s Move to Bar Many NGOs from Gaza as Winter Exacerbates Dire Conditions 06/01/2026 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Gaza tent camp surrounded by mud from unusually heavy winter storms; new Israeli restructions on NGO activities would further impede humanitarian efforts, UN and partner agencies charge. Senior United Nations officials and humanitarian leaders have urged Israel to reverse plans to withhold registration from more three-dozen international NGOs providing humanitarian relief in war-torn Gaza and the Israeli-occupied West Bank – warning that the move would severely undermine life-saving aid in a moment of acute humanitarian need. Israel said last Thursday that some 37 international NGOs operating in Palestinian areas it controls, including the internationally renowned Médecins Sans Frontières, had not complied with a deadline to meet “security and transparency standards” now required by Israel for re-licensing in 2026. The NGOs are contesting new Israeli rules requiring them to disclose personal information on local Palestinian staff. For those NGOs that don’t comply, Israel has said it “will enforce” a ban on their activities in 2026. The government approved the new registration rules in March 2025 – in the wake of Israeli government allegations that two former MSF staff members were involved with Hamas or other armed groups. MSF has denied knowingly hiring people with military ties. In a related move, Israel last week also cut off water and electricity to the now vacant Jerusalem facilities of UNRWA, the UN Palestinian Refugee Agency, under legislation approved by the Knesset, or Parliament to close down the UN agency’s operations in areas under Israeli control. On Monday, seven European countries, including Spain, Ireland and Norway, condemned the move calling it a violation of international law with “grave humanitarian consequences.” Joint UN Agency statement decries move In a joint statement 31 December, the Inter-Agency Standing Committee (IASC), which represents about 20 heads of UN agencies and major humanitarian organisations, said that international NGOs collectively deliver nearly $1 billion in assistance each year in the occupied Palestinian territory and are “central to humanitarian operations,” particularly in Gaza. “Humanitarian access is not optional, conditional or political,” the statement said. It warned that restricting NGO operations during winter, amid continued food insecurity and recent flood-related displacement, risks undoing fragile gains made since the October 2025 Israeli-Hamas ceasefire – and would have “devastating” consequences for Gaza’s civilian population. The signatories included the UN emergency relief coordinator Tom Fletcher, the World Health Organization’s Dr. Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, as well as the heads of the UN Refugee Agency (UNHCR); the UN Development Pogramme (UNDP); UNICEF, the UN Childrens Agency; the World Food Programme; and leaders of major civil society groups such as Oxfam, Save the Children, Mercy Corps and Caritas Internationalis. MSF condemns “cynical” attempt to block aid A pregnant Palestinian mother, Donia Alouf, and her 1 year-old son, Ahmed, who was diagnosed with malnutrition, receive treatment in an MSF-supported Gaza city clinic. COGAT, the Israeli Defense Ministry agency coordinating Gaza humanitarian aid, has said that the new registration process is designed to prevent the misuse of humanitarian aid by Hamas, which it claims has exploited aid frameworks for to divert funds and recruit local aid employees for its own military purposes. COGAT also contended that the revocation of the licenses to the 37 NGOs will not substantially affect aid delivery, claiming that the affected organizations had not provided substantial aid to Gaza since the ceasefire began on October 10. And before the ceasefire, their combined contribution amounted to only a small proportion of total aid, Israel said. Médecins Sans Frontières (MSF), one of the most prominent organisations affected by Israel’s registration decision, contested Israel’s claims. An MSF press statement noted that the organization currently supports one in five hospital beds in Gaza and assists one in three mothers during childbirth. “In the last year, MSF teams have treated hundreds of thousands of patients and delivered hundreds of millions of litres of water,” said Pascale Coissard, MSF emergency coordinator for Gaza, in a 22 December statement. “In 2025 alone, we carried out almost 800,000 outpatient consultations and handled more than 100 000 trauma cases, and if we obtain registration, we plan to continue strengthening our activities in 2026.” Describing the move as a “cynical and calculated attempt” at political control, MSF said that blocking its activities and those of other NGOs that refused to register their Palestinian staff would exact a “terrible cost” after Gaza’s health system has been decimated. Only about half of the enclave’s 36 hospitals are functioning, and those only partially. International organizations say new Israel’s rules potentially endanger staff A toddler plays with dolls in MSF’s burn unit in Nasser hospital, Gaza, in May 2025. She was severely burned in an Israeli airstrike that struck her family’s tent in the Al-Mawasi humanitarian zone, which also killed her mother and two siblings. The healing process was hindered by a lack of proper nutrition and protein for the child, unavailable due to the Israeli halt to most humanitarian aid between March and late May. MSF said Israel’s core demand, that the NGO’s share personal information about Palestinians employees, is especially dangerous in Gaza where humanitarian workers have been intimidated, detained, attacked and killed. Some 15 MSF colleagues have reportedly been killed by Israeli forces. “Demanding staff lists as a condition for access to territory is an outrageous overreach,” MSF said, adding that there is no clarity on how such sensitive data would be used or shared. The organization said Israeli authorities had ignored repeated requests for meetings and instead accused MSF in the media of harbouring alleged militants – an allegation MSF rejects. “MSF would never knowingly employ anyone involved in military activities, which contradicts our core values and ethics,” the organization said. “Denying medical assistance to civilians is unacceptable under any circumstances, and it is appalling to use humanitarian aid as a tool of policy or collective punishment.” Israel’s moves on UNRWA follow in the wake of allegations that surfaced in 2024, charging that some 19 UNRWA employees participated in the 7 October Hamas attacks on Israeli communities, and UNRWA facilities were also used for Hamas weapons storage and other military activities. UNRWA has denied most of the claims, while acknowledging that an internal UN investigation led to the termination of nine UNRWA employees where “evidence obtained … – if authenticated and corroborated – might indicate that the staff members may have been involved.” Meanwhile, Palestinian nationalists who are also critics of Hamas note that the pressures on local aid workers to filter food, funds or other forms of aid can be intense – particularly as the militant group has now regained control over the roughly 50% of Gaza that lies within the “yellow line” to which Israel withdrew in October. A chilling update from the ground in Gaza: Two of my friends, who have been running independent food drives via international crowdfunding, were stopped and interrogated by Hamas militants. After proving their transparency and showing that all funds are used for food and aid for… pic.twitter.com/d55tKopGHM — Hamza (@HowidyHamza) January 5, 2026 Shelter crisis deepens amid winter storms Tents and ruined buildings in Gaza surrounded by mud. The curbs on the activities of the NGOs comes as housing and sanitary conditions in Gaza continue to deteriorate amidst a series of heavy winter storms, particularly for hundreds of thousands of displaced people living in makeshift shelters, according to the end December update of the UN Office for the Coordination of Humanitarian Affairs (OCHA). The unusually heavy rainfall has flooded tents and caused already unstable buildings to collapse – forcing displaced families to move yet again in search of safer ground. Seawater inundation has rendered shelters uninhabitable in coastal areas such as Al Mawasi in Khan Younis, while heavy winds have destroyed or severely damaged many tents. As of 30 December, humanitarian partners have provided emergency shelter assistance to more than 80,000 Gazan households, distributing tens of thousands of tents, tarpaulins and bedding items. Despite these efforts, more than one million Gazans out of a population of 2.1 million still need urgent shelter support, OCHA said. According to Gaza’s Hamas-controlled Ministry of Health, at least 17 people died in December due to the collapse of storm- and flood-damaged buildings, while three children died of hypothermia. WHO, MSF and other partners have reported consistently high rates of respiratory infections, warning that winter conditions are driving further illness, particularly among young children. Sewage, waste and public health risks A Palestinian boy walks past tents during a break in the rain in Jabalya, North Gaza. Waste mixed with floodwaters increases exposures to infectious diseases. Flooding has also intensified Gaza’s long-running sewage and solid waste crisis – and along with that infectious disease risks related to sewage exposure. The UN Water, Sanitation and Hygiene (WASH) Cluster reports that damaged infrastructure, fuel shortages and restrictions on the entry of equipment are limiting the ability to manage wastewater and storm runoff. Recent rains raised water levels in inland lagoons such as Wadi Gaza and Sheikh Radwan, heightening the risk of overflow and sewage contamination on land, as well as into the sea. The Palestinian Water Authority says it has been forced to rely on short-term measures because critical equipment such as pumps, pipes and electromechanical components has been denied entry by Israel. Solid waste management remains severely constrained. Since 7 October 2023, Hamas miiltants first invaded Israeli communities on the Gaza periphery in the opening salvo of the war, an estimated $66 million in damage has been recorded to waste management systems, including the destruction of more than 200 collection trucks and widespread damage to facilities. Gaza’s two main landfills remain inaccessible, forcing municipalities to rely on overcrowded temporary dumping sites. Waste generation far exceeds collection capacity in northern Gaza, where only about 60 per cent of daily waste is collected. This has resulted in continued accumulation of solid waste in densely populated areas, exacerbating public health and environmental risks. While a recent analysis found that famine conditions in Gaza have been pushed back, acute food insecurity and malnutrition remain critically high, and aid officials warn that progress remains fragile. “Needs are growing faster than aid can get in,” UN Secretary-General António Guterres declared in a late December press briefing, stressing that predictable and unimpeded access for humanitarian actors is essential to address the immense challenges faced. “We need more crossings, the lifting of restrictions on critical items, the removal of red tape, safe routes inside Gaza, sustained funding, and unimpeded access – including for NGOs,” Guterres said. “And we cannot lose sight of the rapidly deteriorating situation in the West Bank,” he added referring to escalating Israeli settler violence, land seizures, demolitions and displacement as well as intensified restrictions on movement – affecting Palestinian access to vital health and social services as well as livelihoods. Against that landscape, the prospect of new Israeli bans on international NGOs threatens to further erode an already strained response. “Allowing humanitarian aid is not a favour,” MSF said. “It is an obligation under international law.” Image Credits: MSF , Palestinian Water Authority , Nour Alsaqqa/MSF, Palestinian Water Authority , OCHA . US EPA dismisses WHO Cancer Agency Determination that Widely Used Herbicide is ‘Probably Carcinogenic’ 05/01/2026 Sophia Samantaroy Over 70 million tons of atrazine is applied to US soil each year. The chemical is now deemed a ‘probable’ carcinogen to humans. The US Environmental Protection Agency has dismissed a recent finding that atrazine, the second most widely-used herbicide in the United States, is “probably carcinogenic to humans” by the World Health Organization’s cancer review agency. Atrazine is used extensively in the US on crops like corn, sorghum, and sugarcane. However, over 60 countries have banned the chemical due to its endocrine-disrupting properties and tendency to contaminate groundwater. In a new classification, published in the January, 2026 issue of The Lancet Oncology, the International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) ranked atrazine as probably carcinogenic to humans based on what it described as “limited evidence” for cancer in humans and “sufficient evidence for cancer in experimental animals.” The agency’s findings are independent assessments that guide national regulatory authorities worldwide in the promulgation of rules around chemicals used in agriculture, food systems and occupational settings. The IARC assessment was the first in nearly three decades. In 1998 the organization said the compound was not classifiable as to its carcinogenicity to humans. Since the IARC findings were initially released in late November, the US Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), as well as chemical producers in China and elsewhere, have pushed back against the new classification. Both used almost identical terms in describing the determination as “flawed” and “inconsistent with scientific consensus.” Hormone disruptor, cancer risk of atrazine Atrazine has been linked to non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma Atrazine’s cancer links include evidence of oxidative stress, hormone disruption, immune suppression, and actual tumor growth, IARC found in its abbreviated evaluation of atrazine and two other compounds. In particular, IARC pointed to animal studies that showed tumor growth in the mammary glands and uterus of female rats, reduced estrogen and testosterone in both male and female rats, and induced cell death and division. The most recent study IARC cites, from 2024, also concluded that male rats also experience oxidative stress and severe hormone disruption. In humans, only a handful of studies have been published so far. However, IARC noted that two case-control studies that reported “strong positive associations between exposure to atrazine…and translocation-positive NHL [non-Hodgkin’s Lymphoma]” among exposed farm workers. Links to other human cancers did not show “consistent positive findings.” Beyond its cancer inks, atrazine exposure is also associated with birth defects, reproductive harm, and hormone disruption, in papers not cited by IARC – an agency that focuses almost exclusively on cancer risks. US regulators and manufacturers push back The US EPA said IARC’s findings used a “deeply flawed approach to its cancer assessments” In a 21 November statement, Syngenta, the agrochemical company that produces most of the US’s atrazine, said: “[c]urrent scientific evidence clearly demonstrate[s] that atrazine is safe when applied in accordance with registered label instructions.” Syngenta is owned by the Chinese state-operated company Sinochem. Speaking to Health Policy Watch just a few days after the Syngenta statement, EPA used identical terms, arguing that IARC’s findings “stir up fear” by also including “very hot beverages, red meat, working the night shift and hairdressing in the same classification.” “This announcement on atrazine is just another example of the World Health Organization International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) using a deeply flawed approach to its cancer assessments on multiple levels,” the EPA added. The EPA spokesperson complained, in particular, that the two-page article published so far is just a brief summary of the full review, which is only due to be published later this year, according to IARC. “[F]or IARC to roll out these “findings” and unnecessarily stir up fear when IARC has said it will not be publishing any of its detailed science until late 2026 or 2027 is irresponsible and lacks transparency. Currently, there is no opportunity for anyone to meaningfully review how IARC has reached its conclusions,” said the EPA’s press office. “In contrast, atrazine has been extensively studied by EPA across multiple administrations, including having five meetings of independent Scientific Advisory Panels peer review the cancer potential of atrazine between 2009-2011,” EPA said. “As a reminder, IARC also has a long history of being severely misguided in its findings,” the EPA spokesperson said, citing past IARC findings on red meat and night shift work, among other factors, as possible or probable causes of cancer. In 2015 IARC concluded that red meat was a possible cause of cancer and processed meat is a probable cause. Those findings have since been echoed by the American Institute for Cancer Research, which in 2021 concluded “there is strong evidence that eating high amounts of red meat increases the risk of colorectal cancer.” The US Department of Agriculture’s most recent dietary guidelines also suggest reducing red meat consumption. The US CDC concluded in a 2021 report that there is “high confidence” that persistent night shift work that results in circadian disruption can cause human cancer. Environmental groups welcome IARC re-evaluation Latest estimates of atrazine use from the US Geological Survey, 2019 Separate EPA reviews in 2003 and 2018 concluded that available evidence does not support a relationship between atrazine exposure and human cancers. IARC cites one new animal study from 2024, while re-evaluating older data in a new light. For pesticide experts like Dr Jennifer Sass, a senior scientist at the Natural Resources Defense Council (NRDC), IARC’s re-evaluation was welcome – correcting industry bias in previous evaluations. . “With atrazine, there’s hormone disruption, there’s oxidative stress, there is indication of tumors in human and animal studies,” said Sass. “IARC gathered a solid expert array of people from different disciplines, including industry people. They didn’t second-guess or overinterpret the data. “The EPA needs to take another look at their assessment to account for the carcinogenicity,” said Sass. Canada, Australia and Brazil also use atrazine extensively Atrazine, also known under brand names such as Aatrex®, Aatram®, Atratol®, and Gesaprim® is the second most widely-used pesticide in the US after glyphosate – also known as Roundup®. Glyphosate also was designated as a probable carcinogen in humans by IARC in 2015, in a ruling that continues to trigger controversy between the US and trading partners that have banned the chemical. Across the US’s corn belt, up to 60 million pounds of atrazine is applied to treat US crops each year. Atrazine also is flushed from soil into streams or groundwater aquifers where it can contaminate drinking water supplies, according to the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. A 2017 analysis of EPA tap water data found that nearly 30 million Americans across 28 states have tap water that contains atrazine. Drinking water in these areas had atrazine levels three to seven times higher than the federal limit of three parts per billion during spikes due to run-off in spring and summer, according to another major research and advocacy non-profit, Environmental Working Group. “Because the EPA has been sweeping the evidence on cancer under the rug for the time it has been on the market for 50 years, they’re not monitoring for atrazine in the water. The drinking water standard should be zero, because it’s a carcinogen,” said Sass. But the US is not alone in its reliance on the chemical, which is typically applied to unplanted fields so as to kill any other weeds or plants before crops are planted. Canada, Australia, Brazil and China also use atrazine to increase crop yields. In the decades prior to IARC’s classification, 60 countries banned the use of atrazine. These include 27 European Union countries, most Middle Eastern countries, and even many African countries. However, in many lower-and-middle income countries where atrazine is banned, the chemical is often smuggled in illegally. The European Union banned atrazine in 2004 and most EU countries have since banned glyphosate as well. Mexico, which exports tens of billions of dollars of agricultural products to the US, had attempted to ban glyphosate. But in 2024 it postponed the ban indefinitely following pressure from industry and the US, citing the lack of an effective alternative. As international assessments increasingly flag risks associated with such chemicals, the US remains an outlier among high-income countries in continued widespread use. “We were all told for a long time that weed killers aren’t harmful to people because their mechanism of toxicity targets photosynthesis. We all believed them,” said Sass. “Because of that, we didn’t have proper food monitoring. We didn’t have proper drinking water monitoring. The people exposed to atrazine occupationally, whether by mixing it, loading it, applying it, manufacturing it, need to take the proper precautions because of how toxic it is. EPA stance contrasts sharply with MAHA rhetoric about healthier foods EPA’s pro-pesticide stance under the new US administration of President Donald Trump contrasts sharply with the healthy foods rhetoric of the “Make America Healthy Again” (MAHA) movement, critics also said. “Despite the rhetoric of MAHA, there will be no robust review of the dangers of pesticides by the Trump Administration,” said Sylvia Wu, of the Washington DC-based Center for Food Safety. “Instead, a toxic poison like atrazine will continue to contaminate our lands and waters, making our children sick for decades to come,” said Wu. Wu was responding, in particular, to another recent US Fish and Wildlife’s (FWS) statement that atrazine does not pose an extinction risk to any US endangered species. The Center for Food Safety sued the EPA in 2020 when the agency moved to reapprove atrazine, along with a host of other pesticides and herbicides, as part of a routine evaluation. “The public trust has been steamrolled by agrochemical interests,” said Sass of the Natural Resources Defence Council. “The EPA has fast-tracked the approval of their poisons, which is not only a violation of the public’s trust, but also of the mission of the EPA.” “Using modern farming methods, we do not need weed killers like atrazine. We simply don’t have to kill every weed to grow our crops. It. We don’t have to be so scorched earth in our farm practices,” Sass argued. “I look forward to the day that the US catches up to other countries in keeping American families safe from chemicals.” Image Credits: Akshat Jhingran , Waldemar Brandt , AP/Sierra Club, USGS. Near-Zero Change in Delhi’s Peak Air Pollution Levels Over Past Decade – But Big Change in Public Outrage 05/01/2026 Chetan Bhattacharji Delhi air pollution during peak days in mid-November 2025 – an annual public health crisis that remains unresolved. The latest ten-year data shows almost no change. Can the momentum of outrage finally push officials to take high-impact measures to lower pollution this year? It’s Delhi 2026. Since 2016, there’s been near-zero improvement in the city’s air pollution during the annual peak pollution period of October to December, a new analysis by the Center for Research on Energy and Clean Air (CREA) reveals. This period also usually sees peak coverage and public outrage about the crisis. In 2025, average levels for those peak months even inched up a notch over the year before to 177 micrograms/cubic meter (µg/m³) of PM2.5 – despite a slight decline in the annual average levels in 2025 as compared to 2024 (96 µg/m³ in 2025 versus 105 in 2024). This means average levels in the peak pollution months were over 35 times the WHO’s annual average guideline of 5 µg/m³ and 11 times the peak 24 guideline limit of 15 µg/m³. And that’s if questions over the robustness of the latest government monitoring data are ignored for the moment. For nine of these last 10 years, opposition-led the Aam Aadmi Party was in power in Delhi, while Narendra Modi’s BJP party has been in power at the national level during the entire time. Near-zero improvement in Delhi’s peak pollution months since 2016. In 2025, Delhi also elected a BJP-led state government, which means the BJP is now in power at the national, state and municipality level – a ‘triple engine sarkar’, as the Hindustan Times framed it, referring to the Hindi term for “government.” Indeed, the BJP not only controls Delhi, but also the governments of two key bordering states, Haryana and Uttar Pradesh – which generate smoke from crop waste burning that contributes to the capital’s autumn smog crisis. That’s also why the new Delhi government, led by Chief Minister Ms Rekha Gupta, was expected to be uniquely placed to reduce pollution when she assumed office. Yet, as the peak season began, there was little indication of a significant shift in strategy. Unprecedented outrage against air pollution Public outrage against air pollution in Delhi and northern India has escalated to a level not seen in many years. It’s been characterised by a mix of anger and cutting humour – reels, memes and so on – against the government and the crisis. There were other aspects. Multiple protests, including the one on 9th November where police detained several demonstrators, including parents, among others, demanding clean air for their children. Multiple groups have been created on various social media and messaging apps. Some TV anchors and journalists, seen to be close to the ruling establishment since 2014, took many by surprise by pivoting and questioning official inaction and apathy. View this post on Instagram A post shared by Newslaundry (@newslaundry) India’s air pollution is “a metaphor for the challenges facing the nation more broadly.… if India cannot solve a problem that manifestly and acutely affects its elite, the prospects for solving the larger challenges confronting the country remain slim,” observed Arvind Subramanian and Devesh Kapur, in their book, A Sixth of Humanity, published last October. India’s environment minister Bhupender Yadav held a series of meetings on Delhi’s pollution, including one where he directed officials to “ensure visible improvement” in the air quality across Delhi and its neighbourhood “within one week.” That was mid-December. By the end of the month, there was no improvement. In fact, this December saw the worst pollution since 2018. Delhi’s environment minister and chief minister held several meetings, extensively posted policy action and photo ops on social media. There have been some positive steps, like distributing electric heaters to gatekeepers at various residential areas, curbs on categories of polluting vehicles, and stricter enforcement of OCEMS, online continuous emissions monitoring systems, at thousands of factories. Gaps in pollution control Along with the global “embarrassment” mentioned in A Sixth of Humanity, critical technical gaps remain. Firstly, misplaced focus on PM10: The government’s focus remains on spraying water to control dust because it continues to prioritise controlling PM10 particulate matter pollutants rather than the finer PM2.5 ones. PM2.5 is dangerous because it is small enough to enter the bloodstream and, so, is more lethal, whereas the body’s defenses can often stop the larger PM10 particles. In theory, watering down dust may help, but in practice, there hasn’t been much improvement. As this clip shows there’s simply too much pollution. And this water mist barely tackles PM2.5. ⚪️ Installs anti smog guns on top of 13 high rise buildings in Delhi to tackle pollution.pic.twitter.com/CJQWH18SYt — Mediterranean Voice (@mediterranvoice) December 26, 2025 Secondly, lack of political will: At a national level, there’s a lack of political will to stop the practice of farmers burning the residue of the paddy harvest in the three states north of Delhi and upwind of the city – Punjab, Haryana and Uttar Pradesh. This contributes almost 10% of the pollution in October and November in Delhi and the neighbourhood, according to a government (IITM) study, but on certain days and hours, it can be much higher. Thirdly, pseudo-science over evidence: There has been a reluctance among decision-makers to fully embrace scientifically evidence-based action. So a lot of time, taxpayers’ money, and effort over the years have gone into what may be described as pseudo-science, like smog towers, or action taken against scientific advice, like cloud-seeding trials. Fourthly, flawed monitoring of vehicular pollution: The Delhi government has, in a well-intentioned move, made pollution-under-control (PUC) certificates mandatory for all vehicles. However, the old PUC regime is flawed, and it needs to be replaced as it doesn’t check for key pollutants like PM2.5 and nitrogen oxides, which are major contributors to Delhi’s pollution. But to give credit where credit is due: a new panel has been formed by the national government with external experts on curbing vehicular pollution, which contributes more than a third of the capital’s air pollution levels. Many vehicles in Delhi are highly polluting, contributing more than a third to ambient air pollution levels. Battle against air pollution, 2026 There have been political missteps, too. One example: In early July, after public protests pressured the Delhi government to quickly roll back stricter enforcement of limits on old, polluting vehicles, the same government also successfully petitioned the Supreme Court to reverse a previous ban on firecrackers during the annual Diwali festival of lights, arguing that certain brands of so-called “green firecrackers” would not pollute. They were wrong. And the ensuing smoke was a factor in 2025’s post-Diwali pollution being the worst in years; and the chief minister repeatedly came in for criticism for comments she made on pollution. In 2026, can the public’s pressure, and even the government’s momentum, for clean air action be sustained or will it, as in the past, fizzle out when Delhi’s peak pollution season tapers off? Republished, with slight adaptation, from the original ‘What Am I Breathing’ Substack by Chetan Bhattacharji, a senior correspondent for Health Policy Watch from Delhi. Image Credits: Chetan Bhattacharji, Centre for Research on Energy and Clean Air. 2025: A Brutal Year for Global Health 28/12/2025 Editorial team This has been a brutal year for global health, with shock cuts in development aid to countries most in need; a knock-on budget crisis for United Nations (UN) agencies; widespread humanitarian crises, extensive disease outbreaks, and mounting climate-related health challenges. Health Policy Watch (HPW) has provided daily coverage of developments, and our reporters were often the first to break news on a range of issues despite our small and under-resourced newsroom. Development aid plunge Chaos followed the immediate “pause” of all development aid from the United States as soon as Donald Trump became president in January. The “pause” included the US President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR), which funded three-quarters of HIV and tuberculosis programmes worldwide, including lifesaving antiretroviral medicine to 20.6 million people in 2024. Within weeks, clinics across Africa closed, and patients were turned away as there was no money for staff or medicine. Although US Secretary of State Marco Rubio later issued a limited waiver for “lifesaving” programmes, this was narrowly focused and ideological. Influenced by the Heritage Foundation’s view that HIV is a “lifestyle disease”, the Trump administration stopped funding HIV measures aimed at “key populations” most vulnerable to infection – including sex workers and men who have sex with men. DOGE’s Elon Musk brandishing a chainsaw given to him by Argentinian President Javier Milei (right) after cutting US government programmes and global development aid, resulting in deaths and chaos. Within two weeks of Trump assuming the presidency, his appointee, Elon Musk and a new Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE) had also dismantled the US Agency for International Development (USAID). Musk declared that “USAID is a criminal organisation. It’s time for it to die.” USAID was hugely influential, and its closure affected almost every country in the world – from Albania to Zambia. As USAID had administered 60% of PEPFAR funds, in many instances, there was no one left to provide goods and services for those projects covered by Rubio’s waiver. Reporting on this issue was led by HPW Deputy Editor Kerry Cullinan. WHO slashes staff The WHO headquarters in Geneva has been in upheaval all year over how to rearrange the organisation’s budget to make up the 25% cut. The US withdrawal from the World Health Organization (WHO) on Trump’s first day in office, and its reduced support for other UN agencies. unleashed mass layoffs and restructuring. The WHO is slashing its staff by around a quarter – aiming to shed about 2,371 staff by mid-2026 – many at the end of this year – with ripples across Geneva. This has affected WHO’s ability to respond to health emergencies across the world. HPW Editor-in-Chief Elaine Fletcher was often the first to report on the various developments, with an inside track to staff reactions, including the WHO Staff Association decision to challenge the fairness and legitimacy of the restructuring process and the mounting rage of lower-level staff as HPW highlighted data suggesting that low- and mid-level personnel will bear the brunt of cuts, while high-ranking executives, whose real costs far exceed their published salaries, remain largely protected. UNAIDS has also been forced to retrench 55% of its head office staff and cut its country offices by almost half after the US ceased to fund it, a move that affected 40% of its budget. The agency warned that the brupt funding cuts have resulted in “perilous risks” for the global HIV response that threaten the health and well-being of millions of people throughout the world. “It feels like the ground has been ripped out from under our feet,” a Mozambican woman with HIV told UNAIDS, which reported at the year’s end that over two million women and girls have been “deprived of essential health services”, and millions of people at high risk of acquiring HIV have lost access to “the most effective prevention tools available” – pre-exposure prophylaxis (PrEP). Gavi, the vaccine alliance, has pared down its staff by a third, which will also affect global vaccination efforts. Disease outbreaks surge – so does anti-vax activities Mosquitoes, which can carry dengue virus, thrive at warmer temperatures. Climate change is fueling dengue cases globally. Amid the chaos in global health funding, diseases have surged. Africa has experienced large outbreaks of cholera, measles, Lassa fever and mpox, while deadly Ebola and Marburg have also affected several countries. By 10 December, Africa CDC had recorded over 300,000 cholera cases, over 140,00 measles cases and almost 134,000 mpox cases this year. Over the past year, both Latin America and the Caribbean saw record-breaking cases of the mosquito-borne dengue fever, with almost one-fifth of cases (about 45 million infections a year) attributable to climate change, Sophia Samantaroy covered issues from the Americas. Measles has also surged in the US and Canada amid the rise of anti-vaccine misinformation. This has been fueled by the appointment of vaccine sceptic Robert F. Kennedy Jr. as US Health and Human Services Secretary. So far, Kennedy and his appointees have cancelled mRNA research, restricted access to COVID-19 vaccines and made Hepatitis B vaccines non-mandatory for infants. In an exclusive article for HPW, Dr Demetre Daskalakis, former Director of the US CDC’s National Center for Immunizations and Respiratory Diseases, describes how the “wall protecting science from political interference in the US has fallen”. Humanitarian crises multiply Some 42,000 Gazans will need prolonged rehabilitation care and support due to war-related trauma injuries and amputations. Conflict and humanitarian crises – particularly in Gaza, Sudan and Ukraine – inflicted heavy casualties on citizens and health workers, with ongoing and unprecedented attacks on health facilities. HPW coverage of the conflict in Gaza included Israel’s blockade of Gaza, the resulting famine, Israeli attacks on WHO’s warehouse and efforts by Israel to secure the release of hostages being held by Hamas. This coverage was also led by Editor-in-Chief Elaine Fletcher. HPW has also consistently reported on the humanitarian crisis in Sudan, including the attack on a maternity hospital in El Fasher in which more than 460 people died. Climate change is ‘needlessly killing millions’ Climate change is claiming millions of lives annually through extreme heat, air pollution, wildfires and the spread of deadly infectious diseases, according to the ninth annual Lancet Countdown report, the most comprehensive assessment to date of the links between climate change and health, published in October. “We’re seeing millions of deaths that are occurring needlessly every year because of our persistent fossil fuel dependence, because of our delay in mitigating climate change, and our delays in adaptation to the climate change that cannot be avoided,” said Marina Romanello, executive director of the Lancet Countdown at University College London, describing this year’s report as “a bleak and undeniable picture of the devastating health harms reaching all corners of the world.” Breaching the 2015 Paris Agreement, a legally binding global treaty adopted in 2015 to combat climate change by limiting global warming to well below 2°C (ideally 1.5°C) above pre-industrial levels, is now unavoidable, according to scientists. The world is heading for 2.8°C of warming by century’s end under current policies, according to a UN assessment. Climate change protest Global greenhouse gas emissions rose 2.3% to a record 57.7 gigatons of CO2 equivalent in 2024, the largest annual increase since the 2000s. Land use change and deforestation account for 53% of the overall increase, while fossil fuel production continues to expand in direct contradiction of climate pledges. The US is the worst emitter, yet Trump withdrew the US from the Paris Agreement on Day One of his presidency. Domestically, the US Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has committed to rolling back 31 climate, air and water pollution, and emissions regulations that will negatively affected citizens’ health. The EPA has also announced that it will no longer require most polluters to report their emissions of carbon dioxide, methane and other greenhouse gases that cause climate change. Stefan Anderson led HPW reporting on climate change. The impact of air pollution Disease burden from air pollution. Meanwhile, 90% of people on the planet breathe dangerously unhealthy levels of air pollution every day, and millions fall ill every year with a range of respiratory and cardiovascular diseases as well as cancers, leading to at least seven million deaths each year. Air pollution is the number one killer across South Asia, accounting for 2.7 million deaths, of which 2.1 million are in India alone. There is growing evidence of the impact of air pollution on a range of medical conditions including strokes, diabetes, heart disease and lung cancer. Significant sources of the deadly fine particulate matter (PM 2.5) come from fossil fuels in vehicles, power plants and other industrial facilities, and burning coal, wood, dung and agricultural residues for cooking. India-based Chetan Bhattacharji, led reporting on air pollution. Women’s rights The ‘Green Tide’: Argentinians demanding the legalisation of abortion. HPW has covered the backlash against sexual and reproductive rights, and women’s rights through stories on US anti-rights groups mobilising in Africa, the rollback of abortion rights in Argentina, the impact of intimate partner violence on children, efforts to enable access to menstrual products for girls and women, female genital mutilation, and several articles on women under Taliban rule in Afghanistan. Disha Shetty and Munija Mirzaie contributed several articles on this topic. New world order? In the final few months of the year, the Trump administration sought to turn the chaos its funding cuts caused into opportunities for the US by signing bilateral health agreements with several African countries that promote American business opportunities – and also enable US access to African minerals. This approach is detailed in the America First Global Health Strategy published in September, that “uses global health diplomacy and foreign assistance to make America safer, stronger, and more prosperous”. Driven by former DOGE official Brad Smith, these bilateral Memorandums of Understanding (MOUs) compel countries that receive US aid to fight HIV, tuberculosis and malaria to immediately share all information about “pathogens with epidemic potential” and give the US the right to share this information with other entities, including US pharmaceutical companies. The MOUs directly undermine the WHO negotiations on a pathogen access and benefit-sharing (PABS) system underway in Geneva, placing African countries in a particularly difficult position. Unlike past PEPFAR agreements, the MOUs cut out the involvement of community groups, except faith-based service providers, some of which are known to be against contraception and any recognition of LGBTQ people. Civil society groups have described the MOUs as “extractive” and over 50 organisations issued a letter calling on African heads of state and government to demand “equity and sovereignty” in the new bilateral agreements. However, in a positive reaction to plummeting aid, several African countries have allocated more money to health while several continental efforts are building Africa’s independence. At the Africa Health Sovereignty Summit, Ghana’s President John Mahama announced the formation of the Presidential High-Level Task Force on Global Health Governance in response to the 40% reduction in development aid in the past two years. “The world has changed, but global health governance has not kept pace with the changing world. At this moment, we’re called to redesign the architecture that has, for far too long, excluded Africa’s voices, excluded Africa’s needs and innovations,” said Mahama. Dr Muhammad Ali Pate, Nigeria’s Coordinating Minister of Health and Social Welfare. Writing for HPW, Nigerian Health Minister Muhammad Ali Pate Africa argues that Africa “can redefine its role in global health – emerging as a producer, innovator, and equal partner in shaping both the health of its people and the well-being of the world”. Pate argues that this can be achieved by countries investing in health “with the same urgency it devotes to infrastructure, defence, or governance”; enhancing South–South cooperation and collaboration; and forging a continental alliance that harnesses shared expertise, resources, and innovation for collective health security. HPW was proud to be a media partner at the Conference of Public Health in Africa 2025, where African researchers discussed how best to build solidarity between countries on the continent. Other Health Policy Watch team members and contributors include Maayan Hoffman (who also coordinates our social media), Arsalan Bukhari, Felix Sassmannshausen, Rahul Basharat Rajput, Kate Okorie, Abdullahi Jimoh, Edith Magak and Roisa Kerry. We are deeply grateful to our donors and media collaborations that have supported HPW to remain afloat during this difficult year and provide an important platform of engagement for the Global South and North that is free of charge. But most of all, we are grateful to all our readers for your engagement and interest. Please consider donating to HPW to ensure our ongoing survival. May 2026 be a more positive one for global health! Image Credits: Guilhem Vellut, WHO/EMRO , Markus Spiske/ Unsplash, Health Ministry of Nigeria. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
US EPA dismisses WHO Cancer Agency Determination that Widely Used Herbicide is ‘Probably Carcinogenic’ 05/01/2026 Sophia Samantaroy Over 70 million tons of atrazine is applied to US soil each year. The chemical is now deemed a ‘probable’ carcinogen to humans. The US Environmental Protection Agency has dismissed a recent finding that atrazine, the second most widely-used herbicide in the United States, is “probably carcinogenic to humans” by the World Health Organization’s cancer review agency. Atrazine is used extensively in the US on crops like corn, sorghum, and sugarcane. However, over 60 countries have banned the chemical due to its endocrine-disrupting properties and tendency to contaminate groundwater. In a new classification, published in the January, 2026 issue of The Lancet Oncology, the International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) ranked atrazine as probably carcinogenic to humans based on what it described as “limited evidence” for cancer in humans and “sufficient evidence for cancer in experimental animals.” The agency’s findings are independent assessments that guide national regulatory authorities worldwide in the promulgation of rules around chemicals used in agriculture, food systems and occupational settings. The IARC assessment was the first in nearly three decades. In 1998 the organization said the compound was not classifiable as to its carcinogenicity to humans. Since the IARC findings were initially released in late November, the US Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), as well as chemical producers in China and elsewhere, have pushed back against the new classification. Both used almost identical terms in describing the determination as “flawed” and “inconsistent with scientific consensus.” Hormone disruptor, cancer risk of atrazine Atrazine has been linked to non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma Atrazine’s cancer links include evidence of oxidative stress, hormone disruption, immune suppression, and actual tumor growth, IARC found in its abbreviated evaluation of atrazine and two other compounds. In particular, IARC pointed to animal studies that showed tumor growth in the mammary glands and uterus of female rats, reduced estrogen and testosterone in both male and female rats, and induced cell death and division. The most recent study IARC cites, from 2024, also concluded that male rats also experience oxidative stress and severe hormone disruption. In humans, only a handful of studies have been published so far. However, IARC noted that two case-control studies that reported “strong positive associations between exposure to atrazine…and translocation-positive NHL [non-Hodgkin’s Lymphoma]” among exposed farm workers. Links to other human cancers did not show “consistent positive findings.” Beyond its cancer inks, atrazine exposure is also associated with birth defects, reproductive harm, and hormone disruption, in papers not cited by IARC – an agency that focuses almost exclusively on cancer risks. US regulators and manufacturers push back The US EPA said IARC’s findings used a “deeply flawed approach to its cancer assessments” In a 21 November statement, Syngenta, the agrochemical company that produces most of the US’s atrazine, said: “[c]urrent scientific evidence clearly demonstrate[s] that atrazine is safe when applied in accordance with registered label instructions.” Syngenta is owned by the Chinese state-operated company Sinochem. Speaking to Health Policy Watch just a few days after the Syngenta statement, EPA used identical terms, arguing that IARC’s findings “stir up fear” by also including “very hot beverages, red meat, working the night shift and hairdressing in the same classification.” “This announcement on atrazine is just another example of the World Health Organization International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) using a deeply flawed approach to its cancer assessments on multiple levels,” the EPA added. The EPA spokesperson complained, in particular, that the two-page article published so far is just a brief summary of the full review, which is only due to be published later this year, according to IARC. “[F]or IARC to roll out these “findings” and unnecessarily stir up fear when IARC has said it will not be publishing any of its detailed science until late 2026 or 2027 is irresponsible and lacks transparency. Currently, there is no opportunity for anyone to meaningfully review how IARC has reached its conclusions,” said the EPA’s press office. “In contrast, atrazine has been extensively studied by EPA across multiple administrations, including having five meetings of independent Scientific Advisory Panels peer review the cancer potential of atrazine between 2009-2011,” EPA said. “As a reminder, IARC also has a long history of being severely misguided in its findings,” the EPA spokesperson said, citing past IARC findings on red meat and night shift work, among other factors, as possible or probable causes of cancer. In 2015 IARC concluded that red meat was a possible cause of cancer and processed meat is a probable cause. Those findings have since been echoed by the American Institute for Cancer Research, which in 2021 concluded “there is strong evidence that eating high amounts of red meat increases the risk of colorectal cancer.” The US Department of Agriculture’s most recent dietary guidelines also suggest reducing red meat consumption. The US CDC concluded in a 2021 report that there is “high confidence” that persistent night shift work that results in circadian disruption can cause human cancer. Environmental groups welcome IARC re-evaluation Latest estimates of atrazine use from the US Geological Survey, 2019 Separate EPA reviews in 2003 and 2018 concluded that available evidence does not support a relationship between atrazine exposure and human cancers. IARC cites one new animal study from 2024, while re-evaluating older data in a new light. For pesticide experts like Dr Jennifer Sass, a senior scientist at the Natural Resources Defense Council (NRDC), IARC’s re-evaluation was welcome – correcting industry bias in previous evaluations. . “With atrazine, there’s hormone disruption, there’s oxidative stress, there is indication of tumors in human and animal studies,” said Sass. “IARC gathered a solid expert array of people from different disciplines, including industry people. They didn’t second-guess or overinterpret the data. “The EPA needs to take another look at their assessment to account for the carcinogenicity,” said Sass. Canada, Australia and Brazil also use atrazine extensively Atrazine, also known under brand names such as Aatrex®, Aatram®, Atratol®, and Gesaprim® is the second most widely-used pesticide in the US after glyphosate – also known as Roundup®. Glyphosate also was designated as a probable carcinogen in humans by IARC in 2015, in a ruling that continues to trigger controversy between the US and trading partners that have banned the chemical. Across the US’s corn belt, up to 60 million pounds of atrazine is applied to treat US crops each year. Atrazine also is flushed from soil into streams or groundwater aquifers where it can contaminate drinking water supplies, according to the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. A 2017 analysis of EPA tap water data found that nearly 30 million Americans across 28 states have tap water that contains atrazine. Drinking water in these areas had atrazine levels three to seven times higher than the federal limit of three parts per billion during spikes due to run-off in spring and summer, according to another major research and advocacy non-profit, Environmental Working Group. “Because the EPA has been sweeping the evidence on cancer under the rug for the time it has been on the market for 50 years, they’re not monitoring for atrazine in the water. The drinking water standard should be zero, because it’s a carcinogen,” said Sass. But the US is not alone in its reliance on the chemical, which is typically applied to unplanted fields so as to kill any other weeds or plants before crops are planted. Canada, Australia, Brazil and China also use atrazine to increase crop yields. In the decades prior to IARC’s classification, 60 countries banned the use of atrazine. These include 27 European Union countries, most Middle Eastern countries, and even many African countries. However, in many lower-and-middle income countries where atrazine is banned, the chemical is often smuggled in illegally. The European Union banned atrazine in 2004 and most EU countries have since banned glyphosate as well. Mexico, which exports tens of billions of dollars of agricultural products to the US, had attempted to ban glyphosate. But in 2024 it postponed the ban indefinitely following pressure from industry and the US, citing the lack of an effective alternative. As international assessments increasingly flag risks associated with such chemicals, the US remains an outlier among high-income countries in continued widespread use. “We were all told for a long time that weed killers aren’t harmful to people because their mechanism of toxicity targets photosynthesis. We all believed them,” said Sass. “Because of that, we didn’t have proper food monitoring. We didn’t have proper drinking water monitoring. The people exposed to atrazine occupationally, whether by mixing it, loading it, applying it, manufacturing it, need to take the proper precautions because of how toxic it is. EPA stance contrasts sharply with MAHA rhetoric about healthier foods EPA’s pro-pesticide stance under the new US administration of President Donald Trump contrasts sharply with the healthy foods rhetoric of the “Make America Healthy Again” (MAHA) movement, critics also said. “Despite the rhetoric of MAHA, there will be no robust review of the dangers of pesticides by the Trump Administration,” said Sylvia Wu, of the Washington DC-based Center for Food Safety. “Instead, a toxic poison like atrazine will continue to contaminate our lands and waters, making our children sick for decades to come,” said Wu. Wu was responding, in particular, to another recent US Fish and Wildlife’s (FWS) statement that atrazine does not pose an extinction risk to any US endangered species. The Center for Food Safety sued the EPA in 2020 when the agency moved to reapprove atrazine, along with a host of other pesticides and herbicides, as part of a routine evaluation. “The public trust has been steamrolled by agrochemical interests,” said Sass of the Natural Resources Defence Council. “The EPA has fast-tracked the approval of their poisons, which is not only a violation of the public’s trust, but also of the mission of the EPA.” “Using modern farming methods, we do not need weed killers like atrazine. We simply don’t have to kill every weed to grow our crops. It. We don’t have to be so scorched earth in our farm practices,” Sass argued. “I look forward to the day that the US catches up to other countries in keeping American families safe from chemicals.” Image Credits: Akshat Jhingran , Waldemar Brandt , AP/Sierra Club, USGS. Near-Zero Change in Delhi’s Peak Air Pollution Levels Over Past Decade – But Big Change in Public Outrage 05/01/2026 Chetan Bhattacharji Delhi air pollution during peak days in mid-November 2025 – an annual public health crisis that remains unresolved. The latest ten-year data shows almost no change. Can the momentum of outrage finally push officials to take high-impact measures to lower pollution this year? It’s Delhi 2026. Since 2016, there’s been near-zero improvement in the city’s air pollution during the annual peak pollution period of October to December, a new analysis by the Center for Research on Energy and Clean Air (CREA) reveals. This period also usually sees peak coverage and public outrage about the crisis. In 2025, average levels for those peak months even inched up a notch over the year before to 177 micrograms/cubic meter (µg/m³) of PM2.5 – despite a slight decline in the annual average levels in 2025 as compared to 2024 (96 µg/m³ in 2025 versus 105 in 2024). This means average levels in the peak pollution months were over 35 times the WHO’s annual average guideline of 5 µg/m³ and 11 times the peak 24 guideline limit of 15 µg/m³. And that’s if questions over the robustness of the latest government monitoring data are ignored for the moment. For nine of these last 10 years, opposition-led the Aam Aadmi Party was in power in Delhi, while Narendra Modi’s BJP party has been in power at the national level during the entire time. Near-zero improvement in Delhi’s peak pollution months since 2016. In 2025, Delhi also elected a BJP-led state government, which means the BJP is now in power at the national, state and municipality level – a ‘triple engine sarkar’, as the Hindustan Times framed it, referring to the Hindi term for “government.” Indeed, the BJP not only controls Delhi, but also the governments of two key bordering states, Haryana and Uttar Pradesh – which generate smoke from crop waste burning that contributes to the capital’s autumn smog crisis. That’s also why the new Delhi government, led by Chief Minister Ms Rekha Gupta, was expected to be uniquely placed to reduce pollution when she assumed office. Yet, as the peak season began, there was little indication of a significant shift in strategy. Unprecedented outrage against air pollution Public outrage against air pollution in Delhi and northern India has escalated to a level not seen in many years. It’s been characterised by a mix of anger and cutting humour – reels, memes and so on – against the government and the crisis. There were other aspects. Multiple protests, including the one on 9th November where police detained several demonstrators, including parents, among others, demanding clean air for their children. Multiple groups have been created on various social media and messaging apps. Some TV anchors and journalists, seen to be close to the ruling establishment since 2014, took many by surprise by pivoting and questioning official inaction and apathy. View this post on Instagram A post shared by Newslaundry (@newslaundry) India’s air pollution is “a metaphor for the challenges facing the nation more broadly.… if India cannot solve a problem that manifestly and acutely affects its elite, the prospects for solving the larger challenges confronting the country remain slim,” observed Arvind Subramanian and Devesh Kapur, in their book, A Sixth of Humanity, published last October. India’s environment minister Bhupender Yadav held a series of meetings on Delhi’s pollution, including one where he directed officials to “ensure visible improvement” in the air quality across Delhi and its neighbourhood “within one week.” That was mid-December. By the end of the month, there was no improvement. In fact, this December saw the worst pollution since 2018. Delhi’s environment minister and chief minister held several meetings, extensively posted policy action and photo ops on social media. There have been some positive steps, like distributing electric heaters to gatekeepers at various residential areas, curbs on categories of polluting vehicles, and stricter enforcement of OCEMS, online continuous emissions monitoring systems, at thousands of factories. Gaps in pollution control Along with the global “embarrassment” mentioned in A Sixth of Humanity, critical technical gaps remain. Firstly, misplaced focus on PM10: The government’s focus remains on spraying water to control dust because it continues to prioritise controlling PM10 particulate matter pollutants rather than the finer PM2.5 ones. PM2.5 is dangerous because it is small enough to enter the bloodstream and, so, is more lethal, whereas the body’s defenses can often stop the larger PM10 particles. In theory, watering down dust may help, but in practice, there hasn’t been much improvement. As this clip shows there’s simply too much pollution. And this water mist barely tackles PM2.5. ⚪️ Installs anti smog guns on top of 13 high rise buildings in Delhi to tackle pollution.pic.twitter.com/CJQWH18SYt — Mediterranean Voice (@mediterranvoice) December 26, 2025 Secondly, lack of political will: At a national level, there’s a lack of political will to stop the practice of farmers burning the residue of the paddy harvest in the three states north of Delhi and upwind of the city – Punjab, Haryana and Uttar Pradesh. This contributes almost 10% of the pollution in October and November in Delhi and the neighbourhood, according to a government (IITM) study, but on certain days and hours, it can be much higher. Thirdly, pseudo-science over evidence: There has been a reluctance among decision-makers to fully embrace scientifically evidence-based action. So a lot of time, taxpayers’ money, and effort over the years have gone into what may be described as pseudo-science, like smog towers, or action taken against scientific advice, like cloud-seeding trials. Fourthly, flawed monitoring of vehicular pollution: The Delhi government has, in a well-intentioned move, made pollution-under-control (PUC) certificates mandatory for all vehicles. However, the old PUC regime is flawed, and it needs to be replaced as it doesn’t check for key pollutants like PM2.5 and nitrogen oxides, which are major contributors to Delhi’s pollution. But to give credit where credit is due: a new panel has been formed by the national government with external experts on curbing vehicular pollution, which contributes more than a third of the capital’s air pollution levels. Many vehicles in Delhi are highly polluting, contributing more than a third to ambient air pollution levels. Battle against air pollution, 2026 There have been political missteps, too. One example: In early July, after public protests pressured the Delhi government to quickly roll back stricter enforcement of limits on old, polluting vehicles, the same government also successfully petitioned the Supreme Court to reverse a previous ban on firecrackers during the annual Diwali festival of lights, arguing that certain brands of so-called “green firecrackers” would not pollute. They were wrong. And the ensuing smoke was a factor in 2025’s post-Diwali pollution being the worst in years; and the chief minister repeatedly came in for criticism for comments she made on pollution. In 2026, can the public’s pressure, and even the government’s momentum, for clean air action be sustained or will it, as in the past, fizzle out when Delhi’s peak pollution season tapers off? Republished, with slight adaptation, from the original ‘What Am I Breathing’ Substack by Chetan Bhattacharji, a senior correspondent for Health Policy Watch from Delhi. Image Credits: Chetan Bhattacharji, Centre for Research on Energy and Clean Air. 2025: A Brutal Year for Global Health 28/12/2025 Editorial team This has been a brutal year for global health, with shock cuts in development aid to countries most in need; a knock-on budget crisis for United Nations (UN) agencies; widespread humanitarian crises, extensive disease outbreaks, and mounting climate-related health challenges. Health Policy Watch (HPW) has provided daily coverage of developments, and our reporters were often the first to break news on a range of issues despite our small and under-resourced newsroom. Development aid plunge Chaos followed the immediate “pause” of all development aid from the United States as soon as Donald Trump became president in January. The “pause” included the US President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR), which funded three-quarters of HIV and tuberculosis programmes worldwide, including lifesaving antiretroviral medicine to 20.6 million people in 2024. Within weeks, clinics across Africa closed, and patients were turned away as there was no money for staff or medicine. Although US Secretary of State Marco Rubio later issued a limited waiver for “lifesaving” programmes, this was narrowly focused and ideological. Influenced by the Heritage Foundation’s view that HIV is a “lifestyle disease”, the Trump administration stopped funding HIV measures aimed at “key populations” most vulnerable to infection – including sex workers and men who have sex with men. DOGE’s Elon Musk brandishing a chainsaw given to him by Argentinian President Javier Milei (right) after cutting US government programmes and global development aid, resulting in deaths and chaos. Within two weeks of Trump assuming the presidency, his appointee, Elon Musk and a new Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE) had also dismantled the US Agency for International Development (USAID). Musk declared that “USAID is a criminal organisation. It’s time for it to die.” USAID was hugely influential, and its closure affected almost every country in the world – from Albania to Zambia. As USAID had administered 60% of PEPFAR funds, in many instances, there was no one left to provide goods and services for those projects covered by Rubio’s waiver. Reporting on this issue was led by HPW Deputy Editor Kerry Cullinan. WHO slashes staff The WHO headquarters in Geneva has been in upheaval all year over how to rearrange the organisation’s budget to make up the 25% cut. The US withdrawal from the World Health Organization (WHO) on Trump’s first day in office, and its reduced support for other UN agencies. unleashed mass layoffs and restructuring. The WHO is slashing its staff by around a quarter – aiming to shed about 2,371 staff by mid-2026 – many at the end of this year – with ripples across Geneva. This has affected WHO’s ability to respond to health emergencies across the world. HPW Editor-in-Chief Elaine Fletcher was often the first to report on the various developments, with an inside track to staff reactions, including the WHO Staff Association decision to challenge the fairness and legitimacy of the restructuring process and the mounting rage of lower-level staff as HPW highlighted data suggesting that low- and mid-level personnel will bear the brunt of cuts, while high-ranking executives, whose real costs far exceed their published salaries, remain largely protected. UNAIDS has also been forced to retrench 55% of its head office staff and cut its country offices by almost half after the US ceased to fund it, a move that affected 40% of its budget. The agency warned that the brupt funding cuts have resulted in “perilous risks” for the global HIV response that threaten the health and well-being of millions of people throughout the world. “It feels like the ground has been ripped out from under our feet,” a Mozambican woman with HIV told UNAIDS, which reported at the year’s end that over two million women and girls have been “deprived of essential health services”, and millions of people at high risk of acquiring HIV have lost access to “the most effective prevention tools available” – pre-exposure prophylaxis (PrEP). Gavi, the vaccine alliance, has pared down its staff by a third, which will also affect global vaccination efforts. Disease outbreaks surge – so does anti-vax activities Mosquitoes, which can carry dengue virus, thrive at warmer temperatures. Climate change is fueling dengue cases globally. Amid the chaos in global health funding, diseases have surged. Africa has experienced large outbreaks of cholera, measles, Lassa fever and mpox, while deadly Ebola and Marburg have also affected several countries. By 10 December, Africa CDC had recorded over 300,000 cholera cases, over 140,00 measles cases and almost 134,000 mpox cases this year. Over the past year, both Latin America and the Caribbean saw record-breaking cases of the mosquito-borne dengue fever, with almost one-fifth of cases (about 45 million infections a year) attributable to climate change, Sophia Samantaroy covered issues from the Americas. Measles has also surged in the US and Canada amid the rise of anti-vaccine misinformation. This has been fueled by the appointment of vaccine sceptic Robert F. Kennedy Jr. as US Health and Human Services Secretary. So far, Kennedy and his appointees have cancelled mRNA research, restricted access to COVID-19 vaccines and made Hepatitis B vaccines non-mandatory for infants. In an exclusive article for HPW, Dr Demetre Daskalakis, former Director of the US CDC’s National Center for Immunizations and Respiratory Diseases, describes how the “wall protecting science from political interference in the US has fallen”. Humanitarian crises multiply Some 42,000 Gazans will need prolonged rehabilitation care and support due to war-related trauma injuries and amputations. Conflict and humanitarian crises – particularly in Gaza, Sudan and Ukraine – inflicted heavy casualties on citizens and health workers, with ongoing and unprecedented attacks on health facilities. HPW coverage of the conflict in Gaza included Israel’s blockade of Gaza, the resulting famine, Israeli attacks on WHO’s warehouse and efforts by Israel to secure the release of hostages being held by Hamas. This coverage was also led by Editor-in-Chief Elaine Fletcher. HPW has also consistently reported on the humanitarian crisis in Sudan, including the attack on a maternity hospital in El Fasher in which more than 460 people died. Climate change is ‘needlessly killing millions’ Climate change is claiming millions of lives annually through extreme heat, air pollution, wildfires and the spread of deadly infectious diseases, according to the ninth annual Lancet Countdown report, the most comprehensive assessment to date of the links between climate change and health, published in October. “We’re seeing millions of deaths that are occurring needlessly every year because of our persistent fossil fuel dependence, because of our delay in mitigating climate change, and our delays in adaptation to the climate change that cannot be avoided,” said Marina Romanello, executive director of the Lancet Countdown at University College London, describing this year’s report as “a bleak and undeniable picture of the devastating health harms reaching all corners of the world.” Breaching the 2015 Paris Agreement, a legally binding global treaty adopted in 2015 to combat climate change by limiting global warming to well below 2°C (ideally 1.5°C) above pre-industrial levels, is now unavoidable, according to scientists. The world is heading for 2.8°C of warming by century’s end under current policies, according to a UN assessment. Climate change protest Global greenhouse gas emissions rose 2.3% to a record 57.7 gigatons of CO2 equivalent in 2024, the largest annual increase since the 2000s. Land use change and deforestation account for 53% of the overall increase, while fossil fuel production continues to expand in direct contradiction of climate pledges. The US is the worst emitter, yet Trump withdrew the US from the Paris Agreement on Day One of his presidency. Domestically, the US Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has committed to rolling back 31 climate, air and water pollution, and emissions regulations that will negatively affected citizens’ health. The EPA has also announced that it will no longer require most polluters to report their emissions of carbon dioxide, methane and other greenhouse gases that cause climate change. Stefan Anderson led HPW reporting on climate change. The impact of air pollution Disease burden from air pollution. Meanwhile, 90% of people on the planet breathe dangerously unhealthy levels of air pollution every day, and millions fall ill every year with a range of respiratory and cardiovascular diseases as well as cancers, leading to at least seven million deaths each year. Air pollution is the number one killer across South Asia, accounting for 2.7 million deaths, of which 2.1 million are in India alone. There is growing evidence of the impact of air pollution on a range of medical conditions including strokes, diabetes, heart disease and lung cancer. Significant sources of the deadly fine particulate matter (PM 2.5) come from fossil fuels in vehicles, power plants and other industrial facilities, and burning coal, wood, dung and agricultural residues for cooking. India-based Chetan Bhattacharji, led reporting on air pollution. Women’s rights The ‘Green Tide’: Argentinians demanding the legalisation of abortion. HPW has covered the backlash against sexual and reproductive rights, and women’s rights through stories on US anti-rights groups mobilising in Africa, the rollback of abortion rights in Argentina, the impact of intimate partner violence on children, efforts to enable access to menstrual products for girls and women, female genital mutilation, and several articles on women under Taliban rule in Afghanistan. Disha Shetty and Munija Mirzaie contributed several articles on this topic. New world order? In the final few months of the year, the Trump administration sought to turn the chaos its funding cuts caused into opportunities for the US by signing bilateral health agreements with several African countries that promote American business opportunities – and also enable US access to African minerals. This approach is detailed in the America First Global Health Strategy published in September, that “uses global health diplomacy and foreign assistance to make America safer, stronger, and more prosperous”. Driven by former DOGE official Brad Smith, these bilateral Memorandums of Understanding (MOUs) compel countries that receive US aid to fight HIV, tuberculosis and malaria to immediately share all information about “pathogens with epidemic potential” and give the US the right to share this information with other entities, including US pharmaceutical companies. The MOUs directly undermine the WHO negotiations on a pathogen access and benefit-sharing (PABS) system underway in Geneva, placing African countries in a particularly difficult position. Unlike past PEPFAR agreements, the MOUs cut out the involvement of community groups, except faith-based service providers, some of which are known to be against contraception and any recognition of LGBTQ people. Civil society groups have described the MOUs as “extractive” and over 50 organisations issued a letter calling on African heads of state and government to demand “equity and sovereignty” in the new bilateral agreements. However, in a positive reaction to plummeting aid, several African countries have allocated more money to health while several continental efforts are building Africa’s independence. At the Africa Health Sovereignty Summit, Ghana’s President John Mahama announced the formation of the Presidential High-Level Task Force on Global Health Governance in response to the 40% reduction in development aid in the past two years. “The world has changed, but global health governance has not kept pace with the changing world. At this moment, we’re called to redesign the architecture that has, for far too long, excluded Africa’s voices, excluded Africa’s needs and innovations,” said Mahama. Dr Muhammad Ali Pate, Nigeria’s Coordinating Minister of Health and Social Welfare. Writing for HPW, Nigerian Health Minister Muhammad Ali Pate Africa argues that Africa “can redefine its role in global health – emerging as a producer, innovator, and equal partner in shaping both the health of its people and the well-being of the world”. Pate argues that this can be achieved by countries investing in health “with the same urgency it devotes to infrastructure, defence, or governance”; enhancing South–South cooperation and collaboration; and forging a continental alliance that harnesses shared expertise, resources, and innovation for collective health security. HPW was proud to be a media partner at the Conference of Public Health in Africa 2025, where African researchers discussed how best to build solidarity between countries on the continent. Other Health Policy Watch team members and contributors include Maayan Hoffman (who also coordinates our social media), Arsalan Bukhari, Felix Sassmannshausen, Rahul Basharat Rajput, Kate Okorie, Abdullahi Jimoh, Edith Magak and Roisa Kerry. We are deeply grateful to our donors and media collaborations that have supported HPW to remain afloat during this difficult year and provide an important platform of engagement for the Global South and North that is free of charge. But most of all, we are grateful to all our readers for your engagement and interest. Please consider donating to HPW to ensure our ongoing survival. May 2026 be a more positive one for global health! Image Credits: Guilhem Vellut, WHO/EMRO , Markus Spiske/ Unsplash, Health Ministry of Nigeria. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Near-Zero Change in Delhi’s Peak Air Pollution Levels Over Past Decade – But Big Change in Public Outrage 05/01/2026 Chetan Bhattacharji Delhi air pollution during peak days in mid-November 2025 – an annual public health crisis that remains unresolved. The latest ten-year data shows almost no change. Can the momentum of outrage finally push officials to take high-impact measures to lower pollution this year? It’s Delhi 2026. Since 2016, there’s been near-zero improvement in the city’s air pollution during the annual peak pollution period of October to December, a new analysis by the Center for Research on Energy and Clean Air (CREA) reveals. This period also usually sees peak coverage and public outrage about the crisis. In 2025, average levels for those peak months even inched up a notch over the year before to 177 micrograms/cubic meter (µg/m³) of PM2.5 – despite a slight decline in the annual average levels in 2025 as compared to 2024 (96 µg/m³ in 2025 versus 105 in 2024). This means average levels in the peak pollution months were over 35 times the WHO’s annual average guideline of 5 µg/m³ and 11 times the peak 24 guideline limit of 15 µg/m³. And that’s if questions over the robustness of the latest government monitoring data are ignored for the moment. For nine of these last 10 years, opposition-led the Aam Aadmi Party was in power in Delhi, while Narendra Modi’s BJP party has been in power at the national level during the entire time. Near-zero improvement in Delhi’s peak pollution months since 2016. In 2025, Delhi also elected a BJP-led state government, which means the BJP is now in power at the national, state and municipality level – a ‘triple engine sarkar’, as the Hindustan Times framed it, referring to the Hindi term for “government.” Indeed, the BJP not only controls Delhi, but also the governments of two key bordering states, Haryana and Uttar Pradesh – which generate smoke from crop waste burning that contributes to the capital’s autumn smog crisis. That’s also why the new Delhi government, led by Chief Minister Ms Rekha Gupta, was expected to be uniquely placed to reduce pollution when she assumed office. Yet, as the peak season began, there was little indication of a significant shift in strategy. Unprecedented outrage against air pollution Public outrage against air pollution in Delhi and northern India has escalated to a level not seen in many years. It’s been characterised by a mix of anger and cutting humour – reels, memes and so on – against the government and the crisis. There were other aspects. Multiple protests, including the one on 9th November where police detained several demonstrators, including parents, among others, demanding clean air for their children. Multiple groups have been created on various social media and messaging apps. Some TV anchors and journalists, seen to be close to the ruling establishment since 2014, took many by surprise by pivoting and questioning official inaction and apathy. View this post on Instagram A post shared by Newslaundry (@newslaundry) India’s air pollution is “a metaphor for the challenges facing the nation more broadly.… if India cannot solve a problem that manifestly and acutely affects its elite, the prospects for solving the larger challenges confronting the country remain slim,” observed Arvind Subramanian and Devesh Kapur, in their book, A Sixth of Humanity, published last October. India’s environment minister Bhupender Yadav held a series of meetings on Delhi’s pollution, including one where he directed officials to “ensure visible improvement” in the air quality across Delhi and its neighbourhood “within one week.” That was mid-December. By the end of the month, there was no improvement. In fact, this December saw the worst pollution since 2018. Delhi’s environment minister and chief minister held several meetings, extensively posted policy action and photo ops on social media. There have been some positive steps, like distributing electric heaters to gatekeepers at various residential areas, curbs on categories of polluting vehicles, and stricter enforcement of OCEMS, online continuous emissions monitoring systems, at thousands of factories. Gaps in pollution control Along with the global “embarrassment” mentioned in A Sixth of Humanity, critical technical gaps remain. Firstly, misplaced focus on PM10: The government’s focus remains on spraying water to control dust because it continues to prioritise controlling PM10 particulate matter pollutants rather than the finer PM2.5 ones. PM2.5 is dangerous because it is small enough to enter the bloodstream and, so, is more lethal, whereas the body’s defenses can often stop the larger PM10 particles. In theory, watering down dust may help, but in practice, there hasn’t been much improvement. As this clip shows there’s simply too much pollution. And this water mist barely tackles PM2.5. ⚪️ Installs anti smog guns on top of 13 high rise buildings in Delhi to tackle pollution.pic.twitter.com/CJQWH18SYt — Mediterranean Voice (@mediterranvoice) December 26, 2025 Secondly, lack of political will: At a national level, there’s a lack of political will to stop the practice of farmers burning the residue of the paddy harvest in the three states north of Delhi and upwind of the city – Punjab, Haryana and Uttar Pradesh. This contributes almost 10% of the pollution in October and November in Delhi and the neighbourhood, according to a government (IITM) study, but on certain days and hours, it can be much higher. Thirdly, pseudo-science over evidence: There has been a reluctance among decision-makers to fully embrace scientifically evidence-based action. So a lot of time, taxpayers’ money, and effort over the years have gone into what may be described as pseudo-science, like smog towers, or action taken against scientific advice, like cloud-seeding trials. Fourthly, flawed monitoring of vehicular pollution: The Delhi government has, in a well-intentioned move, made pollution-under-control (PUC) certificates mandatory for all vehicles. However, the old PUC regime is flawed, and it needs to be replaced as it doesn’t check for key pollutants like PM2.5 and nitrogen oxides, which are major contributors to Delhi’s pollution. But to give credit where credit is due: a new panel has been formed by the national government with external experts on curbing vehicular pollution, which contributes more than a third of the capital’s air pollution levels. Many vehicles in Delhi are highly polluting, contributing more than a third to ambient air pollution levels. Battle against air pollution, 2026 There have been political missteps, too. One example: In early July, after public protests pressured the Delhi government to quickly roll back stricter enforcement of limits on old, polluting vehicles, the same government also successfully petitioned the Supreme Court to reverse a previous ban on firecrackers during the annual Diwali festival of lights, arguing that certain brands of so-called “green firecrackers” would not pollute. They were wrong. And the ensuing smoke was a factor in 2025’s post-Diwali pollution being the worst in years; and the chief minister repeatedly came in for criticism for comments she made on pollution. In 2026, can the public’s pressure, and even the government’s momentum, for clean air action be sustained or will it, as in the past, fizzle out when Delhi’s peak pollution season tapers off? Republished, with slight adaptation, from the original ‘What Am I Breathing’ Substack by Chetan Bhattacharji, a senior correspondent for Health Policy Watch from Delhi. Image Credits: Chetan Bhattacharji, Centre for Research on Energy and Clean Air. 2025: A Brutal Year for Global Health 28/12/2025 Editorial team This has been a brutal year for global health, with shock cuts in development aid to countries most in need; a knock-on budget crisis for United Nations (UN) agencies; widespread humanitarian crises, extensive disease outbreaks, and mounting climate-related health challenges. Health Policy Watch (HPW) has provided daily coverage of developments, and our reporters were often the first to break news on a range of issues despite our small and under-resourced newsroom. Development aid plunge Chaos followed the immediate “pause” of all development aid from the United States as soon as Donald Trump became president in January. The “pause” included the US President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR), which funded three-quarters of HIV and tuberculosis programmes worldwide, including lifesaving antiretroviral medicine to 20.6 million people in 2024. Within weeks, clinics across Africa closed, and patients were turned away as there was no money for staff or medicine. Although US Secretary of State Marco Rubio later issued a limited waiver for “lifesaving” programmes, this was narrowly focused and ideological. Influenced by the Heritage Foundation’s view that HIV is a “lifestyle disease”, the Trump administration stopped funding HIV measures aimed at “key populations” most vulnerable to infection – including sex workers and men who have sex with men. DOGE’s Elon Musk brandishing a chainsaw given to him by Argentinian President Javier Milei (right) after cutting US government programmes and global development aid, resulting in deaths and chaos. Within two weeks of Trump assuming the presidency, his appointee, Elon Musk and a new Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE) had also dismantled the US Agency for International Development (USAID). Musk declared that “USAID is a criminal organisation. It’s time for it to die.” USAID was hugely influential, and its closure affected almost every country in the world – from Albania to Zambia. As USAID had administered 60% of PEPFAR funds, in many instances, there was no one left to provide goods and services for those projects covered by Rubio’s waiver. Reporting on this issue was led by HPW Deputy Editor Kerry Cullinan. WHO slashes staff The WHO headquarters in Geneva has been in upheaval all year over how to rearrange the organisation’s budget to make up the 25% cut. The US withdrawal from the World Health Organization (WHO) on Trump’s first day in office, and its reduced support for other UN agencies. unleashed mass layoffs and restructuring. The WHO is slashing its staff by around a quarter – aiming to shed about 2,371 staff by mid-2026 – many at the end of this year – with ripples across Geneva. This has affected WHO’s ability to respond to health emergencies across the world. HPW Editor-in-Chief Elaine Fletcher was often the first to report on the various developments, with an inside track to staff reactions, including the WHO Staff Association decision to challenge the fairness and legitimacy of the restructuring process and the mounting rage of lower-level staff as HPW highlighted data suggesting that low- and mid-level personnel will bear the brunt of cuts, while high-ranking executives, whose real costs far exceed their published salaries, remain largely protected. UNAIDS has also been forced to retrench 55% of its head office staff and cut its country offices by almost half after the US ceased to fund it, a move that affected 40% of its budget. The agency warned that the brupt funding cuts have resulted in “perilous risks” for the global HIV response that threaten the health and well-being of millions of people throughout the world. “It feels like the ground has been ripped out from under our feet,” a Mozambican woman with HIV told UNAIDS, which reported at the year’s end that over two million women and girls have been “deprived of essential health services”, and millions of people at high risk of acquiring HIV have lost access to “the most effective prevention tools available” – pre-exposure prophylaxis (PrEP). Gavi, the vaccine alliance, has pared down its staff by a third, which will also affect global vaccination efforts. Disease outbreaks surge – so does anti-vax activities Mosquitoes, which can carry dengue virus, thrive at warmer temperatures. Climate change is fueling dengue cases globally. Amid the chaos in global health funding, diseases have surged. Africa has experienced large outbreaks of cholera, measles, Lassa fever and mpox, while deadly Ebola and Marburg have also affected several countries. By 10 December, Africa CDC had recorded over 300,000 cholera cases, over 140,00 measles cases and almost 134,000 mpox cases this year. Over the past year, both Latin America and the Caribbean saw record-breaking cases of the mosquito-borne dengue fever, with almost one-fifth of cases (about 45 million infections a year) attributable to climate change, Sophia Samantaroy covered issues from the Americas. Measles has also surged in the US and Canada amid the rise of anti-vaccine misinformation. This has been fueled by the appointment of vaccine sceptic Robert F. Kennedy Jr. as US Health and Human Services Secretary. So far, Kennedy and his appointees have cancelled mRNA research, restricted access to COVID-19 vaccines and made Hepatitis B vaccines non-mandatory for infants. In an exclusive article for HPW, Dr Demetre Daskalakis, former Director of the US CDC’s National Center for Immunizations and Respiratory Diseases, describes how the “wall protecting science from political interference in the US has fallen”. Humanitarian crises multiply Some 42,000 Gazans will need prolonged rehabilitation care and support due to war-related trauma injuries and amputations. Conflict and humanitarian crises – particularly in Gaza, Sudan and Ukraine – inflicted heavy casualties on citizens and health workers, with ongoing and unprecedented attacks on health facilities. HPW coverage of the conflict in Gaza included Israel’s blockade of Gaza, the resulting famine, Israeli attacks on WHO’s warehouse and efforts by Israel to secure the release of hostages being held by Hamas. This coverage was also led by Editor-in-Chief Elaine Fletcher. HPW has also consistently reported on the humanitarian crisis in Sudan, including the attack on a maternity hospital in El Fasher in which more than 460 people died. Climate change is ‘needlessly killing millions’ Climate change is claiming millions of lives annually through extreme heat, air pollution, wildfires and the spread of deadly infectious diseases, according to the ninth annual Lancet Countdown report, the most comprehensive assessment to date of the links between climate change and health, published in October. “We’re seeing millions of deaths that are occurring needlessly every year because of our persistent fossil fuel dependence, because of our delay in mitigating climate change, and our delays in adaptation to the climate change that cannot be avoided,” said Marina Romanello, executive director of the Lancet Countdown at University College London, describing this year’s report as “a bleak and undeniable picture of the devastating health harms reaching all corners of the world.” Breaching the 2015 Paris Agreement, a legally binding global treaty adopted in 2015 to combat climate change by limiting global warming to well below 2°C (ideally 1.5°C) above pre-industrial levels, is now unavoidable, according to scientists. The world is heading for 2.8°C of warming by century’s end under current policies, according to a UN assessment. Climate change protest Global greenhouse gas emissions rose 2.3% to a record 57.7 gigatons of CO2 equivalent in 2024, the largest annual increase since the 2000s. Land use change and deforestation account for 53% of the overall increase, while fossil fuel production continues to expand in direct contradiction of climate pledges. The US is the worst emitter, yet Trump withdrew the US from the Paris Agreement on Day One of his presidency. Domestically, the US Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has committed to rolling back 31 climate, air and water pollution, and emissions regulations that will negatively affected citizens’ health. The EPA has also announced that it will no longer require most polluters to report their emissions of carbon dioxide, methane and other greenhouse gases that cause climate change. Stefan Anderson led HPW reporting on climate change. The impact of air pollution Disease burden from air pollution. Meanwhile, 90% of people on the planet breathe dangerously unhealthy levels of air pollution every day, and millions fall ill every year with a range of respiratory and cardiovascular diseases as well as cancers, leading to at least seven million deaths each year. Air pollution is the number one killer across South Asia, accounting for 2.7 million deaths, of which 2.1 million are in India alone. There is growing evidence of the impact of air pollution on a range of medical conditions including strokes, diabetes, heart disease and lung cancer. Significant sources of the deadly fine particulate matter (PM 2.5) come from fossil fuels in vehicles, power plants and other industrial facilities, and burning coal, wood, dung and agricultural residues for cooking. India-based Chetan Bhattacharji, led reporting on air pollution. Women’s rights The ‘Green Tide’: Argentinians demanding the legalisation of abortion. HPW has covered the backlash against sexual and reproductive rights, and women’s rights through stories on US anti-rights groups mobilising in Africa, the rollback of abortion rights in Argentina, the impact of intimate partner violence on children, efforts to enable access to menstrual products for girls and women, female genital mutilation, and several articles on women under Taliban rule in Afghanistan. Disha Shetty and Munija Mirzaie contributed several articles on this topic. New world order? In the final few months of the year, the Trump administration sought to turn the chaos its funding cuts caused into opportunities for the US by signing bilateral health agreements with several African countries that promote American business opportunities – and also enable US access to African minerals. This approach is detailed in the America First Global Health Strategy published in September, that “uses global health diplomacy and foreign assistance to make America safer, stronger, and more prosperous”. Driven by former DOGE official Brad Smith, these bilateral Memorandums of Understanding (MOUs) compel countries that receive US aid to fight HIV, tuberculosis and malaria to immediately share all information about “pathogens with epidemic potential” and give the US the right to share this information with other entities, including US pharmaceutical companies. The MOUs directly undermine the WHO negotiations on a pathogen access and benefit-sharing (PABS) system underway in Geneva, placing African countries in a particularly difficult position. Unlike past PEPFAR agreements, the MOUs cut out the involvement of community groups, except faith-based service providers, some of which are known to be against contraception and any recognition of LGBTQ people. Civil society groups have described the MOUs as “extractive” and over 50 organisations issued a letter calling on African heads of state and government to demand “equity and sovereignty” in the new bilateral agreements. However, in a positive reaction to plummeting aid, several African countries have allocated more money to health while several continental efforts are building Africa’s independence. At the Africa Health Sovereignty Summit, Ghana’s President John Mahama announced the formation of the Presidential High-Level Task Force on Global Health Governance in response to the 40% reduction in development aid in the past two years. “The world has changed, but global health governance has not kept pace with the changing world. At this moment, we’re called to redesign the architecture that has, for far too long, excluded Africa’s voices, excluded Africa’s needs and innovations,” said Mahama. Dr Muhammad Ali Pate, Nigeria’s Coordinating Minister of Health and Social Welfare. Writing for HPW, Nigerian Health Minister Muhammad Ali Pate Africa argues that Africa “can redefine its role in global health – emerging as a producer, innovator, and equal partner in shaping both the health of its people and the well-being of the world”. Pate argues that this can be achieved by countries investing in health “with the same urgency it devotes to infrastructure, defence, or governance”; enhancing South–South cooperation and collaboration; and forging a continental alliance that harnesses shared expertise, resources, and innovation for collective health security. HPW was proud to be a media partner at the Conference of Public Health in Africa 2025, where African researchers discussed how best to build solidarity between countries on the continent. Other Health Policy Watch team members and contributors include Maayan Hoffman (who also coordinates our social media), Arsalan Bukhari, Felix Sassmannshausen, Rahul Basharat Rajput, Kate Okorie, Abdullahi Jimoh, Edith Magak and Roisa Kerry. We are deeply grateful to our donors and media collaborations that have supported HPW to remain afloat during this difficult year and provide an important platform of engagement for the Global South and North that is free of charge. But most of all, we are grateful to all our readers for your engagement and interest. Please consider donating to HPW to ensure our ongoing survival. May 2026 be a more positive one for global health! Image Credits: Guilhem Vellut, WHO/EMRO , Markus Spiske/ Unsplash, Health Ministry of Nigeria. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy
2025: A Brutal Year for Global Health 28/12/2025 Editorial team This has been a brutal year for global health, with shock cuts in development aid to countries most in need; a knock-on budget crisis for United Nations (UN) agencies; widespread humanitarian crises, extensive disease outbreaks, and mounting climate-related health challenges. Health Policy Watch (HPW) has provided daily coverage of developments, and our reporters were often the first to break news on a range of issues despite our small and under-resourced newsroom. Development aid plunge Chaos followed the immediate “pause” of all development aid from the United States as soon as Donald Trump became president in January. The “pause” included the US President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR), which funded three-quarters of HIV and tuberculosis programmes worldwide, including lifesaving antiretroviral medicine to 20.6 million people in 2024. Within weeks, clinics across Africa closed, and patients were turned away as there was no money for staff or medicine. Although US Secretary of State Marco Rubio later issued a limited waiver for “lifesaving” programmes, this was narrowly focused and ideological. Influenced by the Heritage Foundation’s view that HIV is a “lifestyle disease”, the Trump administration stopped funding HIV measures aimed at “key populations” most vulnerable to infection – including sex workers and men who have sex with men. DOGE’s Elon Musk brandishing a chainsaw given to him by Argentinian President Javier Milei (right) after cutting US government programmes and global development aid, resulting in deaths and chaos. Within two weeks of Trump assuming the presidency, his appointee, Elon Musk and a new Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE) had also dismantled the US Agency for International Development (USAID). Musk declared that “USAID is a criminal organisation. It’s time for it to die.” USAID was hugely influential, and its closure affected almost every country in the world – from Albania to Zambia. As USAID had administered 60% of PEPFAR funds, in many instances, there was no one left to provide goods and services for those projects covered by Rubio’s waiver. Reporting on this issue was led by HPW Deputy Editor Kerry Cullinan. WHO slashes staff The WHO headquarters in Geneva has been in upheaval all year over how to rearrange the organisation’s budget to make up the 25% cut. The US withdrawal from the World Health Organization (WHO) on Trump’s first day in office, and its reduced support for other UN agencies. unleashed mass layoffs and restructuring. The WHO is slashing its staff by around a quarter – aiming to shed about 2,371 staff by mid-2026 – many at the end of this year – with ripples across Geneva. This has affected WHO’s ability to respond to health emergencies across the world. HPW Editor-in-Chief Elaine Fletcher was often the first to report on the various developments, with an inside track to staff reactions, including the WHO Staff Association decision to challenge the fairness and legitimacy of the restructuring process and the mounting rage of lower-level staff as HPW highlighted data suggesting that low- and mid-level personnel will bear the brunt of cuts, while high-ranking executives, whose real costs far exceed their published salaries, remain largely protected. UNAIDS has also been forced to retrench 55% of its head office staff and cut its country offices by almost half after the US ceased to fund it, a move that affected 40% of its budget. The agency warned that the brupt funding cuts have resulted in “perilous risks” for the global HIV response that threaten the health and well-being of millions of people throughout the world. “It feels like the ground has been ripped out from under our feet,” a Mozambican woman with HIV told UNAIDS, which reported at the year’s end that over two million women and girls have been “deprived of essential health services”, and millions of people at high risk of acquiring HIV have lost access to “the most effective prevention tools available” – pre-exposure prophylaxis (PrEP). Gavi, the vaccine alliance, has pared down its staff by a third, which will also affect global vaccination efforts. Disease outbreaks surge – so does anti-vax activities Mosquitoes, which can carry dengue virus, thrive at warmer temperatures. Climate change is fueling dengue cases globally. Amid the chaos in global health funding, diseases have surged. Africa has experienced large outbreaks of cholera, measles, Lassa fever and mpox, while deadly Ebola and Marburg have also affected several countries. By 10 December, Africa CDC had recorded over 300,000 cholera cases, over 140,00 measles cases and almost 134,000 mpox cases this year. Over the past year, both Latin America and the Caribbean saw record-breaking cases of the mosquito-borne dengue fever, with almost one-fifth of cases (about 45 million infections a year) attributable to climate change, Sophia Samantaroy covered issues from the Americas. Measles has also surged in the US and Canada amid the rise of anti-vaccine misinformation. This has been fueled by the appointment of vaccine sceptic Robert F. Kennedy Jr. as US Health and Human Services Secretary. So far, Kennedy and his appointees have cancelled mRNA research, restricted access to COVID-19 vaccines and made Hepatitis B vaccines non-mandatory for infants. In an exclusive article for HPW, Dr Demetre Daskalakis, former Director of the US CDC’s National Center for Immunizations and Respiratory Diseases, describes how the “wall protecting science from political interference in the US has fallen”. Humanitarian crises multiply Some 42,000 Gazans will need prolonged rehabilitation care and support due to war-related trauma injuries and amputations. Conflict and humanitarian crises – particularly in Gaza, Sudan and Ukraine – inflicted heavy casualties on citizens and health workers, with ongoing and unprecedented attacks on health facilities. HPW coverage of the conflict in Gaza included Israel’s blockade of Gaza, the resulting famine, Israeli attacks on WHO’s warehouse and efforts by Israel to secure the release of hostages being held by Hamas. This coverage was also led by Editor-in-Chief Elaine Fletcher. HPW has also consistently reported on the humanitarian crisis in Sudan, including the attack on a maternity hospital in El Fasher in which more than 460 people died. Climate change is ‘needlessly killing millions’ Climate change is claiming millions of lives annually through extreme heat, air pollution, wildfires and the spread of deadly infectious diseases, according to the ninth annual Lancet Countdown report, the most comprehensive assessment to date of the links between climate change and health, published in October. “We’re seeing millions of deaths that are occurring needlessly every year because of our persistent fossil fuel dependence, because of our delay in mitigating climate change, and our delays in adaptation to the climate change that cannot be avoided,” said Marina Romanello, executive director of the Lancet Countdown at University College London, describing this year’s report as “a bleak and undeniable picture of the devastating health harms reaching all corners of the world.” Breaching the 2015 Paris Agreement, a legally binding global treaty adopted in 2015 to combat climate change by limiting global warming to well below 2°C (ideally 1.5°C) above pre-industrial levels, is now unavoidable, according to scientists. The world is heading for 2.8°C of warming by century’s end under current policies, according to a UN assessment. Climate change protest Global greenhouse gas emissions rose 2.3% to a record 57.7 gigatons of CO2 equivalent in 2024, the largest annual increase since the 2000s. Land use change and deforestation account for 53% of the overall increase, while fossil fuel production continues to expand in direct contradiction of climate pledges. The US is the worst emitter, yet Trump withdrew the US from the Paris Agreement on Day One of his presidency. Domestically, the US Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has committed to rolling back 31 climate, air and water pollution, and emissions regulations that will negatively affected citizens’ health. The EPA has also announced that it will no longer require most polluters to report their emissions of carbon dioxide, methane and other greenhouse gases that cause climate change. Stefan Anderson led HPW reporting on climate change. The impact of air pollution Disease burden from air pollution. Meanwhile, 90% of people on the planet breathe dangerously unhealthy levels of air pollution every day, and millions fall ill every year with a range of respiratory and cardiovascular diseases as well as cancers, leading to at least seven million deaths each year. Air pollution is the number one killer across South Asia, accounting for 2.7 million deaths, of which 2.1 million are in India alone. There is growing evidence of the impact of air pollution on a range of medical conditions including strokes, diabetes, heart disease and lung cancer. Significant sources of the deadly fine particulate matter (PM 2.5) come from fossil fuels in vehicles, power plants and other industrial facilities, and burning coal, wood, dung and agricultural residues for cooking. India-based Chetan Bhattacharji, led reporting on air pollution. Women’s rights The ‘Green Tide’: Argentinians demanding the legalisation of abortion. HPW has covered the backlash against sexual and reproductive rights, and women’s rights through stories on US anti-rights groups mobilising in Africa, the rollback of abortion rights in Argentina, the impact of intimate partner violence on children, efforts to enable access to menstrual products for girls and women, female genital mutilation, and several articles on women under Taliban rule in Afghanistan. Disha Shetty and Munija Mirzaie contributed several articles on this topic. New world order? In the final few months of the year, the Trump administration sought to turn the chaos its funding cuts caused into opportunities for the US by signing bilateral health agreements with several African countries that promote American business opportunities – and also enable US access to African minerals. This approach is detailed in the America First Global Health Strategy published in September, that “uses global health diplomacy and foreign assistance to make America safer, stronger, and more prosperous”. Driven by former DOGE official Brad Smith, these bilateral Memorandums of Understanding (MOUs) compel countries that receive US aid to fight HIV, tuberculosis and malaria to immediately share all information about “pathogens with epidemic potential” and give the US the right to share this information with other entities, including US pharmaceutical companies. The MOUs directly undermine the WHO negotiations on a pathogen access and benefit-sharing (PABS) system underway in Geneva, placing African countries in a particularly difficult position. Unlike past PEPFAR agreements, the MOUs cut out the involvement of community groups, except faith-based service providers, some of which are known to be against contraception and any recognition of LGBTQ people. Civil society groups have described the MOUs as “extractive” and over 50 organisations issued a letter calling on African heads of state and government to demand “equity and sovereignty” in the new bilateral agreements. However, in a positive reaction to plummeting aid, several African countries have allocated more money to health while several continental efforts are building Africa’s independence. At the Africa Health Sovereignty Summit, Ghana’s President John Mahama announced the formation of the Presidential High-Level Task Force on Global Health Governance in response to the 40% reduction in development aid in the past two years. “The world has changed, but global health governance has not kept pace with the changing world. At this moment, we’re called to redesign the architecture that has, for far too long, excluded Africa’s voices, excluded Africa’s needs and innovations,” said Mahama. Dr Muhammad Ali Pate, Nigeria’s Coordinating Minister of Health and Social Welfare. Writing for HPW, Nigerian Health Minister Muhammad Ali Pate Africa argues that Africa “can redefine its role in global health – emerging as a producer, innovator, and equal partner in shaping both the health of its people and the well-being of the world”. Pate argues that this can be achieved by countries investing in health “with the same urgency it devotes to infrastructure, defence, or governance”; enhancing South–South cooperation and collaboration; and forging a continental alliance that harnesses shared expertise, resources, and innovation for collective health security. HPW was proud to be a media partner at the Conference of Public Health in Africa 2025, where African researchers discussed how best to build solidarity between countries on the continent. Other Health Policy Watch team members and contributors include Maayan Hoffman (who also coordinates our social media), Arsalan Bukhari, Felix Sassmannshausen, Rahul Basharat Rajput, Kate Okorie, Abdullahi Jimoh, Edith Magak and Roisa Kerry. We are deeply grateful to our donors and media collaborations that have supported HPW to remain afloat during this difficult year and provide an important platform of engagement for the Global South and North that is free of charge. But most of all, we are grateful to all our readers for your engagement and interest. Please consider donating to HPW to ensure our ongoing survival. May 2026 be a more positive one for global health! Image Credits: Guilhem Vellut, WHO/EMRO , Markus Spiske/ Unsplash, Health Ministry of Nigeria. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts